Loading...
HomeMy WebLinkAboutJ Fletcher Creamer & Son Inc; 2006-12-20; PWS07-02ENG Part 2 of 3GENERAL PROVISIONS FOR ELCAMINOREAL WATER SYSTEM PROJECTS CONTRACT NOS. 50031, 50021, 38441, 39111, & 39151 CITY OF CARLSBAD MUNICIPAL WATER DISTRICT BIDDERS ARE ADVISED THAT THIS SECTION REPLACES PART 1, GENERAL PROVISIONS, OF THE STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS FOR PUBLIC WORKS CONSTRUCTION SECTION 1 -TERMS, DEFINITIONS ABBREVIATIONS AND SYMBOLS 1-1 TERMS - Unless otherwise stated, the words directed, required, permitted, ordered, instructed, designated, considered necessary, prescribed, approved, acceptable, satisfactory, or words of like meaning, refer to actions, expressions, and prerogatives of the Engineer. .1-1.1 Reference to Drawings. Where words "shown", "indicated", "detailed", "noted", "scheduled", or words of similar import are used, it shall be understood that reference is made to the plans accompanying these provisions, unless stated otherwise. .1-1.2 Directions. Where words "directed", "designated", "selected", or words of similar import are used, it shall be understood that the direction, designation or selection of the Engineer is intended, unless stated otherwise. The word "required" and words of similar import shall be understood to mean "as required to properly complete the work as required and as approved by the Engineer," unless stated otherwise. ' H.3 Equals and Approvals. Where the words "equal", "approved equal", "equivalent", and such words of similar import are used, it shall be understood such words are followed by the expression "in the opinion of the Engineer", unless otherwise stated. Where the words "approved", "approval", "acceptance", or words of similar import are used, it shall be understood that the approval, acceptance, or similar import of the Engineer is intended. 1-1.4 Perform. The word "perform" shall be understood to mean that the Contractor, at its expense, shall perform all operations, labor, tools and equipment, and further, including the furnishing and installing of materials that are indicated, specified or required to mean that the Contractor, at its expense, shall furnish and install the work, complete in place and ready to use, including furnishing of necessary labor, materials, tools, equipment, and transportation. Revised 7/17/06 Contract Nos. 50031, 50021, 38441, 39111, & 39151 Page 53 of 117 Pages 1-2 Definitions. The following words, or groups of words, shall be exclusively defined by the definitions assigned to them herein. Addendum - Written or graphic instrument issued prior to the opening of Bids which clarifies, corrects, or changes the bidding or Contract Documents/The term Addendum shall include bulletins and all other types of written notices issued to potential bidders prior to opening of Bids. Agency - the Carlsbad Municipal Water District. Agreement - See Contract. Assessment Act Contract - A Contract financed by special assessments authorized under a State Act or procedural ordinance of a City or County. Base - A layer of specified material of planned thickness placed immediately below the pavement or surfacing. Bid - The offer or proposal of the Bidder submitted on the prescribed form setting forth the prices for the Work. Bidder - Any individual, firm, partnership, corporation, or combination thereof, submitting a Bid for the Work, acting directly or through a duly authorized representative. Board - The officer or body constituting the awarding authority of the Agency, which is the City Council for the City of Carlsbad or the Board of Directors of Carlsbad Municipal Water District. Bond - Bid, performance, and payment bond or other instrument of security. Cash Contract - A Contract financed by means other than special assessments. : Change Order - A written order to the Contractor signed by the Agency directing an addition, deletion, or revision in the Work, or an adjustment in the Contract Price or the Contract time issued after the effective date of the Contract. A Change Order may or may not also be signed by the Contractor. ,.„. . Code - The terms Government Code, Labor Code, etc., refer to codes of the State of California. Construction Manager- the Project Inspector's immediate supervisor and first level of appeal for informal dispute resolution. Contract - The written agreement between the Agency and the Contractor covering the Work. o Revised 7/17/06 Contract Nos. 50031, 50021, 38441, 39111, & 39151 Page 54 of 117 Pages Contract Documents - Including but not limited to; the Contract, any Addendum (which pertain to the contract documents), Notice Inviting Bids, Instructions to Bidders; Bid (including documentation accompanying the Bid and any post-bid documentation submitted prior to the Notice of Award) when attached as an exhibit to the Contract, the Bonds, the general conditions, permits from other agencies, the Special Provisions, the Plans, Standard Plans, Standard Specifications, Reference Specifications, and all Modifications issued after the execution of the Contract. Contractor - The individual, partnership, corporation, joint venture, or other legal entity having a Contract with the Agency to perform the Work. In the case of work being done under permit issued by the Agency, the permittee shall be constructed to be the Contractor. The term "prime contractor" shall mean Contractor. Contract Price - The total amount of money for which the Contract is awarded. Contract Unit Price - The amount stated in the Bid for a single unit of an item of work. County Sealer - The Sealer of Weights and Measures of the county in which the Contract is let. Days - Days shall mean consecutive calendar's days unless otherwise specified. Deputy City Engineer, Construction Management & Inspection - The Construction Manager's immediate supervisor and second level of appeal for informal dispute resolution. Dispute Board - persons designated by the City Manager of the City of Carlsbad or Executive Manager of the Carlsbad Municipal Water District, to hear and advise the City Manager on claims submitted by the Contractor. The City Manager for the City of Carlsbad or the Executive Manager for the Carlsbad Municipal Water District is the last appeal level for informal dispute resolution. Electrolier - Street light assembly complete, including foundation, standard, luminaire arm, luminaire, etc. Engineer - the City Engineer of the City of Carlsbad or his/her approved representative. The Engineer is the third level of appeal for informal dispute resolution. Geotextile - Synthetic fiber used in civil engineering applications, serving the primary functions of separation and filtration. House Connection Sewer - A sewer, within a public street or right-of-way, proposed to connect any parcel, lot, or part of a lot with a mainline sewer. House Sewer - A sewer, wholly within private property, proposed to connect any building to a house connection sewer. Luminaire - The lamp housing including the optical and socket assemblies (and ballast if so specified). Luminaire Arm - The structural member, bracket, or mast arm, which, mounted on the standard, supports the luminaire. Revised 7/17/06 Contract Nos. 50031, 50021, 38441, 39111, & 39151 Page 55 of 117 Pages Minor Bid Item - a single contract item constituting less than 10 percent (10%) of the original Contract Price bid. Modification -Includes Change Orders and Supplemental Agreements. A Modification may only be used after the effective date of the Contract. Notice of Award - The written notice by the Agency to the successful Bidder stating that upon compliance by it with the required conditions, the Agency will execute the Contract. Notice to Proceed - A written notice given by the Agency to the Contractor fixing the date on which the Contract time will start. Own Organization - When used in Section 2-3.1 - Employees of the Contractor who are hired, directed, supervised and paid by the Contractor to accomplish the completion of the Work. Further, such employees have their employment taxes, State disability insurance payments, State and Federal income taxes paid and administered, as applicable, by the Contractor. When used in Section 2-3.1 "own organization" means construction equipment that the Contractor owns or leases and uses to accomplish the Work. Equipment that is owner operated or leased equipment with an operator is not part of the Contractor's Own Organization and will not be included for the purpose of compliance with Section 2-3.1. Person - Any individual, firm, association, partnership, corporation, trust, joint venture, or other legal entity. , . Plans - The drawings, profiles, cross sections, working drawings, and supplemental drawings, or reproductions thereof, approved by the Engineer, which show the location, character, dimensions, or details of the Work. , Private Contract - Work subject to Agency inspection, control, and approval, involving private funds, not administered by the Agency. Project Inspector - the Engineer's designated representative for inspection, contract administration and first level for informal dispute resolution. Proposal - See Bid. x Reference Specifications - Those bulletins, standards, rules, methods of analysis or test, codes, and specifications of other agencies, engineering societies, or industrial associations referred to in the Contract Documents. These refer to the latest edition, including amendments in effect and published at the time of advertising the project or issuing the permit, unless specifically referred to by edition, volume, or date. Roadway - The portion of a street reserved for vehicular use. Service Connection - Service connections are all or any portion of the conduit, cable, or duct, including meter, between a utility distribution line and an individual consumer. Sewer - Any conduit intended for the reception and transfer of sewage and fluid industrial waste. '•• • .• o Revised 7/17/06 Contract Nos. 50031, 50021, 38441, 39111, & 39151 Page 56 of 117 Pages Specifications - Standard Specifications, Reference Specifications, Special Provisions, and specifications in Supplemental Agreements between the Contractor and the Board. Special Provisions - Additions and revisions to the Standard Specifications setting forth conditions and requirements peculiar to the work. Standard - The shaft or pole used to support street lighting luminaire, traffic signal heads, mast arms, etc. Standard Plans -Details of standard structures, devices, or instructions referred to on the Plans or in Specifications by title or number. Standard Specifications - The Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction (SSPWC), the "Greenbook". State - State of California. \ . . ' ' ''''"..Storm Drain - Any conduit and appurtenances intended for the reception and transfer of storm water. Street - Any road, highway, parkway, freeway, alley, walk, or way. Subbase - A layer of specified material of planned thickness between a base and the subgrade. Subcontractor - An individual, firm, or corporation having a direct contract with the Contractor or with any other Subcontractor for the performance of a part of the Work. Subgrade - For roadways, that portion of the roadbed on which pavement, surfacing, base, subbase, or a layer of other material is placed. For structures, the soil prepared to support a structure. , Supervision - Supervision, where used to indicate supervision by the Engineer, shall mean the performance of obligations, and the exercise of rights, specifically imposed upon and granted to the Agency in becoming a party to the Contract. Except as specifically stated herein, supervision by the Agency shall not mean active and direct superintendence of details of the Work. Supplemental Agreement - A written amendment of the Contract Documents signed by both parties. Surety - Any individual, firm, or corporation, bound with and for the Contractor for the acceptable performance, execution, and completion of the Work, and for the satisfaction of all obligations incurred. Tonne -r Also referred to as "metric ton". Represents a unit of measure in the International System of Units equal to 1,000 kilograms. Utility-Tracks, overhead or underground wires, pipeline, conduits, ducts, or structures, sewers, or storm drains owned, operated, or maintained in or across a public right of way or private easement. , , Work - That which is proposed to be constructed or done under the Contract or permit, including the furnishing of all labor, materials, equipment, and services., Revised 7/17/06 Contract Nos. 50031, 50021, 38441, 39111, & 39151 . Page 57 of 117 Pages 1-3 ABBREVIATIONS 1-3.1 General. The abbreviation herein, together with others in general use, are applicable to these Standard Specifications and to project Plans or other Contract Documents. All abbreviations and symbols used on Plans for structural steel construction shall conform to those given by the "Manual of Steel Construction" published by the American Institute of Steel Construction, Inc. 1-3.2 Common Usage Abbreviation Word or Words ABAN Abandon ABAND Abandoned ABS Acrylonitrile - butadiene - styrene AC.—. • ...» Asphalt Concrete ACP ......„.„..' Asbestos cement pipe ACWS Asphalt concrete wearing surface ALT Alternate APTS Apartment and Apartments AMERSTD American Standard AWG »...'; ': American Wire Gage (nonferrous wire) BC Beginning of curve BCR „....Beginning of curb return BDRY ............Boundary BF..» '. Bottom of footing BLDG..... Building and Buildings BM..... .........:... .....:. Bench mark BVC...;.".....»..... :„•»...»..Beginning of vertical curve B/W Back of wall C/C Center to center CAB .....I.............. Crushed aggregate base CAL/OSHA............California Occupational Safety and . . •• :v'. Health Administration CalTrans California Department of Transportation GAP Corrugated aluminum pipe CB .....Catch Basin Cb.... '. »„..'»»» ;........»......»»..» ."..'Curb GBP Catch Basin Connection Pipe CBR ». California Bearing Ratio CCR... ....;.............. California Code of Regulations CCTV :'. ..........:.... Closed Circuit TV CES Carlsbad Engineering Standards CF Cubic foot G&G ..Curb and gutter CFR Code of Federal Regulations CFS Cubic Feet per Second CIP Cast iron pipe CIPP .„...„.„»..... .......:. Cast-in place pipe CL..... ..........:.... !..... Clearance, center line CLF Chain link fence CMB ....Crushed miscellaneous base CMC .>•: Cement mortar-coated CML Cement mortar-lined CMWD Carlsbad Municipal Water District CO Cleanout (Sewer) COL Column COMM Commercial CONG Concrete CONN Connection CONST .. Construct, Construction COORD ...Coordinate CSP Corrugated steel pipe CSSD...... Carlsbad Supplemental Standard Drawings CTB Cement treated base CV Check valve CY...... Cubic.yard D Load of pipe dB , Decibels DBL Double DF .: Douglas fir : DIA Diameter DIP Ductile iron pipe DL ..Dead load DR ...: .....;.... ...Dimension Ratio DT :...;....„ .....v.........:;....DrainTile DWG Drawing DWY 1 Driveway DWY APPR ;. Driveway approach E Electric EA .: ...... Each EC ...End of curve ECR End of curt) return EF Each face EG Edge of gutter EGL Energy grade line El Elevation ELC :. Electrolier lighting conduit ELT ; ........Extra long ton EbKBFtece. Engineer, Engineering EP Edge of pavement ESMT Easement ETB...... :.... ....Emulsion-treated base EVC End of vertical curb EWA Encina Wastewater Authority EXC : '. .......Excavation EXPJT.... : :;.. ....Expansion joint EXST .Existing F : Fahrenheit F&C Frame and cover F&l ; Furnish and install FAB Fabricate FAS .....Flashing arrow sign FD Floor drain FDN Foundation FED SPEC Federal Specification o o Revised 7/17/06 Contract Nos. 50031, 50021, 38441, 39111, & 39151 Page 58 of 117 Pages FG Finished grade FH.... Fire hydrant FL ..... Flow line FS , Finished surface FT-LB ,. ...Foot-pound FTG Footing .FW ....Face of wall G Gas GA......... : Gauge GAL. Gallon and Gallons GALV Galvanized GAR Garage and Garages GIP Galvanized iron pipe GL....-..V. ; Ground line or grade line GM Gas meter GNV Ground Not Visible GP Guy pole GPM gallons per minute GR Grade GRTG.... ;. Grating GSP.J ;...Galvanized steel pipe H High or height HB.... Hose bib HC..... House connection HDWL Headwall HGL Hydraulic grade line HORIZ.. .Horizontal HP Horsepower HPG High pressure gas HPS High pressure sodium (Light) HYDR......;........:......... Hydraulic IE Invert Elevation ID...... Inside diameter INCL ....Including INSP ...Inspection INV ...... „..:..:....;;...„. ...Invert IP Iron pipe JC Junction chamber; JCT.. Junction1 JS .'.™ ...Junction structure JT : ..Joint L.. Length LAB Laboratory LAT Lateral LB Pound LD ...Local depression LF. .....Linear foot LH ..Lamp hole LL Live load LOL Layout line LONG Longitudinal LP Lamp post LPS Low pressure sodium (Light) LS Lump sum LTS : ; Lime treated soil LWD.... Leucadia Wastewater District MAI NT. Maintenance MAX.. .Maximum MCR Middle of curb return . MEAS Measure MH Manhole, maintenance hole MIL SPEC Military specification MISC Miscellaneous MOD Modified, modify MON Monument MSL ..Mean Sea Level (Reg. Standard Drawing M-12) MTBM Microtunneling Boring Machine MULT..... .: ...Multiple MVL... Mercury vapor light NCTD North County Transit District NRCPi....... Nonreinforced concrete pipe OBS.......;.-.... Obsolete OC On center OD Outside diameter OE Outer edge OHE Overhead Electric OMWD Olivenhain Municipal Water District OPP Opposite ORIG Original PB ,...-. .Pull box PC... !.. ..Point of curvature PCC Portland cement concrete or point of compound curvature PCVC ...Point of compound vertical curve PE.;....:'... Polyethylene PI ..; Point of intersection PL Property line PMB Processed miscellaneous base POC Point on curve POT ; Point on tangent PP Power pole PRC Point of reverse curve PRVC Point of reverse vertical curve PSI Pounds per square inch PT Point of tangency PVC , Polyvinyl chloride PVMT.... Pavement PVT R/W Private right-of-way Q Rate of flow in cubic feet per second QUAD :.... Quadrangle, Quadrant R.....! .....Radius R&O Rock and oil R/W...... Right-of-way RA. Recycling agent RAG Recycled asphalt concrete RAP Reclaimed asphalt pavement RBAC.... Rubberized asphalt concrete RC..... Reinforced concrete RGB Reinforced concrete box . RCE....;. Registered civil engineer RCP Reinforced concrete pipe RCV Remote control valve REF........ Reference REINF Reinforced or reinforcement RES..... Reservoir RGE Registered geotechnical engineer ROW Right-of-Way -r RR.:.... ....Railroad RSE Registered structural engineer RTE. ..Registered traffic engineer S Sewer or Slope, as applicable SGCP... ......Steel cylinder concrete pipe SD Storm drain SDNR San Diego Northern Railway SDR Standard thermoplastic pipe dimension ratio (ratio of pipe O.D. to minimum wall thickness) SDRSD San Diego Regional Standard Drawings SE Sand Equivalent SEC Section SF Square foot Revised 7/17/06 Contract Nos. 50031, 50021,38441, 39111, & 39151 Page 59 of 117 Pages SFM.... Sewer Force Main SI International System of Units (Metric) SPEC..:.. Specifications SPPWC :............ Standard Plans'for Public Works Construction SSPWC ".. Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction ST HWY.... State highwaySTA. ......... '... :....:...:.:. station STD............. .: Standard SIR..... Straight STR GR Straight grade STRUC..... '• ...Structural/Structure SVV....'.»...'.......' • '•••'- SidewalkSWD .'.„ ".'....'.'...... .........Sidewalk drain SY......... '.. ....^...Square yard !..„ '......'..........Telephone TAN.. : ..Tangent TC Top of curb TEL :.'. ...» .......Telephone TF .„........". ••-. '• Top of footing TOPO..... - ....Topography TR .......Tract .: TRANS..,.'..'........... ...........:.... Transition TS Traffic signal or transition structure TSC...........;........ Traffic signal conduit TSS:......:....... ...Traffic signal standard TW ; , Top of wall TYP Typical LIE:.. : Underground Electric USA Underground Service Alert VAR Varies, Variable VB : Valve box VC.... Vertical curve VCP.:............. Vitrified clay pipe VERT........... : Vertical VOL Volume VWD.... Vallecitos Water District W Water, Wider or Width, as applicable WATCH ...Work Area Traffic Control Handbook Wl Wrought iron WM....'........: :. .:.... Water meter WPJ.'. Weakened plane joint XCONN............". Cross connection XSEC Cross section 1-3.3 Institutions. Abbreviation Word or Words AASHTO American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials AISG..........."....... .....;.....:........... ...American Institute of Steel Construction ANSI —.......» ...;. American National Standards Institute API .; American Petroleum Institute AREA ...American Railway Engineering Association ASTM :.......... .......American Society for Testing and Materials AWPA... ...„......—» .American Wood Preservers Association AWS :...;..:. , .-".;-..' :.............................American Welding Society AWWA :................... ..........;...:American Waterworks Association GRI.i. ..„.....;.!.>.. : Geosynthetic Research Institute NEMA...... National Electrical Manufacturers Association NOAA .................National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration (Dept. of Commerce) UL.... «... • .Underwriters' Laboratories Inc. USGS. .„..:.... ......;....; United States Geological Survey o Revised 7/17/06 Contract Nos. 50031, 50021,38441, 39111, & 39151 o Page 60 of 117 Pages 1-4 UNITS OF MEASURE. 1-4.1 General. The International System of Units, also referred to as SI or the metric system, is the principal measurement system in these specifications and shall be used for construction, unless otherwise stated in the Contract Documents. U.S. Standard Measures, also called U.S. Customary System, are included in parenthesis. SI units and U.S. Standard Measures in parenthesis may or may not be exactly equivalent. If U.S. Standard Measures are specified for use in the contract documents, then all values used for construction shall be U.S. Standard Measures shown in parenthesis. However, certain material specifications and test requirements contained herein use SI units specifically and conversions to U.S. Standard Measures have not been included in these circumstances. When U.S. Standard Measures are not included in parenthesis, then the SI units shall control. Reference is also made to ASTM E 380 for definitions of various units of the SI system and a more extensive set of conversion factors. x 1-4.2 Units of Measure and Their Abbreviations. U.S. Customary Unit (Equal To) Si Unit (Abbreviations) ~ (Abbreviations) 1 mil (=0.001 in) : 25.4 micrometer (nm) 1 inch (in)........ 25.4 millimeter (mm) 1 inch (in)..... ...2.54 centimeter (cm) 1 foot (ft) :..... 0.3048 meter (m) 1 yard (yd) 0.9144 meter (m) 1 mile (mi) ;..-. 1.6093 kilometer (km) 1 square foot (fr) 0.0929 square meter (rrn 1 square yard (yd ) 0.8361 square meter (m) 1 cubic foot (ft3) 0.0283 cubic meter (rrn1 cubic yard (yd ) 0.7646 cubic meter (m) 1 acre....... * 0.4047 hectare (ha) 1 U.S. gallon (gal) 3.7854 Liter (L) 1 fluid ounce (fl. oz.) 29.5735 millileter (mL) 1 pound mass (Ib) (avoirdupois) ; 0.4536 kilogram (kg) . 1 ounce mass (oz) 0.02835 kilogram (kg) 1 Ton (=2000 Ib avoirdupois) 0.9072 Tonne (= 907 kg) 1 Poise ; 0.1 pascal second (Pa s) 1 centistoke (cs). 1 square millimeters per second (mm /s) 1 pound force (Ibf) 4.4482 Newton (N) 1 pounds per square inch (psi) 6.8948 Kilopascal (kPa) 1 pound force per foot (Ibfm) 1.4594 Newton per meter (N/m) 1 foot-pound force (ft-lbf) 1.3558 Joules (J) 1 foot-pound force per second ([ft-lbf]/s) 1.3558 Watt (W) 1 part per million (ppm) ...; 1 milligram/liter (mg/L) Temperature Units and Abbreviations Degree Fahrenheit (°F):.. Degree Celsius (°C):0F = (1.8x0C)+,32............ °C = (°F-32)/1.8 SI Units (abbreviation) Commonly Used in Both Systems1 Ampere (A) 1 Volt(V) „ • • ' 1 Candela (cd) 1 Lumen (Im) 1 second (s) Revised 7/17/06 Contract Nos, 50031, 50021,38441, 39111, & 39151 Page 61 of 117 Pages Common Metric Prefixes kilo(k).. 103 : centi(c).. ....:..;....,....:.:.;........;.....:::......... -....;..„ 10^ - milli.(m) :. ;.. ...I....:............ 10'? micro Oi) ' ....;. 10*nano (n) ........ .; '. 10 „ * pico(p)..... ........;:.... ; ;...... .10'1? 1-5 SYMBOLS . .'.'. -A Delta,.the central angle or angle between,tangents , _ Z . Angle .%' Percent , «. • ' Feet or minutes " Inches or seconds , 1 Number ' . / per or (between words)0 Degree PL Property line , . CL Centerline SL Survey line or station line , o Revised 7/17/06 Contract Nos. 50031, 50021, 38441, 39111,439151 • Page 62 of 117 Pages SECTION 2 - SCOPE AND CONTROL OF WORK 2-1 AWARD AND EXECUTION OF CONTRACT. Award and execution of Contract will be as provided for in the Specifications, Instruction to Bidders, or Notice Advertising for Bids. 2-2 ASSIGNMENT. No Contract or portion thereof may be assigned without consent of the Board, except that the Contractor may assign money due or which will accrue to it under the Contract. If given written notice, such assignment will be recognized by the Board to the extent permitted by law. Any assignment of money shall be subject to all proper withholdings in favor of the Agency and to all deductions provided for in the Contract. All money withheld, whether assigned or hot, shall be subject to being used by the Agency for completion of the Work, should the Contractor be in default. 2-3 SUBCONTRACTS. 2-3.1 General. Each Bidder shall comply with the Chapter of the Public Contract Code including Sections 4100 through 4113. The following excerpts or summaries of some of the requirements of thjs Chapter are included below for information: The Bidder shall set forth in the Bid, as provided in 4104: "(a) The name and location of the place of business of each subcontractor who will perform work or labor or render service to the prime contractor in or about the construction of the work or improvements, or a subcontractor licensed by the State of California who, under subcontract to the prime contractor, specially fabricates and installs a portion of the work or improvement according to detailed drawings contained in the plans and specifications, in an amount in excess of one-half of 1 percent of the prime contractor's total bid, or, in the case of bids or offers for the construction of streets or highways, including bridges, in excess of one-half of 1 percent of the prime contractor's total bid or ten thousand dollars ($10,000), whichever is greater." ; '< r "(b) The portion of the work which will be done by each such subcontractor under this act. The prime contractor shall list only one subcontractor for each such portion as is defined by the prime contractor in his bid." If the Contractor fails to specify a Subcontractor, or specifies more than one Subcontractor for the same portion of the work to be performed under the Contract (in excess of one-half of 1 percent of the Contractor's total Bid), the Contractor shall be qualified to perform that portion itself, and shall perform that portion itself, except as otherwise provided in the Code. As provided in Section 4107, no Contractor whose Bid is accepted shall substitute any person as Subcontractor in place of the Subcontractor listed in the original Bid, except for causes and by procedures established in Section 4107.5. This section provides procedures to correct a clerical error in the listing of a Subcontractor. Revised 7/17/06 Contract Nos. 50031,50021, 38441, 39111, & 39151 Page 63 of 117 Pages Section 4110 provides that a Contractor violating any of the provisions of the Chapter violates the Contract and the Board may exercise the option either to cancel the Contract or assess the Contractor a penalty in an amount of not more than 10 percent of the subcontract involved, after a public hearing. , Should the Contractor fail to adhere to the provisions requiring the Contractor to complete 50 percent of the contract price with its own organization, the Agency may at its sole discretion elect to cancel the contract or deduct an amount equal to 10 percent of the value of the work performed in excess of 50 percent of the contract price by other than the Contractor's own organization. The Board shall be the sole body for determination of a violation of these provisions. In any proceedings under this section, the prime contractor shall be entitled to a public hearing before the Board and shall be notified ten (10) days' in advance of the time and location of said hearing. The determination of the Board of Directors shall be final. 2-3.2 Additional Responsibility. The Contractor shall give personal attention to the fulfillment of the Contract and shall keep the Work under its control. 'The Contractor shall perform, with its own organization, Contract work amounting to at least 50 percent of the Contract Price except that any designated "Specialty Items" may be performed by subcontract, and the amount of any such "Specialty Items" so performed may be deducted from the Contract Price before computing the amount required to be performed by the Contractor with its own organization. "Specialty Items" will be identified by the Agency in the Bid or Proposal. Where an entire item is subcontracted, the value of work Subcontracted will be based on the Contract Unit Price. When a portion of an item is subcontracted, the value of work subcontracted will be based on the estimated percentage of the Contract Unit Price. This'will be determined from information submitted by the Contractor, and subject to approval by the Engineer. Before the work of any Subcontractor is started, the Contractor shall submit to the Engineer for approval a written statement showing the work to be subcontracted giving the name and business of each Subcontractor and description and value of each portion of the work to be so subcontracted. 2-3.3 Status of Subcontractors. Subcontractors shall be considered employees of the Contractor, and the Contractor shall be responsible for their work. 2-4 CONTRACT BONDS. Before execution of the Contract, the Bidder shall file surety bonds with the Agency to be approved by the Board in the amounts and for the purposes* noted below. Bonds issued by a surety, who is authorized to issue bonds in California, and whose bonding limitation shown in said circular is sufficient to provide bonds in the amount required by the Contract shall be deemed to be approved unless specifically rejected by the Agency. Bonds from all other sureties shall be accompanied by all of the documents: enumerated in Code of Civil Procedure 995.660 (a). The Bidder shall pay all bond premiums, costs, and incidentals. Each bond shall incorporate, by reference, the Contract and be signed by both the Bidder and Surety and the signature of the authorized agent of the Surety shall be notarized. • , o Revised 7/17/06 Contract Nos. 50031, 50021, 38441, 39111, & 39151 Page 64 of 117 Pages The Contractor shall provide a faithful performance/warranty bond and payment bond (labor and materials bond) for this contract. The faithful performance/warranty bond shall be in a sum not less than one hundred percent of the total amount payable by the terms of this contract. The Contractor . shall provide bonds to secure payment of laborers and materials suppliers in a sum not less than one hundred percent of the total amount payable by the terms of this contract. Both bonds shall extend in full force and effect and be retained by the Agency during this project until they are released according to the provisions of this section. . The faithful performance/warranty bond will be reduced to 25 percent of the original amount 30 days after recordation of the Notice of Completion and will remain in full force and effect for the one year warranty period and until all warranty repairs are completed to the satisfaction of the Engineer. The bonds to secure payment of laborers and materials suppliers shall be released six months plus 30 days after recordation of the Notice of Completion if all claims have been paid. All bonds are to be placed with a surety insurance carrier admitted and authorized to transact the business of insurance in California and whose assets exceed their liabilities in an amount equal to or in excess of the amount of the bond. The bonds are to contain the following documents: 1) An original, or a certified copy, of the un-revoked appointment, power of attorney, by laws, or other instrument entitling or authorizing the person who executed the bond to do so. 2) A certified copy of the certificate of authority of the insurer issued by the insurance commissioner. If the bid is accepted, the Agency may require a financial statement of the assets and liabilities of the insurer at the 'end of the quarter calendar year prior to 30 days next preceding the date of the execution of the bond. The financial statement shall be mad^ by an officer's certificate as defined in Section 173 of the Corporations Code. In the case of a foreign insurer, the financial statement may be verified by the oath of the principal officer or manager residing within the United States. Should any bond become insufficient, the Contractor shall renew the bond within 10 days after receiving notice from the Agency. Should any Surety at any time be unsatisfactory to the Board, notice will be given the Contractor to that effect. No further payments shall be deemed due or will be made under the contract until a hew Surety shall qualify and be accepted by the Board. Changes in the Work or extensions of time, made pursuant to the Contract, shall in no way release the Contractor or Surety from its obligations. Notice of such changes or extensions shall be waived by the Surety. 2-5 PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS. 2-5.1 General. The Contractor shall keep at the Work site a copy of the Plans and Specifications, to which the Engineer shall have access at all times. . The specifications for the work include the Project Technical Specifications, Carlsbad Engineering Standards (CES), Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction, (SSPWC), 2006 Edition (Part 2 & 3). hereinafter designated "SSPWC", as written and promulgated by Joint Cooperative Committee of the Southern California Chapter American Public Works Association and Southern California Districts Associated General Contractors of California, and as amended by the Supplemental Provisions section of this contract. Revised 7/17/06 Contract Nos. 50031, 50021, 38441, 39111, & 39151 Page 65 of 117 Pages The construction plans consist of one set of drawings with four Bid Schedules. This set is designated as City of Carlsbad Drawing No. 440-4 and consists of 30 sheets. The standard drawings used for this project are the latest edition of the San Diego Area Regional Standard Drawings, hereinafter designated SDRSD, as issued by the San Diego County Department of Public Works, together with the most recent editions of the City of Carlsbad Engineering Standards, hereinafter designated as CSSD, as issued by the City of Carlsbad and the Carlsbad Municipal Water District, hereinafter designated as CES. Copies of some of the pertinent standard drawings are enclosed as an appendix to these General Provisions. The Plans, Specifications, and other Contract Documents shall govern the Work. The Contract Documents are intended to be complementary and cooperative. Anything specified in the Specifications and not shown on the Plans, or shown on the Plans and not specified in the Specifications, shall be as though shown on or specified in both. , The Plans shall be supplemented by such working drawings and shop drawings as are necessary to adequately control the Work. > , The Contractor shall ascertain the existence of any conditions affecting the cost of the Work through a reasonable examination of the Work site prior to submitting the Bid. Existing improvements visible at the Work site, for which no specific disposition is made on the Plans, but which interfere with the completion of the Work, shall be removed and disposed of by the Contractor. . . The Contractor shall, upon discovering any error or omission in the Plans or Specifications, immediately call it to the attention of the Engineer. / 2-5.2 Precedence of Contract Documents. If there is a conflict between Contract Documents, the document highest in precedence shall control. The precedence shall be the most recent edition of the following documents listed in order of highest to lowest precedence: 1) Permits from other agencies as may be required by law. . 2) Carlsbad General Provisions. * 3) Plans. 4) Project Technical Specifications 5) City of Carlsbad Engineering Standards, 2004 Edition. 6) San Diego Regional Standard Drawings 7) Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction , 8) Reference Specifications 9) Manufacturer's Installation Recommendations Change Orders, Supplemental Agreements and approved revisions to Plans and Specifications will take precedence over items 2) through 9) above. Detailed plans and plan views shall have precedence over general plans. Revised 7/17/06 Contract Nos. 50031, 50021, 38441, 39111, & 39151 Page 66 of 117 Pages 2-5.3 Submittals. 2-5.3.1 General. Submittals shall be provided, at the Contractor's expense, as required in 2-5.3.2, 2-5.3.3 and 2-5.3:4, when required by the Plans or Special Provisions, or when requested by the Engineer. Materials shall neither be furnished nor fabricated, nor shall any work for which submittals are required by performed, before the required submittals have been reviewed and accepted by the Engineer. Neither review nor acceptance of submittals by the Engineer shall relieve the Contractor from responsibility for errors, omissions, or deviations from the Contract Documents, unless such deviations were specifically called to the attention of the Engineer in the letter of transmittal. The Contractor shall be responsible for the correctness of the submittals. The Contractor shall allow a minimum of 20 working days for review of submittals unless otherwise specified in the Special Provisions. Each submittal shall be accompanied by a letter of transmittal. Each submittal shall be consecutively numbered. Resubmittals shall be labeled with the number of the original submittalfollowed by an ascending alphabetical designation (e.g. The label '4-C' would indicate the third instance that the fourth submittal had been given to the Engineer). Each sheet of each submittal shall be consecutively numbered. Each set of shop drawings and submittals shall be accompanied by a letter of transmittal on the Contractor's letterhead. The Letter of transmittal shall contain the following: 1) Project title and Agency contract number. 2) Number of complete sets. 3) Contractor's certification statement. 4) Specification section number(s) pertaining to material submitted for review. 5) Submittai number (Submittal numbers shall be consecutive including subsequent submittals for the same materials.) 6) Description of the contents of the submittal. ,7) Identification of deviations from the contract documents. When submitted for the Engineer's review, Shop Drawings shall bear the Contractor's certification that the Contractor has reviewed, checked, and approved the Shop Drawings and that they are in conformance with the requirements of the Contract Documents. The Contractor shall subscribe to and shall place the following certification on all submittals: "I hereby certify that the (equipment, material) shown and marked in this submittal is that proposed to be incorporated into this Project, is in compliance with the Contract Documents, can be installed in the allocated spaces, and is submitted for approval." By: •••.'.••• Title: Date: • ' Company Name: Revised 7/17/06 Contract Nos. 50031, 50021, 38441, 39111, & 39151 Page 67 of 117 Pages 2-5.3.2 Working Drawings. Working drawings are drawings showing details not shown on the Plans which are required to be designed by the Contractor. Working drawings shall be of a size and scale to clearly show all necessary details. Six copies and one reproducible shall be submitted. If no revisions are required, three of the copies will be returned to the Contractor. If revisions are required, the Engineer will return one copy along with the reproducible for resubmission. Upon acceptance, the Engineer will return two of the copies to the Contractor and retain the remaining copies and the reproducible. 2-5.3.3 Shop Drawings. Shop drawings are drawings showing details of manufactured or assembled products proposed to be incorporated into the Work. Shop drawings required shall be as specified in the Special Provisions. ; • 2-5.3.4 Supporting Information. Supporting information is information required by the Specifications for the purposes of administration of the Contract, analysis for verification of conformance with the Specifications, the operation and maintenance of a manufactured product or system to be constructed as part of the Work, and other information as may be required by the Engineer. Six copies of the supporting information shall be. submitted to the Engineer prior to the start of the Work unless otherwise specified in the Special Provisions or directed by the Engineer. Supporting information for systems shall be bound together and include all manufactured items for the system. If resubmittal is not required, three copies will be returned to the Contractor. Supporting information shall consist of the following and is required unless otherwise specified in the Special Provisions: : 1) List of Subcontractors per 2-3.2. 2) List of Materials per 4-1.4. v —, 3) Certifications per 4-1.5. . ( J 4) Construction Schedule per 6-1. ^~^ 5) Confined Space Entry Program per 7-10.4.4. : 6) Concrete mix designs per 201-1.1. : ; 7) Asphalt concrete mix designs per 203-6.1. 8) Data, including, but not limited to, catalog sheets, manufacturer's brochures, technical bulletins, : specifications, diagrams, product samples, and other information necessary to describe a system, product or item. This information is required for irrigation systems, street lighting systems, and traffic signals, and may also be required for any product, manufactured item, or system. 2-5.4 RECORD DRAWINGS. The Contractor shall provide and'keep up-to-date a complete "as-built" record set of blue-line prints, which shall be corrected in red daily and show every change from the original drawings and specifications and the exact "as-built" locations, sizes and kinds of equipment, underground piping, valves, and all other work not visible at surface grade. Prints for this purpose may be obtained from the Agency at cost. This set of drawings shall be kept on the job and shall be used only as a record set and shall be delivered to the Engineer within ten (10) days of completion of the work. Payment for performing the work required by section 2-5.4 shall be included in the various bid items and no additional payment will be made therefore. . 2-6 WORK TO BE DONE. The Contractor shall perform all work necessary to complete the Contract in a satisfactory manner. Unless otherwise provided, the Contractor shall furnish all materials, equipment, tools, labor, and incidentals necessary to complete the Work. o Revised 7/17/06 Contract Nos. 50031, 50021, 38441, 391.11, & 39151 . Page 68 of 117 Pages 2-7 SUBSURFACE DATA. All soil and test hole data, water table elevations, and soil analyses shown on the drawings or included in the Specifications apply only at the location of the test holes and to the depths indicated. Soil test reports for test holes which have been drilled are available for inspection at the office of the Engineer. Any additional subsurface exploration shall be done by Bidders or the Contractor at their own expense. the indicated elevation of the water table is that which existed on the date when test hole data was determined. It is the Contractor's responsibility to determine and allow for the elevation of groundwater at the date of project construction. A difference in elevation between groundwater shown in soil boring logs and groundwater actually encountered during construction will not be considered as a basis for extra work. 2-8 RIGHT-OF-WAY. Rights-of-way, easements, or, rights-of-entry for the Work will be provided by the Agency. Unless otherwise provided, the Contractor shall make arrangements, pay for, and assume all responsibility for acquiring, using, and disposing of additional work areas and facilities temporarily required. The Contractor shall indemnify and hold the Agency harmless from all claims for damages caused by such actions. 2-9 SURVEYING. 2-9.1 Permanent Survey Markers. The Contractor shall not cover or disturb permanent survey monuments or benchmarks without the consent of the Engineer. Where the Engineer concurs, in writing, with the Contractor that protecting an existing monument in place is impractical, the Contractor shall employ a licensed land surveyor or a registered civil engineer authorized to practice land surveying within the State of California, hereinafter Surveyor, to establish the location of the monument before it is disturbed. The Contractor shall have the monument replaced by the Surveyor no later than thirty (30) days after construction at the site of the replacement is completed. The Surveyor shall file corner record(s) as required by §§ 8772 and 8773, et seq. of the California Business and Professions Code. . 'When a change is made in the finished elevation of the pavement of any roadway in which a permanent survey monument is located, the Contractor shall adjust the monument frame and cover to the new grade within 7 days of paving unless the Engineer shall approve otherwise. Monument frames and covers shall be protected during street sealing or painting projects or be cleaned to the satisfaction of the Engineer. 2-9.2 Survey Service. The Contractor shall hire and pay for the services of a Surveyor, hereinafter Surveyor to perform all work necessary for establishing control, construction staking, records research and all other surveying work necessary to construct the work, provide surveying services as required herein and provide surveying, drafting and other professional services required to satisfy the requirements of the Land Surveyors Act. Surveyor shall be resident on the site during all surveying operations and shall personally supervise and certify the surveying work. Revised 7/17/06 , Contract Nos. 50031, 50021, 38441,39111, & 39151 Page 69 of 117 Pages 2-9.2.1 Submittal of Surveying Data, All surveying data submittals shall conform to the requirements of section 2-5.3.3, "Submittals", herein. The Contractor shall submit grade sheets to the Engineer before commencing work in the area affected by the grade sheets. The Contractor shall submit field notes for all surveying required herein to the Engineer within ten days of performing the survey. All surveying field notes, grade sheets and survey calculations shall be submitted in bound form on 215mm by 280 mm (81/2" by 11") paper. The field notes, calculations and supporting data shall be clear and complete. Supporting data shall include all maps, affidavits, plats, field notes from earlier surveys and all other evidence used by the Surveyor to determine the location of the monuments .set. The field notes and calculations will be labeled with name of the Surveyor, the party chief, the field crewmembers and the author of the field notes or calculations. They shall be annotated with the date of observation or calculation, be numbered with consecutive page numbers and shall be readable without resort to any electronic aid, computer program or documentation for any computer program. The field notes shall be prepared in conformance with the CALTRANS "Surveys Manual". The Contractor shall have a Record of Survey prepared by the Surveyor and file it in conformance with §§ 8700 - 8805 of the State of California Business and Professions Code when the Surveyor performs any surveying that such map is required under §§8762 of the State of California Business and Professions Code and whenever the Surveyor shall establish, set or construct any permanent survey monument. SDRS drawing M-10 type monuments, bolts, spikes, leaded tacks and nails (when set in concrete), iron pipes, reinforcing steel and all monuments and marks that are at, or accessory to, property corners and street centerljnes are permanent survey monuments, the Record of Survey shall show all monuments set, control monuments used, the basis of bearings and all other data needed to determine the procedure of survey and the degree of accuracy attained by the field surveying including the unadjusted ratio of closure. The unadjusted ratio of closure shall not exceed 1 part in 40,000, The record of survey shall show the location and justification of location of all permanent monuments set and their relation to the street right-of-way. Record(s) of Survey(s) shall be submitted for the Engineer's review and approval before submittal to —». the County Surveyor arid before submittal to the County Recorder. ( j 2-9.2.2 Survey Requirements, Stakes shall be set at offsets approved by the Engineer at no greater , intervals than specified in TABLE 2-9.2.2(A) as measured along the project stationing. Stakes shall be set to show the location and grade of future curbs adjacent to traffic signal locations where the curb is not being built as a part of this contract. Staking and marking shall be completed by the Surveyor and inspected and approved by the Engineer before the start of construction in the area marked. Centerline monument shall have the disk stamped with the date the monument was set and the registration number of the Surveyor. Habitat mitigation sites and other areas to be preserved that are shown on the plans shall be staked and flagged prior to the start of any other activities within the limits of the work. When curb and gutter does not exist and is not being installed as a part of the project the location of adjacent facilities being constructed as a part of the contract the Contractor shall place stakes defining the horizontal and vertical location of such adjacent utility vaults, poles or other facilities that are being installed as parts of, or adjunct to, the project either by the Contractor and/or those noted on the plans as to be installed by others. .3.Revised 7/17/06 -Contract Nos. 50031, 50021, 38441, 39111, & 39151 . Page 70 of 117 Pages TABLE 2-9.2.2(A) Survey Requirements for Construction Staking Feature Staked Street Centerline . Clearing Slope Fence Rough Grade Cut or Fills > 10m (33') Final Grade (includes top of: Basement soil, subbaseand base) Asphalt Pavement Finish Course Drainage Structures, Pipes & similar Facilities®, ® Curb Traffic Signal ® Signal Poles & Controller ® Junction Box © Conduit CD Minor Structure CD Abutment Fill Wall ® Stake Description ® SDRS M-10 Monument Lath in soil, painted line on PCC & AC surfaces RP + Marke Stake RP + Marke Stake RP + Marker Stake RP + Marker Stake, Blue- top in grading area RP, paint on previous course RP + Marker Stake RP + Marker Stake RP + Marker Stake RP + Marker Stake RP + Marker Stake RP + Marker Stake + Line Stake RP + Marker Stake + Line Stake RP + Marker Stake + Line Point +Guard Stake Centerline or Parallel to Centerline Spacing®, <S> <300m (1000'), Street Intersections, Begin and end of curves, only when shown on the plans lath - Intervisible, < 15m (50') on tangents & < 7.5m (25') on curves, Painted line - continuous Intervisible and < 15m (50') s < 60 m (200') on tangents, < 15m (50') on curves when R> 300m (1000') & 7.5m (25') on curves when R< 300m (1000') < 15m (50') < 15 m (50') on tangents & curves when R> 300m (1000') & < 7.5m (25') on curves when R< 300m (1000')i . . < 7.5m (25') or as per the intersection grid points shown on the plan whichever provides the denser information intervisible & < 7.5m (25'), beginning and end, BC & EC of facilities, Grade breaks, Alignment breaks, Junctions, Inlets & similar facilities, Risers & similar facilities (except plumbing), Skewed cut-off lines < 7.5m (25'), BC & EC, at 1/4A, %A & *A on curb returns & at beginning & end Vertical locations shall be based on the ultimate elevation of curb and sidewalk at each pole & controller location at each junction box location < 15 m (50') on tangents & curves when R> 300m (1000') & < 7.5m (25') on curves when R < 300m (1000') or where grade < 0.30% or catch basins: at centerline of box, ends of box & wings & at each end of the local depression © < 15 m (50') & along end slopes & conic transitions < 15 m (50') and at beginning & end of: each wall, BC & EC, layout line angle points, hanges in footing dimensions &/or elevation & wall height Lateral Spacing ®, <E> on street centerline at clearing line Grade Breaks &S7.6m(25') N/A ( constant offset) N/A <6.7 m (22') edge of pavement, paving pass width, crown line & grade breaks as appropriate ( constant offset) as appropriate as appropriate as appropriate as appropriate as appropriate as appropriate Setting Tolerance (Within) 7 mm (0.02') Horizontal, also see section 2-9.2.1 herein 0.3 m (1') Horizontal 30 mm (0.1') Verticals Horizontal 30mm (0.1') Horizontal 30 mm (0.1') Vertical & Horizontal 10 mm (V) Horizontal & 7 mm C/4") Vertical 10 mm (V) Horizontal & 7 mm ( V) Vertical 10 mm (J/8") Horizontal & 7 mm (1/4") Vertical 10 mm (%") Horizontal & 7 mm (74") Vertical 10 mm (%") Horizontal & 7 mm (74") Vertical 10 mm (%") Horizontal & 7 mm ( Y4") Vertical 10 mm (V) Horizontal & when depth cannot be measured from existing pavement 7 mm f A,") Vertical 10 mm CVa") Horizontal & 7 mm (V) Vertical (when vertical data needed) 30 mm (0.1') Vertical & Horizontal 7 mm ('At") Horizontal & 7 mm (1/4") Vertical Revised 7/17/06 Contract Nos. 50031, 50021, 38441, 39111, & 39151 Page 71 of 117 Pages Feature Staked Major Structure ® Footings, Bents, Abutments & Wingwalls Superstructures Miscellaneous ® Contour Grading • ® . Utilities CD, ® 1 • Channels, Dikes & Ditches CD. Signs <D Subsurface Drains ® Overside Drains• .- ©,, Markers ® Railings & "'." Barriers 0) AC Dikes CD Box Culverts Pavement Markers® Stake Description ® RP + Marker Stake + Line Point +Guard Stake RP RP + Marker Stake RP + Marker Stake RP + Marker Stake RP + Marker Stake + Line Point +Guard Stake RP + Marker Stake RP 4- Marker Stake RP + Marker Stake RP + Marker Stake RP + Marker Stake RP Centeriine or Parallel to Centeriine Spacing®, © 3 m to 10 m (10' to 33') as required by the Engineer, BC & EC, transition points & at beginning & end. Elevation points on footings at bottom of columns 3 m to 10 m (10' to 33') sufficient to use string lines, BC & EC, transition points & at beginning & end. Elevation points on footings at bottom of columns < 15m (50') < 15 m (50') on tangents & curves when R> 300m (1000') & < 7.5m (25') on curves when R 5 300m (1000') or where qrade < 0.30% intervisible & < 30 m (100'), BC & EC of facilities, Grade breaks, Alignment breaks, Junctions, Inlets & similar facilities At sign location intervisible & < 15m (50'), BC & EC of facilities, Grade breaks, Alignment breaks, Junctions, Inlets & similar facilities, Risers & similar facilities longitudinal location- t , for asphalt street surfacing < 15 m (50') on tangents & curves when R> 300m (1000') & < 7.5m (251) on curves when R < 300mJ1 000"). At beginning & end and < 1 5 m (50') on tangents & curves when R > 300m (1000') & < 7.5m (25') on curves when R < 300m (1000') At beginning & end 3 m to 10 m (10' to 33') as required by the Engineer, BC & EC, transition points & at )eginning & end. Elevation points on footings & at invert 60 m (200') on tangents, 15m (50') on curves when R > 300m (1 000') & 7.5m (251) on ;curves when R £ 300m (1000') For PCC surfaced streets lane cold joints will suffice Lateral Spacing d>, ® as appropriate as appropriate along contour line as appropriate as appropriate Line point as appropriate At beginning & end At marker location(s) at railing & barrier location(s) as appropriate as appropriate at pavement marker location(s) Setting Tolerance (Within) 10 mm (%") Horizontal & 7 mm (V) Vertical 10 mm (%") Horizontal & 7 mm ( Y4") Vertical 30 mm (0.1 ') Verticals Horizontal 10 mm OVa") Horizontal & 7 mm ( 74") Vertical 30 mm (0.1 ') Horizontal & 7 mm (V4") Vertical 30mm(0.1'hVertical& Horizontal 30 mm (0.1 ') Horizontal & 7 mm (V), Vertical 30mm(0.1') Horizontal & 7 mm (Vl Vertical 7 mm ('A") Horizontal 10 mm cVs") Horizontal & Vertical 30 mm (0.1 ') Horizontal & Vertical 10 mm (%") Horizontal & 7 mm (V) Vertical 7 mm ('A") HorizontaF © Staking for feature may be omitted when adjacent marker stakes reference the offset and elevation of those features and the accuracy requirements of the RP meet the requirements for the feature © Reference points shall be sufficiently durable and set securely enough to survive with accuracy intact throughout the installation & inspection of the features or adjacent facilities for which they provide control. RP means reference point for the purposes of this table , • : ® Perpendicular to centeriine. , © Some features are not necessarily parallel to centeriine but are referenced thereto © Multi-plane surfaced features shall be staked so as to provide line & grade information for each plane of the feature © > means greater than, or equal to, the number following the symbol. < means less than, or equal to, the number fol- lowing the symbol. © The cut datum for storm drainage & sanitary sewer pipes & similar structures shall be their invert. The cut datum for all other utilities shall be the top of their pipe or conduit. All guard stakes, line stakes and lath shall be flagged. Unless otherwise approved by the Engineer flagging, paint and marking cards shall be the color specified in TABLE 2-9.2.2(B) Revised 7/17/06 Contract Nos.x50031, 50021, 38441, 39111, & 39151 Page 72 of 117 Pages TABLE 2-9.2.2(8) Survey Stake Color Code for Construction Staking Type of Stake Horizontal Control Vertical Control . Clearing Grading . Structure Drainage, Sewer, Curb Right-of-Way Miscellaneous Description Coordinated control points, control lines, control reference points, centerline, alignments, eta Benchmarks - Limits of clearing Slope, intermediate slope, abutment fill, rough grade, contour grading, final grade, etc. Bridges, sound and retaining walls, box culverts, etc. Pipe culverts, junction boxes, drop inlets, headwalls, sewer lines, storm drains, slope protection, curbs, gutters, etc. Fences, RAW lines, easements, property monuments, etc. Signs, railings, barriers, lighting, etc. Color* White/Red White/Orange Yellow/Black Yellow White Blue White/Yellow Orange * Flagging and marking cards, if used. Add the following section: 2-9.2.3 Payment for Survey, Payment for work performed to satisfy the requirements of Sections 2- 9.1 through 2-9.3.2 shall be included in the actual bid items requiring the survey work and no additional payment willbe made. Extension of unit prices for extra work shall include full compensation for attendant survey work and no additional payment will be made. Payment for the replacement of disturbed monuments and the filing of records of survey and/or corner records, including filing fees, shall be incidental to the work necessitating the disturbance of said monuments and no additional payment will be made. 2-9.3 Private Engineers. Surveying by private engineers on the Work shall conform to the quality and practice required by the Engineer. 2-9.4 Line and Grade. All work shall conform to the lines, elevations, and grades shown on the Plans. Three consecutive points set on the same slope shall be used together so that any variation from a straight grade can be detected. Any such variation shall be reported to the Engineer. In the absence of such report, the Contractor shall be responsible for any error in the grade of the finished work. Grades for underground conduits will be set at the surface of the ground. The Contractor shall transfer them to the bottom of the trench. Revised 7/17/06 Contract Nos. 50031, 50021, 38441, 39111, & 39151 Page 73 of 117 Pages 2-10 AUTHORITY OF BOARD AND ENGINEER. The Board has the final authority in all matters affecting the Work. Within the scope of the, Contract, the Engineer has the authority to enforce compliance,with the Plans and Specifications. The Contractor shall promptly comply with instructions from the Engineer or an authorized representative. , The decision of the Engineer is final and binding on all questions relating to: quantities; acceptability of material, equipment, or work; execution, progress or sequence of work; and interpretation of the Plans, Specifications, or other drawings. This shall be precedent to any payment under the Contract, unless otherwise ordered by the Board. . .• v ; 2-10.1 Availability of Records, The Contractor shall, at no charge to the Agency, provide copies of all records in the Contractor's or subcontractor's possession pertaining to the work that the Engineer may request. ' 2-10.2 Audit And Inspection, Contractor agrees to maintain and/or make available, to the Engineer, within San Diego County, accurate books and accounting records relative to all its activities and to contractually require all subcontractors to this Contract to do the same. The Engineer shall have the right to monitor, assess, and evaluate Contractor's and its subcontractors performance pursuant to this Agreement, said monitoring, assessments, and evaluations to include, but not be limited to, audits, inspection of premises, reports, contracts, subcontracts and interviews of Contractor's staff and the staff of all subcontractors to this contract. At any time during normal business hours and as often as the Engineer may deem necessary, upon reasonable advance notice, Contractor shall make available to the,Engineer for examination, all of its, and all subcontractors to. this contract, records with respect to all matters covered by this Contract and will permit the Engineer to audit, examine, copy and make excerpts or transcripts from such data and.records, and to make audits of all invoices, materials, payrolls, records of personnel, and other data relating to all matters covered by this Contract. However,, any such activities shall, be carried out in a manner so as to not unreasonably interfere with Contractor's ongoing business operations. Contractor and all subcontractors to this contract shall maintain such data and records for as long as may be required by applicable laws and regulations. 2-11 INSPECTION. The Work is subject to inspection and approval by the Engineer. The Contractor shall notify the Engineer before noon of the working day before inspection is required. Work shall be done only in the presence of the Engineer, unless otherwise authorized. Any work done without proper inspection will be subject to, rejection. The Engineer and any authorized representatives shall at all times have access to the Work during its construction at shops and yards as well as the project site. The Contractor shall provide every reasonable facility for ascertaining that the materials and workmanship are in accordance with these specifications. Inspection of the Work shall not relieve the Contractor of the obligation to fulfill all conditions of the Contract. o Revised-7/17/06 • Contract Nos. 50031, 50021, 38441, 39111, & 39151 ' Page 74 of 117 Pages SECTION 3 - CHANGES IN WORK 3-1 CHANGES REQUESTED BY THE CONTRACTOR. 3-1.1 General. Changes in the Plans and Specifications, requested in writing by the Contractor, which do not materially affect the Work and which are not detrimental to the Work or to the interests of the Agency, may be granted by the Engineer. Nothing herein shall be construed as granting a right to the Contractor to demand acceptance of such changes. 3-1.2 Payment for Changes Requested by the Contractor. If such changes are granted, they shall be made at a reduction in cost or no additional cost to the Agency. 3-2 CHANGES INITIATED BY THE AGENCY. 3-2.1 General. The Agency may change the Plans, Specifications, character of the work, or quantity of work provided the total arithmetic dollar value of all such changes, both additive and deductive, does not exceed 25 percent of the Contract Price. Should it become necessary to exceed this limitation, the change shall be by written Supplemental Agreement between the Contractor and Agency, unless both parties agree to proceed with the change by Change Order. Change Orders shall be in writing and state the dollar value of the change or established method of payment, any adjustment in contract time of completion, and when negotiated prices are involved, shall provide for the Contractor's signature indicating acceptance. 3-2.2 Payment. .*."...' . ' ' ' 3-2.2.1 Contract Unit Prices. If a change is ordered in an item of work covered by a Contract Unit Price, and such change does not involve a substantial change in character of the work from that shown on the Plans or included in the Specifications, then an adjustment in payment will be made. This adjustment will be based upon the increase or decrease in quantity and the Contract Unit Price. In the case of such an increase or decrease in a bid item, the use of this basis for the adjustment of payment will be limited to that portion of the change, which together with all previous changes to that item, is not in excess of 25 percent of the total cost of such item based on the original quantity and Contract Unit Price. Adjustments in excess of 25 percent may be done by extension of Contract Unit Prices as described above, or pursuant to 3-2.2.3. If a change is ordered in an item of work covered by a Contract Unit Price, and such change does involve a substantial change in the character of the work from that shown on the Plans or included in the Specifications, an adjustment in payment will be made in accordance with 3-2.2.3. Should any Contract item be deleted in its entirety, payment will be made only for actual costs incurred prior to notification of such deletion. In the case of an increase or decrease in quantity of a minor bid item in excess of 25 percent of the original quantity bid the adjustment of contract unit price for such items will be limited to that portion of the change in excess of 25 percent of the original quantity listed in the Contractor's bid proposal for this contract. Adjustments in excess of 25 percent may, at the option of the Engineer, be paid pursuant to section 3-3, Extra Work. Revised 7/17/06 Contract Nos. 50031, 50021, 38441, 39111, & 39151 Page 75 of 117 Pages 3-2.2.1 General. If a change is ordered in an item of work covered by a Contract Unit Price, and such change does not involve substantial change in character of the work from that shown on the Plans or specified in the Specifications, then an adjustment in payment will be made. This adjustment will be based upon the increase or decrease in quantity and the Contract Unit Price. If the actual quantity of an item of work covered by a Contract Unit Price and constructed in cpnformance with the Plans and Specifications varies from the Bid quantity by 25 percent or less, payment will be made at the Contract Unit Price. If the actual quantity of said item of work varies from the Bid quantity by more than 25 percent, payment will be made per 3-2.2.2 or 3-2.2.3 as appropriate. If a change is ordered in an item of work covered by a Contract Unit Price, and such change does involve a substantial change in the character of the work from that shown on the Plans or specified in the Specifications, an adjustment in payment will be made per 3-2.4. . 3-2.2.2 Increases of More Than 25 Percent. Should the actual quantity of an item of work covered by a Contract Unit Price and constructed in conformance with the Plans and Specifications, exceed the Bid quantity by more than 25 percent, payment for the quantity in excess of 125 percent of the Bid quantity will be made on the basis of an adjustment in the Contract Unit Price mutually agreed to by the Contractor and the Agency, or at the option of the Engineer, on the basis of Extra Work per 3-3. The Extra Work per 3-3, basis of payment, shall not include fixed costs; Fixed costs shall be deemed to have been recovered by the Contractor through payment for 125 percent of the Bid quantity at the Contract Unit Price. 3-2.2.3 Decreases of More Than 25 Percent. Should the actual quantity of an item of work covered by a Contract Unit Price, and constructed in conformance with the Plans and Specifications, be less than 75 percent of the Bid quantity, an adjustment in payment will not be made unless so requested in writing by the Contractor. If the Contractor so requests, payment will be made on the basis of an adjustment in the Contract Unit Price mutually agreed to by the Contractor and the Agency, or at the ^. option of the Engineer, on the basis of Extra Work per 3.3; however, in no case wjll payment* be less ( ) than would be. made for the actual quantity at the Contract Unit Price nor more than would be made for 75 percent of the Bid quantity at the Contract Unit Price. . 3-2.3 Stipulated Unit Prices. Stipulated Unit Prices are unit prices established by the Agency in the Contract Documents. Stipulated Unit Prices may be used for the adjustment of Contract changes when so specified in the Special Provisions. 3-2.4 Agreed Prices. Agreed Prices are prices for new or unforeseen work, or adjustments in Contract Unit Prices per 3-2.2, established by mutual agreement between the Contractor and the Agency. If mutual agreement can not be reached, the Engineer may direct the Contractor to proceed on the basis of Extra Work in accordance per 3-3, except as otherwise specified in 3-2.2.2 and 3-2.2.3. "...'.'- - - ' ' '. - " ' '.', ' ':.•• '.. ..- ' O Revised 7/17/06 Contract Nos. 50031, 50021, 38441, 39111, & 39151 Page 76 of 117 Pages 3.2.5 Eliminated Items. Should any Bid item be eliminated in its entirety, payment will be made to the Contractor for its actual costs incurred in connection with the eliminated item prior to notification in writing from the Engineer so stating its elimination. If material conforming to the Plans and Specifications is ordered by the Contractor for use in the eliminated item prior to the date of notification of elimination by the Engineer, and if the order for that material can not be canceled, payment will be made to the Contractor for the actual cost of the material. In this case, the material shall become the property of the Agency. Payment will be made to the Contractor for its actual costs for any further handling. If the material is returnable, the material shall be returned and payment will be made to the Contractor for the actual cost of charges made by the supplier for returning the material and for handling by the Contractor. Actual costs, as used herein, shall be computed on the basis of Extra Work per 3-3. 3-2.2.2 Stipulated Unit Prices. Stipulated unit prices are those established by the Agency in the Contract Documents, as distinguished from Contract Unit Prices submitted by the Contractor. Stipulated unit prices may be used for the adjustment of Contract changes. 3-2.2.3 Agreed Prices. Adjustments in payments for changes other than those set forth in 3-2.2.1 and 3-2.2.2 will be determined by agreement between Contractor and Agency. If unable to reach agreement, the Agency may direct the Contractor to proceed on the basis of Extra Work in accordance with 3-3. 3-3 EXTRA WORK. 3-3.1 General. New or unforeseen work will be classified as "extra work" when the Engineer determines that it is not covered by Contract Unit Prices or stipulated unit prices. 3-3.2 Payment. 3-3.2.1 General. When the price for the extra work cannot be agreed upon, the Agency will pay for the extra work based on the accumulation of costs as provided herein. 3-3.2.2 Basis for Establishing Costs. (a) Labor. The costs of labor will be the actual cost for wages of workers performing the extra work at the time the extra work is done, plus employer payments of payroll taxes, workers compensation insurance, liability insurance, health and welfare, pension, vacation, apprenticeship funds, and other direct costs, resulting from Federal, State, or local laws, as well as assessments or benefits required by lawful collective bargaining agreements. The use of a labor classification which would increase the extra work cost will not be permitted unless the Contractor establishes the necessity for such additional costs. Labor costs for equipment operators and helpers shall be reported only when such costs are not included in the invoice for equipment rental. The labor cost for foremen shall be proportioned to all of their assigned work and only.that applicable to extra work will be paid. Nondirect labor costs, including superintendence, shall be considered part of the markup of 3-3.2.3(a>- ; (b) Materials. The cost of materials reported shall be at invoice or lowest current price at which such materials are locally available and delivered to the job site in the quantities involved, plus sales tax, freight, and delivery. Revised 7/17/06 Contract Nos. 50031, 50021, 38441, 39111, & 39151 Page 77 of 117 Pages The Agency reserves the right to approve materials and sources of supply, or to supply materials to the Contractor if necessary for the progress of the Work. No markup shall be applied to any material provided by the Agency. (c) Tool and Equipment Rental. No payment will be made for the use of tools which have a replacement value of $200 or less. Regardless of ownership, the rates and right-of-way delay factors to be used in determining rental and delay costs shall be the edition of. the, "Labor Surcharge and Equipment Rental Rates" published by CALTRANS, current at the time of the actual use of the tool or equipment. The right-of-way delay factors therein shall be used as multipliers of the rental rates for determining the value of costs for delay to the Contractor and subcontractors, if any. The labor surcharge rates published therein are not a part of this contract. The rental rates paid shall include the cost of fuel, oil, lubrication, supplies, small tools, necessary attachments, repairs and maintenance of any kind, depreciation, storage, insurance, and all incidentals. Necessary loading and transportation costs for equipment used on the extra work shall be included. If equipment is used intermittently and, when not in use, could be returned to its rental source at less expense to the Agency than holding it at the Work site, it shall be returned, unless the Contractor elects to keep it at the Work site, at no expense to the Agency. All equipment shall be acceptable to the Engineer, in good working condition, and suitable for the purpose for which it is to be used. Manufacturer's ratings and approved modifications shall be used to classify equipment and it shall be powered by a unit of at least the minimum rating recommended ^. by the manufacturer. ( J The reported rental time for equipment already at the Work site shall be the duration of its use on the extra work. This time begins when equipment is first put into actual operation on the extra work, plus the time required to move it from its previous site and back, or to a closer site. (d) Other Items. The Agency may authorize other items which may be required on the extra work, including labor, services, material, and equipment. These items must be different in their nature from those required for the Work, and be of a type,not ordinarily available from the Contractor or Subcontractors. Invoices covering all such items in detail shall be submitted with the request for payment, (e) Invoices. Vendors' invoices for material, equipment rental and other expenditures shall be submitted with the request for payment. If the request for payment is not substantiated by invoices or other documentation, the Agency may establish the cost of the item involved at the lowest price which was current at the time of the report. o Revised 7/17/06 Contract Nos. 50031, 50021, 38441,; 39111, & 39151 Page 78 of 117 Pages 3-3.2.3 Markup. (a) Work by Contractor. The following percentages shall be added to the Contractor's costs and shall constitute the markup for all overhead and profits: 1) Labor 20 2) Materials... 15 3) Equipment Rental .. 15 4) Other Items and Expenditures ...15 ..'.'_'. To the sum of the costs and markups provided for in this section, 1 percent shall be added as compensation for bonding. (b) Work by Subcontractor. When all or any part of the extra work is performed by a Subcontractor, the markup established in section 3-3.2.3(a) shall be applied to the Subcontractor's actual cost of such work. A markup of 10 percent on the first $5,000 of the subcontracted portion of the extra work and a markup of 5 percent on work added in excess of $5,000 of the subcontracted portion of the extra work may be added by the Contractor. 3-3.3 Daily Reports by Contractor. When the price for the extra work cannot be agreed upon, the Contractor shall submit a daily report to the Engineer on forms approved by the Agency. Included are applicable delivery tickets, listing all labor, materials, and equipment involved for that day, and other services and expenditures when authorized. Payment for extra work will not be made until such time that the Contractor submits completed daily reports and all supporting documents to the Engineer. Failure to submit the daily report by the close of the next working day may waive any rights for that day. An attempt shall be made to reconcile the report daily, and it shall be signed by the Engineer and the Contractor. In the event of disagreement, pertinent notes shall be entered by each party to explain points which cannot be resolved immediately. Each party shall retain a signed copy of the report. Reports by Subcontractors or others shall be submitted through the Contractor. The report shall: 1. Show names of workers, classifications, and hours worked. 2. Describe and list quantities of materials used. 3. Show type of equipment, size, identification number, and hours of operation, including loading and transportation, if applicable. ' 4. Describe other services and expenditures in such detail as the Agency may require. 3-4 CHANGED CONDITIONS. The Contractor shall promptly notify the Engineer of the following Work site conditions (hereinafter called changed conditions), in writing, upon their discovery and before they are disturbed: 1. Subsurface or latent physical conditions differing materially from those represented in the Contract; 2. Unknown physical conditions of an unusual nature differing materially from those ordinarily encountered and generally recognized as inherent in work of the character being performed; and 3. Material differing from that represented in the Contract which the Contractor believes may be hazardous waste, as defined in Section 25117 of the Health and Safety Code, that is required to be removed to a Class I, Class II, or Class III disposal site in accordance with provisions of existing law. Revised 7/17/06 Contract Nos. 50031, 50021,38441, 39111, & 39151 Page 79 of 117 Pages The Engineer will promptly investigate conditions which appear to be changed conditions. If the Engineer determines that conditions are changed conditions and they will materially affect performance time, the Contractor, upon submitting a written request, will be granted an extension of time subject to the provisions of 6-6. If the Engineer determines that the conditions do not justify an adjustment in compensation, the Contractor will be notified in writing. This notice will also advise the Contractor of its obligation to notify the Engineer in writing if the Contractor disagrees. The Contractor's failure to give notice of changed conditions promptly upon their discovery and before they are disturbed shall constitute a waiver of all claims in connection therewith. The Contractor shali not be entitled to the payment of any additional compensation for any act, or failure to act, by the Engineer, including, failure or refusal to issue a change order, or for the happening of any event, thing, occurrence, or other cause, unless the Contractor shall have first given the Engineer due written notice of potential claim as hereinafter specified. Compliance with this section shall not be required as a prerequisite to notice provisions in Section 6-7.3 Contract Time Accounting, nor to any claim that is based on differences in measurement or errors of computation as to contract quantities. The written notice of potential claim for changed conditions shall be submitted by the Contractor to the Engineer upon their discovery and prior to the time that the Contractor performs the work giving rise to the potential claim. The Contractor's failure to give written notice of potential claim for changed conditions to the agency upon their discovery and before they are disturbed shall constitute a waiver of all claims in connection therewith. The Contractor shall provide the District with a written document containing a description of the particular circumstances giving rise to the potential claim, the reasons for which the Contractor —». believes additional compensation may be due and nature of any and all costs involved within f J 20 working days of the date of service of the written notice of potential claim for changed conditions. ^^ Verbal notifications are disallowed. . The potential claim shall include the following certification relative to the California False Claims Act, Government Code Sections 12650-12655. 'The undersigned certifies that the above statements are made in full cognizance of the California False Claims Act, Government Code sections 12650-12655. The undersigned further understands and agrees that this potential claim, unless resolved, must be restated as a claim in response to the District's proposed final estimate in order for it to be further considered." By: • / • .:. . ' . .•••-. Title: -.-...' Date: ^ Company Name: .... "• o Revised 7/17/06 Contract Nos: 50031, 50021, 38441, 39111, & 39151 Page 80 of 117 Pages The Contractor's estimate of costs may be updated when actual costs are known. The Contractor shall submit substantiation of its actual costs to the Engineer within 20 working days after the affected work is completed. Failure to do so shall be sufficient cause for denial of any claim subsequently filed on the basis of said notice of potential claim. It is the intention of this section that differences between the parties arising under and by virtue of the contract be brought to the attention of the Engineer at the earliest possible time in order that such matters be settled, if possible, or other appropriate action promptly taken. 3-5 DISPUTED WORK. The Contractor shall give the agency written notice of potential claim prior to commencing any disputed work. Failure to give said notice shall constitute a waiver of all claims in connection therewith. Prior to proceeding with dispute resolution pursuant to Public Contract Code provisions specified hereinafter, the contractor shall attempt to resolve all disputes informally through the following dispute resolution chain of command: 1. Project Inspector . 2. Construction Manager 3. Deputy City Engineer, Construction Management & Inspection ; 4. City Engineer 5. Executive Director The Contractor shall submit a complete report within 20 working days after completion of the disputed work stating its position on the claim, the contractual basis for the claim, along with all documentation supporting the costs and all other evidentiary materials. At each level of claim or appeal of claim the District will, within 10 working days of receipt of said claim or appeal of claim, review the Contractor's report and respond with a position, request additional information or request that the Contractor meet and present its report. When additional information or a meeting is requested the District will provide its position within 10 working days of receipt of said additional information or Contractor's presentation of its report. The Contractor may appeal each level's position up to the City Manager after which the Contractor may proceed under the provisions of the Public Contract Code. The authority within the dispute resolution chain of command is.limited to recommending a resolution to a claim to the City Manager/Actual approval of the claim is subject to the change order provisions in the contract. All claims by the contractor for $375,000 or less shall be resolved in accordance with the procedures in the Public Contract Code, Division 2, Part 3, Chapter 1, Article 1.5 (commencing with Section 20104) which is set forth below: Revised 7/17/06 Contract Nos. 50031, 50021, 38441, 39111, & 39151 Page 81 of 117 Pages ARTICLE 1.5 RESOLUTION OF CONSTRUCTION CLAIMS 20104. (a)(1) This article applies to all public works claims of three hundred seventy-five thousand dollars ($375,000) or less which arise between a contractor and a local agency. (2) This article shall not apply to any claims resulting from a contract between a contractor and a public agency when the public agency has elected to resolve any disputes pursuant to Article 7.1 (commencing with Section 10240) of Chapter 1 of Part 2. (b)(1) "Public work" has the same meaning as in Sections 3100 and 3106 of the Civil Code, except that "public work" does not include any work or improvement contracted for by the state or the Regents of the University of California. : - (2) "Claim" means a separate demand by the contractor for (A) a time extension, (B) payment of money or damages arising from work done by, or on behalf of, the contractor pursuant to the contract 'fora public work and payment of which is not otherwise expressly provided for or the claimant is not otherwise entitled to, or (C) an amount the payment of which is disputed by the local agency. (c) The provisions of this article or a summary thereof shall be set forth in the plans or specifications for any work which may give rise to a claim under this article. (d) This article applies only to contracts entered into on or after January 1,1991. 20104.2. For any claim subject to this article, the following requirements apply: « (a) The claim shall be in writing and include the documents necessary to substantiate the claim. Claims must be filed on or before the date of final payment. Nothing in this subdivision is intended to extend the time limit or supersede notice requirements otherwise provided by contract.for the filing of claims. , , (b)(1) For claims of less than fifty thousand dollars ($50,000), the local agency shall respond in writing to any written claim within 45 days of receipt of the claim, or may request, in'writing, within 30 days of receipt of the claim, any additional documentation supporting the claim or relating to defenses to the claim the local agency may have against the claimant. (2) If additional, information is thereafter required, it shall be requested and provided pursuant to this . subdivision, upon mutual agreement of the local agency and the claimant. (3) The local agency's written response to the claim, as further documented, shall be submitted to the claimant within 15 days after receipt of the further documentation or within a period of time no greater than that taken by the claimant in producing the additional information, whichever is greater. (c)(1) For claims of over fifty thousand dollars ($50,000) and less than or equal to three hundred seventy-five thousand dollars ($375,000), the local agency shall respond in writing to all written claims within 60 days of receipt of the claim, or may request, in writing, within 30 days of receipt of the claim, any additional documentation supporting the claim or relating to defenses to the claim the local agency may have against the claimant. (2) If additional information is thereafter required, it shall be requested and provided pursuant to this subdivision, upon mutual agreement of the local agency and the claimant. (3) The local agency's written response to the claim, as further documented, shall be submitted to the claimant within 30 days after receipt of the further documentation, or within a period of time no greater than that taken by the claimant in producing the additional information or requested documentation, whichever is greater. (d) If the claimant disputes the local agency's written response, or the local agency fails to respond within the time prescribed, the claimant may so notify the local agency, in writing, either within 15 days of receipt of the local agency's response or within 15 days of the local agency's failure to respond within the time prescribed, respectively, and demand an informal conference to meet and confer for settlement of the issues in dispute. Upon a demand, the local agency shall schedule a meet and confer conference within 30 days for settlement of the dispute. (e) Following the meet and confer conference, if the claim or any portion remains in dispute, the claimant may file a claim as provided in Chapter 1 (commencing with Section 900) and Chapter 2 (commencing with Section 916) of Part 3 of Division 3.6 of Title 1 of the Government Code. For purposes of those provisions, the running of the period of time within which a claim must be filed Revised 7/17/06 Contract Nos. 50031, 50021, 38441, 39111, & 39151 Page 82 of 117 Pages shall be tolled from the time the claimant submits his or her written claim pursuant to subdivision (a) until the time that claim is denied as a result of the meet and confer process, including any period of time utilized by the meet and confer process. (f) This article does not apply to tort claims and nothing in this article is intended nor shall be construed to change the time periods for filing tort claims or actions specified by Chapter 1 (commencing with Section 900) and Chapter 2 (commencing with Section 910) of Part 3 of Division 3.6 of Title 1 of the Government Code. 20104.4. The following procedures are established for all civil actions filed to resolve claims subject to this article: (a) Within 60 days, but no earlier than 30 days, following the filing or responsive pleadings, the court shall submit the matter to non-binding mediation unless waived by mutual stipulation of both parties. The mediation process shall provide for the selection within 1.5 days by both parties of a disinterested third person as mediator, shall be commenced within 30 days of the submittal, and shall be concluded within 15 days from the commencement of the mediation unless a time requirement is extended upon a good cause showing to the court or by stipulation of both parties. If the parties fail to select a mediator within the 15-day period, any party may petition the court to appoint the mediator. (b)(1) If the matter remains in dispute, the case shall be submitted to judicial arbitration pursuant to Chapter 2.5 (commencing with Section 1141.10) of Title 3 of Part 3 of the Code of Civil Procedure, notwithstanding Section 1141.11 of that code. The Civil Discovery Act of 1986 (Article 3 (commencing with Section 2016) of Chapter 3 of Title 3 of Part 4 of the Code of Civil procedure) shall apply to any proceeding brought under the subdivision consistent with the rules pertaining to judicial arbitration. (2) Notwithstanding any other provision of law, upon stipulation of the parties, arbitrators appointed for purposes pf this article shall be experienced in construction law, and, upon stipulation of the parties, mediators and arbitrators shall be paid necessary and reasonable hourly rates of pay not to exceed their customary rate, and such fees and expenses shall be paid equally by the parties, except in the case of arbitration where the arbitrator, for good cause, determines a different division. In no event shall these fees or expenses be paid by state or county funds. (3) In addition to Chapter 2.5 (commencing with Section 1141.10) Title 3 of Part 3 of the Code of Civil Procedure, any party who after receiving an arbitration award requests a trial de novo but does not obtain a more favorable judgment shall, in addition to payment of costs and fees under that chapter, pay the attorney's fees of the other party arising out of the trial de novo. (c) The court may, upon request by any party, order any witnesses to participate in the mediation or arbitration process. 20104.6. (a) No local agency shall fail to pay money as to any portion of a claim which is undisputed except as otherwise provided in the contract. (b) In any suit filed under Section 20104.4, the local agency shall pay interest at the legal rate on any arbitration award or judgment. The interest shall begin to accrue on the date the suit is filed in a court of law. Although not to be construed as proceeding under extra work provisions, the Contractor shall keep and furnish records of disputed work in accordance with 3-3. Revised 7/17/06 Contract Nos. 50031, 50021, 38441, 39111, & 39151 Page 83 of 117 Pages SECTION*-CONTROLOF MATERIALS 4-1 MATERIALS AND WORKMANSHIP.\ ._ . • . 4-1.1. General. All materials, parts, and equipment furnished by the Contractor in the Work shall be new, high grade, and free from defects. Quality of work shall be in accordance with the generally accepted standards. Material and work quality shall be subject to the Engineer's approval. Materials and work quality not conforming to the requirements of the Specifications shall be considered defective and will be subject to rejection. Defective work or material, whether in place or not, shall be removed immediately from the site by the Contractor, at its expense, when so directed by the Engineer. , t If the Contractor fails to replace any defective or damaged work or material after reasonable notice, the Engineer may cause such work or materials to be replaced. The replacement expense will be deducted from the amount to be paid to the Contractor. Used or secondhand materials, parts, and equipment may be used only if permitted by the Specifications. 4-1.2 Protection of Work and Materials. The Contractor shall provide and maintain storage facilities and employ such measures as will preserve the specified quality and fitness of materials to be used in the Work. Stored materials shall be reasonably accessible for inspection. The Contractor shall also adequately protect new and existing work and all items of equipment for the duration of the Contract. • . - - . The Contractor shall not, without the Agency's consent, assign, sell, mortgage, hypothecate, or remove equipment or materials which have been installed or delivered and which may be necessary for the completion of the Contract. . 4-1.3 Inspection Requirements. 4-1.3.1 General. Unless otherwise specified, inspection is required at the source for such typical materials and fabricated items as bituminous paving mixtures, structural concrete, metal fabrication, metal casting, welding, concrete pipe manufacture, protective coating application, and similar shop or plant operations. Steel pipe in sizes less than 450 mm (18 inches) and vitrified clay and cast iron pipe in all sizes are acceptable upon certification as to compliance with the Specifications, subject to sampling and testing by the Agency. Standard items of equipment such as electric motors, conveyors, elevators, plumbing fixtures, etc., are subject to inspection at the job site only. Special items of equipment such as designed electrical panel boards, large pumps, sewage plant equipment, etc., are subject to inspection at the source, normally only for performance testing. The\Specifications may require inspection at the source for other items not typical of those listed in this section. The Contractor shall provide the Engineer free and safe access to any and all parts of work at any time. Such free and safe access shall include means of safe access and egress, ventilation, lighting, shoring, dewatering and all elements pertaining to the safety of persons as contained in the State of California, California Code of Regulations, Title 8, Industrial Relations, Chapter 4, Division of Industrial Safety, Subchapter 4, Construction Safety Orders and such other safety regulations as may apply. Contractor shall furnish Engineer with such information as may be necessary to keep the Engineer fully informed regarding progress and manner of work and character of materials. Inspection or testing of the whole or any portion of the work or materials incorporated in the work shall not relieve Contractor from any obligation to fulfill this Contract. Revised 7/17/06 . Contract Nos. 50031, 50021, 38441, 39111, & 39151 Page 84 of 117 Pages 4-1.3.2 Inspection of Materials Not Locally Produced. When the Contractor intends to purchase materials, fabricated products, or equipment from sources located more than 80 km (50 miles) outside the geographical limits of the Agency, an inspector or accredited testing laboratory (approved by the Engineer), shall be engaged by the Contractor at its expense, to inspect the materials, equipment or process. This approval shall be obtained before producing any material or equipment. The inspector or representative of the testing laboratory shall judge the materials by the requirements of the Plans and Specifications. The Contractor shall forward reports required by the Engineer. No material or equipment shall be shipped nor shall any processing, fabrication or treatment of such materials be done without proper inspection by the approved agent. Approval by said agent shall not relieve the Contractor of responsibility for complying with the Contract requirements. 4-1.3.3 Inspection by the Agency. The Agency will provide all inspection and testing laboratory services within 80 km (50 miles) of the geographical limits of the Agency. For private contracts, all costs of inspection at the source, including salaries and mileage costs, shall be paid by the permittee. - 4-1.4 Test of Material. Before incorporation in the Work, the Contractor shall submit samples of materials, as the Engineer may require, at no cost to the Agency. The Contractor, at its expense, shall deliver the materials for testing to the place and at the time designated by the Engineer. Unless otherwise provided, all initial testing will be performed under the direction of the Engineer, and at no expense to the Contractor. If the Contractor is to provide and pay for testing, it will be stated in the Specifications. For private contracts, the testing expense shall be borne by the permittee. The Contractor shall notify the Engineer in writing, at least 15 days in advance, of its intention to use materials for which tests are specified", to allow sufficient time to perform the tests. The notice shall name the proposed supplier and source of material. • . If the notice of intent to use is sent before the materials are available for testing or inspection, or is sent so far in advance that the materials on hand at the time will not last but will be replaced by a new lot prior to use on the Work, it will be the Contractor's responsibility to^renotify the Engineer when samples which are representative may be obtained. l , Except as specified in these Supplemental Provisions, the Agency will bear the cost of testing of locally produced materials and/or on-site workmanship where the results of such tests meet or exceed the requirements indicated in the Standard Specifications and the Supplemental Provisions. The cost of all other tests shall be borne by the Contractor. ; - Revised 7/17/06 Contract Nos. 50031, 50021, 38441, 39111, & 39151 . Page 85 of 117 Pages At the option of the Engineer, the source of supply of each of the materials shall be approved by the Engineer before the delivery is started. All materials proposed for use may be inspected or tested at any time during their preparation and use. If, after incorporating such materials into the Work, it is found that sources of supply that have been approved do not furnish a uniform product, or if the product from any source proves unacceptable at any time, the Contractor shall furnish approved material from other approved sources. If any product proves unacceptable after improper storage, handling or for any other reason it shall be rejected, not incorporated into the work and shall be removed from the project site all at the Contractor's expense. Compaction tests may be.made by the Engineer and all costs for tests that meet or exceed the requirements of the specifications shall be borne by the Agency. Said tests may be made at any place along the work as deemed, necessary by the Engineer. The, costs of any retests made necessary by. noncompliance with the specifications shall be borne by the Contractor. 4-1.5 Certification. The Engineer may waive materials testing requirements of the Specifications and accept the manufacturer's written certification that the materials to be supplied meet those ,requirements. Material test data may be required as part of the certification. - 4-1.6 Trade Names or Equals. The Contractor may supply any of the materials specified or offer an equivalent. The Engineer shall determine whether the material offered is equivalent to that specified. Adequate time shall be allowed for the Engineer to make this determination. Whenever any particular material, process, or equipment is indicated by patent, proprietary or brand name, or by name of manufacturer, such wording is used for the purpose of facilitating its description and shall be deemed to be followed by the words or equal. A listing of materials is not intended to be comprehensive, or in order of preference. The Contractor may offer any material, process, or .**. equipment considered to be equivalent to that indicated. The substantiation of offers shall be f J submitted as provided in the contract documents. • ^^ The Contractor: shall, at its expense, furnish data concerning items offered by it as equivalent to those specified. The Contractor shall have the material tested as required by the Engineer to determine that the quality, strength, physical, chemical, or other characteristics, including durability, , .finish, ^efficiency,; dimensions, service, and suitability are such, that the item will fulfill its intended Junction./:. ..• ••'-;• -.-. :-. • •;•• •": -.-.,-: - • . •• - • >: ••'.•••: .-,;-. .- .-, • ... Test methods shall be subject to the approval ,of the Engineer. Test results shall be reported promptly to the Engineer, who will evaluate the results and determine if the substitute item is equivalent. The Engineer's findings shall be final. Installation and use of a substitute item shall not be made until approved by the Engineer. If a substitute offered by the Contractor is not found to be equal to the specified material, the Contractor shall furnish and install the specified material. The specified Contract completion time shall not be affected by any circumstance developing from the provisions of this section. The Contractor is responsible for the satisfactory performance of substituted items. If, in the sole opinion of the Engineer, the substitution is determined to be unsatisfactory in performance, appearance, durability, compatibility with associated items, availability of repair parts and suitability of application the Contractor shall remove the substituted item and replace it with the originally specified item at no cost to the Agency. /""""N Revised 7/17/06 '•'. -'-'. Contract Nos.50031, 50021, 38441, 39111, & 39151 * Page 86 of 117 Pages 4-1.7 Weighing and Metering Equipment. All scales and metering equipment used for proportioning materials shall be inspected for accuracy and certified within the past 12 months by the State of California Bureau of Weights and Measures, by the County Director or Sealer of Weights and Measures, or by a scale mechanic registered with or licensed by the County. The accuracy of the work of a scale service agency, except as stated herein, shall meet the standards of the California Business and Professions Code and the California Code of Regulations pertaining to weighing devices. A certificate of compliance shall be presented, prior to operation, to the Engineer for approval and shall be renewed whenever required by the Engineer at no cost to the Agency, ,...'... All scales shall be arranged so they may be read easily from the operator's platform or area. They shall indicate the true net weight without the application of any factor. The figures of the scales shall be clearly legible. Scales shall be accurate to within 1 percent when tested with the plant shut down. Weighing equipment shall be so insulated against vibration or moving of other operating equipment in the plant area that the error in weighing with the entire plant running will not exceed 2 percent for any setting nor 1.5 percent for any batch. 4-1.8 Calibration of Testing Equipment. Testing equipment, such as, but not limited to pressure gages, metering devices, hydraulic systems, force (load) measuring instruments, and strain- measuring devices shall be calibrated by a testing agency acceptable to the Engineer at intervals not to exceed 12 months and following repairs, modification, or relocation of the equipment. Calibration certificates shall be provided when requested by the Engineer. 4-1.9 Construction Materials Dispute Resolution (Soils, Rock Materials, Concrete, Mortar and Related Materials, Masonry Materials, Bituminous Materials, Rock Products, and Modified Asphalts). In the interest of safety and public value, whenever, credible evidence arises to contradict the test values of materials, the Agency and the Contractor will initiate an immediate and cooperative investigation. Test values of materials are results of the materials' tests, as defined by these Specifications or by the special provisions, required to accept the Work. Credible evidence is process observations or test values gathered using industry accepted practices. A contradiction exists whenever test values or process observations of the same or similar materials are diverse enough such that the work acceptance or performance becomes suspect. The investigation shall allow access to all test results, procedures, and facilities relevant to the disputed work and consider all available information and, when necessary, gather new and additional information in an attempt to determine the validity, the cause, and if necessary, the remedy to the contradiction. If the cooperative investigation reaches any resolution mechanism acceptable to both the Agency and the Contractor, the contradiction shall be considered resolved and the cooperative investigation concluded. Whenever the cooperative investigation is unable to reach resolution, the investigation may then either conclude without resolution or continue by written notification of one party to the other requesting the implementation of a resolution process by committee. The continuance of the investigation shall be contingent upon recipient's agreement and acknowledged in writing within 3 calendar days after receiving a request. Without acknowledgement, the investigation shall conclude without resolution. .The committee shall consist of three State of California Registered Civil Engineers. Within 7 calendar days after the written request notification, the Agency and the Contractor will each select one engineer. Within 14 calendar days of the written request notification, the two selected engineers will select a third engineer. The goal in selection of the third member is to complement the professional experience of the first two engineers. Should the two engineers fail to select the third engineer, the Agency and the Contractor shall each propose 2 engineers to be the third member within 21 calendar days after the written request notification. The first two engineers previously selected shall then select one of the four proposed engineers in a blind draw. The committee shall be a continuance of the cooperative investigation and will re-consider all available information and if necessary gather new and additional information to determine the validity, the cause, and if necessary, the remedy to the contradiction. The committee will focus upon the performance adequacy of the materials) using standard engineering principles and practices and to "Revised 7/17/06 Contract Nos. 50031, 50021, 38441, 39111, & 39151 Page 87 of 117 Pages ensure public value, the committee may provide engineering recommendations as necessary. Unless otherwise agreed, the committee will have 30 calendar days from its formation to complete their , review and submit their findings. The final resolution of the committee shall be by majority opinion, jn writing, stamped and signed. Should the final resolution not be unanimous, the dissenter may attach a written, stamped, and sighed minority opinion. Once started, the resolution process by committee shall cpntinue to full .conclusion unless:, 1. Within 7 days of the formation of the committee, the Agency and the Contractor reach an acpeptable resolution mechanism; or 2. Within 14 days of the formation of the committee, the initiating party withdraws its written notification and agrees to bear all investigative related costs thus far incurred; or 3. -At any point by the mutual agreement of the Agency and the Contractor. Unless otherwise agreed, the Contractor shall bear and maintain a record for all the investigative costs until resolution. Should the investigation discover assignable causes for the contradiction, the assignable party, the Agency or the Contractor, shall bear all costs associated with the investigation. Should assignable causes for the contradiction extended to both parties, the investigation will assign costs cooperatively with each party or when necessary, equally. Should the investigation substantiate a contradiction without assignable cause, the investiga- tion will assign costs cooperatively with each party or when necessary, equally. Should the investigation be unable to substantiate a contradiction, the initiator of the investigation shall bear all investigative costs. All claim notification requirements of the contract pertaining to the contradiction shall be suspended until the investigation is concluded. 4-2 MATERIALS TRANSPORTATION, HANDLING AND STORAGE. The Contractor shall order, purchase, transport, coordinate delivery, accept delivery, confirm the quantity and quality, received, prepare storage area(s), store, handle, protect, move, relocate, remove and dispose excess of all materials used to accomplish the Work. Materials shall be delivered to the site of the work only during working hours, as defined in section 6-7.2, and shall be accompanied by bills of lading that shall clearly state for each delivery: the name of the Contractor as consignee, the project name and number, address of delivery and name of consignor and a description of the material(s) shipped. Prior to storage of any materials which have been shipped to or by the Contractor to any location within the Agency's boundaries the Contractor shall provide the Engineer a copy of lease agreements for each property where such materials are stored. The lease agreement shall clearly state the term of the lease, the description of materials allowed to be stored and shall provide for the removal of the materials and restoration of the storage site within the time allowed for the Work. All such storage shall conform to all laws and ordinances that may pertain to the materials stored and to preparation of the storage site and the location of the site on which the* materials are stored. Loss, damage or deterioration of all stored materials shall be the Contractor's responsibility. Conformance to the requirements of this section, both within and outside the limits of work are a part of the Work. The Engineer shall have the right to verify the suitability of materials and their proper storage at any time during the Work. o Revised 7/17/06 Contract Nos. 50031, 50021, 38441, 39111, & 39151 . Page 88 of 117 Pages SECTION 5 - UTILITIES 5-1 LOCATION. The Agency and affected utility companies have, by a search of known records, endeavored to locate and indicate on the Plans, all utilities which exist within the limits of the work. However, the accuracy and/or completeness of the nature, size and/or location of utilities indicated on the Plans is not guaranteed. Where underground main distribution conduits such as water, gas, sewer, electric power, telephone, or cable television are shown on the Plans, the Contractor shall assume that every property parcel will be served by a service connection for each type of utility. As provided in Section 4216 of the California Government Code, at least 2 working days prior to commencing any excavation, the Contractor shall contact the regional notification center (Underground Service Alert of Southern California) and obtain an inquiry identification number. The California Department of Transportation is not required by Section 4216 to become a member of the regional, notification center. The Contractor shall contact it for location of its subsurface installations. The Contractor shall determine the location and depth of all utilities, including service connections, which have been marked by the respective owners and which may affect or be affected by its operations. If no pay item is provided in the Contract for this work, full compensation for such work shall be considered as included in the prices bid for other items of work. 5-2 PROTECTION. The Contractor shall not interrupt the service function or disturb the support of any utility without authority from the owner or order from the Agency. All valves, switches, vaults, and meters shall be maintained readily accessible for emergency shutoff. Where protection is required to ensure support of utilities located as shown on the Plans or in accordance with 5-1, the Contractor shall, unless otherwise provided, furnish and place the necessary protection at its expense. Upon learning of the existence and location of any utility omitted from or shown incorrectly on the Plans, the Contractor shalj immediately notify the Engineer in writing. When authorized by the Engineer, support or protection of the utility will be paid for as provided in 3-2.2.3 or 3-3. The Contractor shall immediately notify the Engineer and the utility owner if any utility is disturbed or damaged. The Contractor shall bear the costs of repair or replacement of any utility damaged if located as noted in 5-1. When placing concrete around or contiguous to any non-metallic utility installation, the Contractor shall at its expense: . ( ' 1. Furnish and install a 50 mm (2 inch) cushion of expansion joint material or other similar resilient material; or 2. Provide a sleeve or other opening which will result in a 50 mm (2 inch) minimum-clear annular space between the concrete and the utility; or 3. Provide other acceptable means to prevent embedment in or bonding to the concrete. Revised 7/17/06 Contract Nos. 50031, 50021, 38441, 39111 ,& 39151 Page 89 of 117 Pages Where concrete is used for backfill or for structures which would result in embedment, or partial embedment, of a metallic utility installation; or where the coating, bedding or other cathodic protection system is exposed or damaged by the Contractor's operations, the Contractor shall notify the Engineer and arrange to secure the advice of the affected utility owner regarding the procedures required to maintain or restore the integrity of the system. 5-3 REMOVAL. Unless otherwise specified, the Contractor shall remove all interfering portions of utilities shown on the Plans or indicated in the Bid documents as "abandoned" or "to be abandoned in place". Before starting removal operations, the Contractor shall ascertain from the Agency whether the abandonment is complete, and the costs involved in the removal and disposal shall be included in the Bid for the items of work necessitating such removals. 5-4 RELOCATION. When feasible, the owners responsible for utilities within the area affected by the Work will complete their necessary installations, relocations, repairs, or replacements before commencement of work by the Contractor. When the Plans or Specifications indicate that a utility installation is to be relocated, altered, or constructed by others, the Agency will conduct all negotiations with the owners and work will be done at no cost to the Contractor, except as provided in 301-1.6. Utilities which are relocated in order to avoid interference shall be protected in their position and the cost of such protection shall be included in the Bid for the items of work necessitating such relocation. , After award of the Contract, portions of .utilities which are found to interfere with the Work wjll be relocated, altered or reconstructed by the.owners, or the Engineer may order changes in the Work to avoid interference. Such changes will be paid for in accordance with 3-2. When the Plans or Specifications provide for the Contractor to alter, relocate, or reconstruct a utility, all costs for such work shall be included in the Bid for the items of .work necessitating such work. Temporary or permanent relocation or alteration of utilities requested by the Contractor for its convenience shall be its responsibility and it shall make all arrangements and bear all costs. The utility owner will relocate service connections as necessary within the limits of the Work or within temporary construction or slope easements. When directed by the Engineer, the Contractor shall arrange for the relocation of service connections as necessary between the meter and property line, or between a meter and the limits of temporary construction or slope easements. The relocation of such service connections will be paid for in accordance with provisions of 3-3. Payment will include the restoration of all existing improvements which may be affected thereby. The Contractor may agree with the owner of any utility to disconnect and reconnect interfering service connections. The Agency will not be involved in any such agreement. - ( In conformance with section 5-6 the Contractor shall coordinate the work with utility agencies and companies. Prior to the installation of any and all utility structures within the limits of work by any utility agency or company, or its contractor, the Contractor shall place all curb or curb and gutter that is a part of the work and adjacent to the location where such utility structures are shown on the plans and are noted as being located, relocated or are otherwise shown as installed by others. In order to minimize delays to the Contractor caused by the failure of other parties to relocate utilities that interfere with the construction, the Contractor, upon the Engineer's approval, may be permitted to temporarily omit the portion of work affected by the utility. If such temporary omission is approved by the Engineer the Contractor shall place survey or other physical control markers sufficient to locate the curb or curb and gutter to the satisfaction of the utility agency or company. Such temporary omission shall be for the Contractor's convenience and no additional compensation will be allowed therefore or for additional work, materials or delay associated with the temporary Omission. The portion thus omitted shall be constructed by the Contractor immediately following the relocation of the utility involved unless otherwise directed by the Engineer. o Revised 7/17/06 Contract Nos. 50031, 50021, 38441 ,.39111, & 39151 Page 90 of 117 Pages 5-5 DELAYS. The Contractor shall notify the Engineer of its construction schedule insofar as it affects the protection, removal, or relocation of utilities. Said notification shall be included as a part of the construction schedule required in 6-1. The Contractor shall notify the Engineer in writing of any subsequent changes in the construction schedule which will affect the time available for protection, removal, or relocation of utilities. The Contractor will not be entitled to damages or additional payment for delays attributable to utility relocations or alterations if correctly located, noted, and completed in accordance with 5-1. The Contractor may be given an extension of time for unforeseen delays attributable to unreasonably protracted interference by utilities in performing work correctly shown on the Plans. The Agency will assume responsibility for the timely removal, relocation, or protection of existing main or trunkline utility facilities within the area affected by the Work if such utilities are not identified in the Contract Documents. The Contractor will not be assessed liquidated damages for any delay caused by failure of Agency to provide for the timely removal, relocation, or protection of such existing facilities. If the Contractor sustains loss due to delays attributable to interferences, relocations, or alterations not covered by 5-1, which could not have been avoided by the judicious handling of forces, equipment, or plant, there shall be paid to the Contractor such amount as the Engineer may find to be fair and reasonable compensation for such part of the Contractor's actual loss as was unavoidable and the Contractor may be granted an extension of time. 5-6 COOPERATION. When necessary, the Contractor shall so conduct its operations as to permit access to the Work site and provide time for utility work to be accomplished during the progress of the Work. Revised 7/17/06 Contract Nos. 50031, 50021, 38441, 39111, & 39151 Page 91 of 117 Pages SECTION 6 - PROSECUTION, PROGRESS, AND ACCEPTANCE OF THE WORK 6-1 CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE AND COMMENCEMENT OF WORK. Except as otherwise provided herein and unless otherwise prohibited by permits from other agencies as may be required by law the Contractor shall begin work within fourteen (14) calendar days after receipt of the "Notice to Proceed". 6-1.1 Pre-Construction Meeting. After, or upon, notification of contract award, the Engineer will set the time and location for the Preconstruction Meeting. Attendance of the Contractor's management personnel responsible for the management, administration, and execution of the project is mandatory for the meeting to be convened. Failure of the Contractor to have the Contractor's responsible project personnel attend the Preconstruction Meeting will be grounds for default by Contractor per section 6-4. No separate payment will be made for the Contractor's attendance at the meeting. The notice to proceed will only be issued on or after the completion of the preconstruction meeting. 6-1.1.1 Baseline Construction Schedule Submittal. The Contractor shall submit the Baseline Construction Schedule per the submittal requirements of section 2-5.3'• The submittal of the Baseline Construction Schedule shall include each item and element of sections 6-1.2 through 6-1.2.9 and shall be on hard (paper) copy and electronic media conforming to section 6-1.3.3 Electronic Media. 6-1.2 Preparation and Review of the Baseline Construction Schedule. The Contractor shall prepare the Baseline Construction Schedule as a Critical Path Method (CPM) Schedule in the precedence diagram method (activity-on-node) format. The Baseline Construction Schedule shall depict a workable plan showing the sequence, duration, and interdependence of all activities required to represent the complete performance of all project work as well as periods where work is precluded. The Baseline Construction Schedule shall begin with the projected date of issuance of the notice to proceed and conclude with the date of final completion per the contract duration. The Baseline Construction Schedule shall include detail of all project phasing, staging, and sequencing, including all milestones necessary to define beginning and ending of each phase or stage. 6-1.2.1 Time-Scaled Network Diagram. As a part of the Baseline Construction Schedule the Contractor shall prepare and submit to the Engineer a complete time-scaled network diagram showing all of the activities, logic relationships, and milestones comprising the schedule. 6-1.2.2 Tabular Listing. As a part of the Baseline Construction Schedule the Contractor shall prepare and submit to the Engineer a tabular listing of all of the activities, showing for each activity the identification number, the description, the duration, the early start, the early finish, the late start, the late finish, the total float, and all predecessor and successor activities for the activity described. 6-1.2.3 Bar Chart. As a part of the Baseline Construction Schedule the Contractor shall prepare and submit to the Engineer a chart showing individual tasks and their durations arranged with the tasks on the vertical axis and duration on the horizontal axis. The bar chart shall use differing texture patterns or distinctive line types to show the critical path. o Revised 7/17/06 Contract Nos. 50031, 50021, 38441, 39111, & 39151 Page 92 of 117 Pages 6-1.2.4 Schedule Software. The Contractor shall use commercially available software equal to the Windows 2000 compatible "Suretrak" program by Primavera or "Project" program by Microsoft Corporation to prepare the Baseline Construction Schedule and all updates thereto. The Contractor shall submit to the Agency a CD-ROM data disk with all network information contained thereon, in a format readable by a Microsoft Windows 2000 system. The Agency will use a "Suretrak", "Project" or equal software program for review of the Contractor's schedule. Should the Contractor elect to use a scheduling program other than the "Suretrak" program by Primavera or "Project" program by Microsoft Corporation the Contractor shall provide the Engineer three copies of the substituted program that are fully licensed to the Agency and 32 class hours of on-site training by the program publisher for up to eight Agency staff members. The classes shall be presented on Mondays through Thursdays, inclusive, between the hours of 8:00 a.m. and 5:00 p.m. The on-site training shall be held at 1635 Faraday Avenue, Carlsbad, California. The dates and times of the on-site training shall be submitted to the Engineer for approval five working days before the start of the on-site training. The on-site training shall be completed prior to the submittal of the first Baseline Construction Schedule. 6-1.2.5 Schedule Activities. Except for submittal activities, activity durations shall not be shorter than 1 working day nor longer than 15 working days, unless specifically and individually allowed by the Engineer. The Baseline Construction Schedule shall include between 100 and 500 activities, including submittals, interfaces between utility companies and other agencies, project milestones and .equipment and material deliveries. The number of activities will be sufficient, in the judgment of the Engineer, to communicate the Contractor's plan for project execution, to accurately describe the project work, and to allow monitoring and evaluation of progress and of time impacts. Each activity's description shall accurately define the work planned, for the activity and each activity shall have recognizable beginning and end points. ; 6-1.2.6 Float. Float or slack time within the schedule is available without charge or compensation to whatever party or contingency first exhausts it. 6-1.2.7 Restraints to Activities. Any submittals, utility interfaces, or any furnishing of Agency supplied materials, equipment, or services, which may impact any activity's construction shall be shown as a restraint to those activities. Time periods to accommodate the review and correction of submittals shall be included in the schedule. 6-1.2.8 Late Completion. A Baseline Construction Schedule showing a project duration longer than the specified contract duration will not be acceptable and will be grounds for determination of default by Contractor, per section 6-4. 6-1.2.9 Early Completion. The Baseline Construction Schedule will show the Contractor's plan to support and maintain the project for the entire contractual time span of the project. Should the Contractor propose a project duration shorter than contract duration, a complete Baseline Construction Schedule must be submitted, reflecting the shorter duration, in complete accordance with all schedule requirements of section 6-1. The Engineer may choose to accept the Contractor's proposal of a project duration shorter than the duration specified; provided the Agency is satisfied the shortened Baseline Construction Schedule is reasonable and the Agency and all other entities, public and private, which interface with the project are able to support the provisions of the shortened Baseline Construction Schedule. The Agency's acceptance of a shortened duration project will be confirmed through the execution of a contract change order revising the project duration and implementing all contractual requirements including liquidated damages in accordance with the revised duration. Revised 7/17/06 Contract Nos. 50031, 50021, 38441, 39111, & 39151 Page 93 of 117 Pages 6-1.2.10 Engineer's Review. The Construction Schedule is subject to the review of the Engineer. The Engineer's determination that the Baseline Construction Schedule proposed by the Contractor complies with the requirements of these supplemental provisions shall be a condition precedent to issuance of the Notice to Proceed by the Engineer. If the Engineer determines that the Construction Schedule does not meet the requirements of these specifications the Contractor shall correct the Construction Schedule to meet these specifications and resubmit it to the Engineer. Failure of the Contractor to obtain the Engineer's determination that the initial Construction Schedule proposed by the Contractor complies with the requirements of these supplemental provisions within thirty (30) working days after the date of the ^reconstruction meeting shall be grounds for termination of the contract per section 6-4. Days .used by the Engineer to review the initial Construction Schedule will not be included in the 30 working days. The Engineer will review and return to the Contractor, with any comments, the Baseline Construction Schedule within 15 working days of submittal. The Baseline Construction Schedule will be returned marked as per sections 6-1.2.10.1 through 6-1.2.10.3. 6-1.2.10.1 "Accepted." The Contractor may proceed with the project work upon issuance of the Notice to Proceed, and will receive payment for the schedule in accordance with section 6-1.8.1. 6-1.2.10.2 "Accepted with Comments." The Contractor may proceed with the project, work upon issuance of the Notice to Proceed. The Contractor must resubmit the schedule incorporating the comments prior to receipt of payment per section 6-1.8.1. 6-1.2.10.3 "Not Accepted." The Contractor must resubmit the schedule incorporating the corrections and changes of the comments prior to receipt of payment per section 6-1.8.1. The Notice to Proceed will not be issued by the Engineer if the changes of the comments are not submitted as required hereinbefore and marked "Accepted" or "Accepted with Comments" by the Engineer. The Contractor, at the sole option of the Engineer, may be considered as having defaulted the contract under the provisions of section 6-4 DEFAULT BY CONTRACTOR if the changes of the comments are not submitted as required hereinbefore and marked "Accepted" by the Engineer. 6-1.3 Preparation of Schedule Updates and Revisions. The, Contractor shall meet with the Engineer during the last week of each month to agree upon each activity's schedule status and shall submit monthly updates of the Baseline Construction Schedule confirming the agreements no later than the fifth working day of the following month. The monthly update will be submitted on hard (paper) copy and .electronic media conforming to section 6-1.3.3 Electronic Media per the submittal requirements of section 2-5.3 and will include each item and element of sections 6-1.2 through 6-1.2.9 and 6-1.3.1 through 6-1.3.7. 6-1.3.1 Actual Activity Dates. The actual dates each activity was started and/or completed during the month. After first reporting an actual date, the Contractor shall not change that actual date in later updates without specific notification to the Engineer with the update. , 6-1.3.2 Activity Percent Complete. For each activity underway at the end of the month, the Contractor shall report the percentage determined by the Engineer as complete for the activity. o Revised 7/17/06 Contract Nos. 50031, 50021, 38441, 39111, & 39151 Page 94 of 117 Pages 6-1.3.3 Electronic Media. The schedule data disk shall be a CD-ROM, labeled with the project name and number, the Contractor's name and the date of preparation of the schedule data disk. The schedule data disk shall be readable by the software specified in section 6-1.2.4 "Schedule Software" and shall be free of file locking, encryption or any other protocol that would impede full access of all data stored on it. 6-1.3.4 List of Changes. A list of all changes made to the activities or to the interconnecting logic, with an explanation for each change. 6-1.3.5 Change Orders. Each monthly update will include the addition of the network revisions reflecting the change orders approved in the previous month. The network revisions will be as agreed upon during the review and acceptance of the Contractor's change orders. 6-1.3.6 Bar Chart. Each monthly update will include a chart showing individual tasks and their durations arranged with the tasks on the vertical axis and duration on the horizontal axis. The bar chart shall use differing texture patterns or distinctive line types to show the critical path. 6-1. 4 Engineer's Review of Updated Construction Schedule. The Engineer will review and return the Updated Construction Schedule to the Contractor, with any comments, within 5 working days of submittal. The Updated Construction Schedule will be returned marked as per sections 6-1.4.1 through 6-1.4.3. Any Updated Construction Schedule marked "Accepted with Comments" or "Not Accepted" by the Engineer will be returned to the Contractor for correction. Upon resubmittal the Engineer will review and return the resubmitted Updated Construction Schedule to the Contractor, with any comments, within 5 working days. Failure of the Contractor to submit a monthly updated construction schedule will invoke the same consequences as the Engineer returning a monthly updated construction schedule marked "Not Accepted". 6-1.4.1 "Accepted." The Contractor may proceed with the project work, and will receive payment for the schedule in accordance with section 6-1.8.2. 6-1.4.2 "Accepted with Comments." The Contractor may proceed with the project work. The Contractor must resubmit the Updated Construction Schedule to the Engineer incorporating the corrections and changes noted in the Engineer's comments prior to receipt of payment per section 6-1.8.2. 6-1.4.3 "Not Accepted." The Contractor must resubmit the Updated Construction Schedule to the Engineer incorporating the corrections and changes noted in the Engineer's comments prior to receipt of payment per section 6-1.8.2. The Contractor, at the sole option of the Engineer, may be considered as having defaulted the contract under the provisions of section 6-4 DEFAULT BY CONTRACTOR if the changes of the comments are not submitted and marked "Accepted" by the Engineer before the last day of the month in which the Updated Construction Schedule is due. If the Contractor fails to submit the corrected Updated Construction Schedule as required herein the Contractor may elect to proceed with the project at its own risk. Should the Contractor elect not to proceed with the project, any resulting delay, impact, or disruption to the project will be the Contractor's responsibility. . Revised 7/=17/06 Contract Nos. 50031, 50021, 38441, 39111, & 39151 Page 95 of 117 Pages 6-1.5 Late Completion or Milestone Dates. Should the Schedule Update indicate a completion or contractually required milestone date later than the properly adjusted contract or milestone duration, the Agency may withhold Liquidated Damages for the number of days late. Should a subsequent "Accepted" Schedule Update remove all or a portion of the delay, all or the allocated portion of the previously held Liquidated Damages shall be released in the monthly payment to the Contractor immediately following the "Accepted" schedule. 6-1.6 Interim Revisions. Should the actual or projected progress of the work become substantially different from that depicted in the Project Schedule, independently of and prior to the next monthly update, the Contractor will submit a revised Baseline Construction Schedule, with a list and .explanation of each change made to the schedule. The Revised Construction Schedule will be submitted per the submittal requirements of section 2-5.3 and per the schedule review and acceptance requirements of section 6-1, including but not limited to the acceptance and payment provisions. As used in this subsection "substantially different' means a time variance greater than 5 percent of the number of days of duration for the project. 6-1.7 Final Schedule Update. The Contractor shall prepare and submit a final schedule update when one hundred percent of the construction work is completed. The Contractor's Final Schedule Update must accurately represent the actual dates for all activities. The final schedule update shall be prepared and reviewed per sections 6-1.3 Preparation of Schedule Updates and Revisions and 6-1. 4 Engineer's Review of Updated Construction Schedule. Acceptance of the final schedule update is required for completion of the project and release of any and all funds retained per section'9-3.2.'" .-. "'.;,. ••••••• • .• •• 6-1.8 Measurement and Payment. The Contractor's preparation, revision and maintenance of the Construction Schedule are incidental to the work and no separate payment will be made therefore. Payment for Construction Schedule shall include full compensation for furnishing all labor, materials including, but not limited to, the computer hardware and software, tools, equipment, and incidentals; and for doing all the work involved in attending meetings, preparing, furnishing, updating, revising the tabular, bar and flow chart Construction Schedules and narrative reports required by these supplemental provisions and as directed by the Engineer. The Engineer's determination that each and any construction schedule proposed by the Contractor complies with the requirements of these supplemental provisions shall be precedent to each and any payment. 6-2 PROSECUTION OF WORK. To minimize public inconvenience and possible hazard and to restore street and other work areas to their original condition and state of usefulness as soon as practicable, the Contractor shall diligently prosecute the Work to completion. If the Engineer determines that the Contractor is failing to prosecute the Work to the proper extent, the Contractor shall, upon orders from the Engineer, immediately take steps to remedy the situation. All costs of prosecuting the Work as described herein shall be included in the Contractor's Bid. Should the Contractor fail to take the necessary steps to fully accomplish said purposes, after orders of the Engineer, the Engineer may suspend the work in whole or part, until the Contractor takes said steps. o Revised 7/17/06 Contract Nos, 50031, 50021, 38441, 39111, & 39151 Page 96 of 117 Pages As soon as possible under the provisions of the Specifications, the Contractor shall backfill all excavations and restore to usefulness all improvements existing prior to the start of the Work. If Work is suspended through no fault of the Agency, all expenses and losses incurred by the Contractor during such suspensions shall be borne by the Contractor. If the Contractor fails to properly provide for public safety, traffic, and protection of the Work during periods of suspension, the Agency may elect to do so, and deduct the cost thereof from monies due the Contractor. Such actions will not relieve the Contractor from liability. . • > • • - ' 6-2.1 Order of Work. The work to be done shall consist of furnishing all labor, equipment and materials, and performing all operations necessary to complete the Project Work as shown on the Project Plans and as specified in the Specifications. General construction sequence shall be per Section 0101T Technical Specifications. 6-2.2.5 Weekend Work. Weekend work shall be performed by the Contractor in some areas along El Camino Real per Traffic Control Drawings. 6-2.3 Project Meetings. The Engineer will establish the time and location of (weekly) Project Meetings. The Contractor's Representative shall attend each Project Meeting. The Project : Representative shall be the individual-determined under section 7-6, "The Contractor's Representative". No separate payment for attendance of the Contractor, the Contractor's Representative or any other employee or subcontractor or subcontractor's employee at these meetings will be made. 6-3 SUSPENSION OF WORK. 6-3.1 General. The Work may be suspended in whole or in part when determined by the Engineer that the suspension is necessary in the interest of the Agency. The Contractor shall comply immediately with any written order of the Engineer. Such suspension shall be without liability to the Contractor on the part of the Agency except as otherwise specified in 6-6.3. 6-3.2 Archaeological and Paleontological Discoveries. If discovery is made of items of archaeological or paleontological interest, the Contractor shall immediately cease excavation in the area of discovery and shall not continue until ordered by the Engineer. When resumed, excavation operations within the area of discovery shall be as directed by the Engineer. Discoveries which may be encountered may include, but not be limited to, dwelling sites, stone implements or other artifacts, animal bones, human bones, and fossils. . The Contractor shall be entitled to an extension of time and compensation in accordance with the provisions of 6-6. ....'•; , 6-4 DEFAULT BY CONTRACTOR. If the Contractor fails to begin delivery of material and equipment, to commence the Work within the time specified, to maintain the rate of delivery of material, to execute the Work in the manner and at such locations as specified, or fails to maintain the Work schedule which will insure the Agency's interest, or, if the Contractor is not carrying out the intent of the Contract, the Agency may serve written notice upon the Contractor and the Surety on its Faithful Performance Bond demanding satisfactory compliance with the Contract. Revised 7/17/06 Contract Nos. 50031, 50021, 38441, 39111, & 39151 Page 97 of 117 Pages The Contract may be canceled by the Board without liability for damage, when in the Board's opinion the Contractor is not complying in good faith, has become insolvent, or has assigned or subcontracted any part of the Work without the Board's consent. In the event of such cancellation, the Contractor will be paid the actual amount due based on Contract Unit Prices or lump sums bid and the quantity of the Work completed at the time of cancellation, less damages caused to the Agency by acts of the Contractor. The Contractor, in having tendered a Bid, shall be deemed to have waived any and all claims for damages because of cancellation of Contract for any such reason. If the Agency declares the Contract canceled for any of the above reasons, written notice to that effect shall be served upon the Surety. The Surety shall, within five (5) days, assume control and perform the Work as successor to the-Contractor. •>:'''•'• ''.'••' • , ' 'f If the Surety assumes any part of the Work, it shall take the Contractors place in all respects for that part, and shall be paid by the Agency for all work performed by it in accordance with the Contract. If the Surety assumes the entire Contract, all money due the Contractor at the time of its default shall be payable to the Surety as the Work progresses, subject to the terms of the Contract. If the Surety does not assume control and perform the Work within 5 days after receiving notice of cancellation, or fails to continue to comply, the Agency may exclude the Surety from the premises. The Agency may then take possession of all material and equipment and complete the Work by Agency forces, by letting the unfinished Work to another Contractor, or by a combination of such methods. In any event, the cost of completing the Work shall be charged against the Contractor and its Surety and may be deducted from any money .due or becoming due from the Agency. If the sums due under the Contract are insufficient for completion, the Contractor or Surety shall pay to the Agency within 5 days after the completion, all costs in excess of the sums due. The provisions of this subsection shall be in addition to all other rights and remedies available to the .... Agency under law. , .- . Cj 6-5 : TERMINATION OF CONTRACT. The Board may terminate the Contract at its own discretion or when conditions encountered during the Work make it impossible or impracticable to proceed, or when the Agency is prevented from proceeding with the Contract by act of God, by law, or by official action of a public authority. • 6-6 DELAYS AND EXTENSIONS OF TIME. 6-6.1 General. If delays are caused by unforeseen events beyond the control of the Contractor, such delays will entitle the Contractor to an extension of time as provided herein, but the Contractor will not be entitled to damages or additional payment due to such delays, except as provided in 6-6.3. Such unforeseen events may include: war, government regulations, labor disputes, strikes, fires, floods, adverse weather or elements necessitating cessation of work, inability to obtain materials, labor or equipment, required extra work, or other specific events as may be further described in the Specifications. No extension of time will be granted for a delay caused by the Contractor's inability to obtain materials unless the Contractor furnishes to the Engineer documentary proof, the proof must be provided in a timely manner in accordance with the sequence of the Contractor's operations and the approved construction schedule. : : Revised 7/17/06 . Contract Nbs. 50031, 50021, 38441, 39111, & 39151 ' Page 98 of 117 Pages If delays beyond the Contractor's control are caused by events other than those mentioned above, the Engineer may deem an extension of time to be in the best interests of the Agency. The Contractor will not be entitled to damages or additional payment due to such delays, except as provided in 6-6.3. If delays beyond the Contractor's control are caused solely by action or inaction by the Agency, such delays will entitle the Contractor to an extension of time as provided in 6-6.2. 6-6.2 Extensions of Time. Extensions of time, when granted, will be based upon the effect of delays to the Work. They will not be granted for noncontrolling delays to minor portions of the Work unless it can be shown that such delays did or will delay the progress of the Work. 6-6.3 Payment for Delays to Contractor. The Contractor will be compensated for damages incurred due to delays for which the Agency is responsible. Such actual costs will be determined by the Engineer. The Agency will not be liable for damages which the Contractor could have avoided by any reasonable means, such as judicious handling of forces, equipment, or plant. The determination of what damages the Contractor could have avoided will be made by the Engineer. 6-6.4 Written Notice and Report. 6-6.4 Written Notice and Report. Modify as follows: The Contractor shall provide written notice to the Engineer within two hours of the beginning of any period that the Contractor has placed any workers or equipment on standby for any reason that the Contractor has determined to be caused by the Agency or by any organization that the Agency may otherwise be obligated by. The Contractor shall provide continuing daily written notice to the Engineer, each working day, throughout the duration of such period of delay. The initial and continuing written notices shall include the classification of each workman and supervisor and the make and model of each piece of equipment placed on standby, the cumulative duration of the standby, the Contractor's opinion of the cause of the delay and a cogent explanation of why the Contractor could not avoid the delay by reasonable means. Should the Contractor fail to provide the notice(s) required by this section the Contractor agrees that no delay has occurred and that it will not submit any claim(s) therefore. 6-7 TIME OF COMPLETION. 6-7.1 General. The Contractor shall complete the Work within the time set forth in the Contract. The Contractor shall complete each portion of the Work within such time as set forth in the Contract for such portion. Unless otherwise specified, the time of completion of the Contract shall be expressed in working days. The Contractor shall diligently prosecute the work to completion within one hundred eighty (180) calendar days after the starting date specified in the Notice to Proceed. 6-7.2 Working Day. A working day is any day within the period between the start of the Contract time as defined in 6-1 and the date provided for completion, or upon field acceptance by the Engineer for all work provided for in the Contract, whichever occurs first, other than: 1. any day designated as a holiday by the Agency, 3. any other day designated as a holiday in a Master Labor Agreement entered into by the Contractor or on behalf of the Contractor as an eligible member of a contractor association, 4. any day the Contractor is prevented from working at the beginning of the workday for cause as defined in 6-6.1, 5. any day the Contractor is prevented from working during the first 5 hours with at least 60 percent of the normal work force for cause as defined in 6-6.1. Revised 7/17/06 Contract Nos. 50031, 50021, 38441, 39111, & 39151 Page 99 of 117 Pages Unless otherwise approved in writing by the Engineer or designated on the Traffic Control Drawings, the hours of work shall be between the hours of 8:30 a.m. and 3:30 p.m. on Mondays through Fridays, and 7:00 a.m. and 4:00 p.m. on weekends, excluding Agency holidays. The Contractor shall obtain the written approval of the Engineer if the Contractor desires to work outside said hours and/or holidays. This written permission must be obtained at least 48 hours prior to such work The Engineer may approve work outside the hours and/or days stated herein when, in his/her sole opinion, such work conducted by the Contractor is beneficial to the best interests of the Agency. The Contractor shall pay the inspection costs of such work. All work involving traffic lane closures shall be performed by the contractor between 8:30 a.m. and 3:30 p.m. on Mondays through Fridays and during the weekends per the Traffic Control Drawings. No additional payment,' adjustment of bid prices or adjustment of contract time of completion will be allowed as a consequence .of the prohibition of work being performed within the dates, areas and/or types of work prohibited in this section. Contractor is hereby advised that the Engineer will require after hours and weekend work on an interim basis to accomplish pipeline installation along El Camino Real per the Traffic Control Drawings. 6-7.3 Contract Time Accounting. The Engineer will make a daily determination of each working day to be charged against the Contract time. These determinations will be discussed and the Contractor will be furnished a periodic statement showing allowable number of working days of Contract time, as adjusted, at the beginning of the reporting period. The statement will also indicate the number of working days charged during the reporting period and the number of working days of Contract time remaining. If the Contractor does not agree with the statement, it shall file a written protest within 15 days after receipt, setting forth the facts of the protest.,Otherwise, the statement will be deemed to have been accepted. 6-8 COMPLETION, ACCEPTANCE, AND WARRANTY. The Work will be inspected by the Engineer for acceptance upon receipt of the Contractor's written assertion that the Work has been completed. , The Engineer will not accept the Work or any portion of the Work before all of the Work is completed and all outstanding deficiencies that may exist are corrected by the Contractor and the Engineer is satisfied that all the materials and workmanship, and all other features of the Work, meet the requirements of all of the specifications for the Work. Use, temporary, interim or permanent, of all, or portions of, the Work does not constitute acceptance of the Work. If, in the. Engineer's judgment, the Work has been completed and is ready for acceptance the Engineer will so certify to the Board. Upon such certification by the Engineer the Board may accept the completed Work. Upon the Board's acceptance of the Work the Engineer will cause a "Notice of Completion" to be filed in the office of the San Diego County Recorder. The date of recordation shall be the date of completion of the Work. '" .'t All work shall be warranted for one (1) year after recordation of the "Notice of Completion" and any faulty work or materials discovered during the warranty period shall be repaired or replaced by the Contractor, at its expense. Twenty-five percent of the faithful performance bond shall be retained as a warranty bond for the one year warranty period The Contractor shall replace or repair any such defective work in a manner satisfactory to the Engineer, after notice to do so from the Engineer, and within the time specified in the notice. If the Contractor fails to make such replacement or repairs within the time specified in the notice, the Agency may perform this work and the Contractor's sureties shall be liable for the cost thereof. „ . '. Revised 7/17/06 Contract Nos. 50031, 50021, 38441, 39111, & 39151 Page 100 of 117 Pages 6-9 LIQUIDATED DAMAGES. Failure of the Contractor to complete the Work within the time allowed will result in damages being sustained by the Agency. For each consecutive calendar day in excess of the time specified for completion of Work, as adjusted in accordance with 6-6, the Contractor shall pay the Agency, or have withheld monies due it, the sum of nine hundred dollars ($900). Such sum is liquidated damages and shall not be construed as a penalty, and may be deducted from payments due the Contractor if such delay occurs. Execution of the Contract shall constitute agreement by the Agency and Contractor that nine hundred dollars ($900) per day is the minimum value of costs and actual damages caused by the Contractor to complete the Work within the allotted time. Any progress payments made after the specified completion date shall not constitute a waiver of this paragraph or of any damages. 6-10 USE OF IMPROVEMENT DURING CONSTRUCTION. The Agency reserves the right to take over and utilize all or part of any completed facility or appurtenance. The Contractor will be notified in writing in advance of such action. Such action by the Agency will relieve the Contractor of responsibility for injury or damage to said completed portions of the improvement resulting from use by public traffic or from the action of the elements or from any other cause, except Contractor operations or negligence. The Contractor will not be required to reclean such portions of the improvement before field acceptance, except for cleanup made necessary by its operations. Nothing in this section shall be construed as relieving the Contractor from full responsibility for correcting defective work or materials. In the event the Agency exercises its right to place into service and utilize allor part of any completed facility or appurtenance, the Agency will assume the responsibility and liability for injury to persons or property resulting from the utilization of the facility or appurtenance so placed into service, except for any such injury to persons or property caused by any willful or negligent act or omission by the Contractor, Subcontractor, their officers, employees, or agents. SECTION 7 - RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE CONTRACTOR 7-1 CONTRACTOR'S EQUIPMENT AND FACILITIES. The Contractor shall furnish and maintain in good condition all equipment and facilities as required for the proper execution and inspection of the Work. Such equipment and facilities shall meet all requirements of applicable ordinances and laws. 7-2 LABOR. 7-2.1 General. Only competent workers shall be employed on the Work. Any person employed who is found to be incompetent, intemperate, troublesome, disorderly, or otherwise objectionable, or who fails or refuses to perform work properly and acceptably, shall be immediately removed from the Work by the Contractor and not be reemployed on the Work. 7-2.2 Laws. The Contractor, its agents, and employees shall be bound by and comply with applicable provisions of the Labor Code and Federal, State, and local laws related to labor. The Contractor shall strictly adhere to the provisions of the Labor Code regarding minimum wages; the 8-hour day and 40-hour week; overtime; Saturday, Sunday, and holiday work; and nondiscrimina- tion because of race, color, national origin, sex, or religion. The Contractor shall forfeit to the Agency the penalties prescribed in the Labor Code for violations. In accordance with the Labor Code, the Board has on file and will publish a schedule of prevailing wage rates for the types of work to be done under the Contract. The Contractor shall not pay less than these rates. • Revised 7/17/06 Contract Nos. 50031,50021,38441, 39111, & 39151 Page 101 of 117 Pages Each worker shall be paid subsistence and travel as required by the collective bargaining agreement on file with the State of California Department of Industrial Relations. , . The Contractor's attention is directed to Section 1776 of the Labor Code which imposes responsibility upon the Contractor for. the maintenance, certification, and availability for inspection of such records for all persons employed by the Contractor or Subcontractor in connection with the project. The Contractor shall agree through the Contract to comply with this Section and the remaining provisions of the Labor Code. r 7-3 LIABILITY INSURANCE. The Contractor shall furnish the Agency a policy or certificate of liability insurance in which the Agency is the named insured or is named as an additional insured with the Contractor. All insurance is to be placed with insurers that have a rating in Best's Key Rating Guide of at least A-:V and are admitted and authorized to conduct business in the state of California and are listed in the official publication of the Department of Insurance of the State of California. Notwithstanding any inconsistent statement in the policy or any subsequent endorsement, the Agency shall be the insured or as an additional insured covering the Work, whether liability is attributable to the Contractor or the Agency. The policy shall insure the Agency, its officers, employees, and agents, while acting within the scope of their duties on the Work, against all claims arising out of or in connection with the Work, except as provided in 6-10. The Contractor may file insurance acceptable to the Agency covering more than one project. The coverage shall provide the following minimum limits: Bodily Injury $250,000 each person , ; $500,000 each occurrence ,. ^. $500,000 aggregate products and completed operations ( ) Property Damage $100,000 each occurrence $250,000 aggregate A combined single limit policy with aggregate limits in the amount of $1,000,000 will be considered equivalent to the required minimum limits. Except as provided in 6-10, the Contractor shall save, keep, and hold harmless the Agency, its officers and agents from all damages, costs or expenses in law or equity that may at any time arise or be set up because of damages to property, or of personal injury received by reason of or in the course of performing work, which may be caused by any willful or negligent act or omission by the Contractor, any of the Contractor's employees, or any Subcontractor. The Agency will not be liable for any accident, loss or damage to the Work prior to its completion and acceptance, except as provided in 6-10. All liability insurance policies shall bear an endorsement or shall have attached a rider whereby it is provided that, in the event of expiration or proposed cancellation of such policies for any reason whatsoever, the Agency shall be notified by registered mail, return receipt requested, giving a sufficient time before the date thereof to comply with any applicable law or statute, but in no event less than 30 days before expiration or cancellation is effective. The cost of this insurance shall be included in the Contractor's Bid. o Revised 7/17/06 Contract Nos. 50031, 50021, 38441, 39111, & 39151 Page 102 of 117 Pages 7-4 . WORKERS' COMPENSATION INSURANCE. Before execution of the Contract by the Board, the Contractor shall file with the Engineer the following signed certification: "I am aware of the provisions of Section 3700 of the Labor Code which , require every employer to be insured against liability for workers' compensation or to undertake self-insurance in accordance with the provisions of that code, and I will comply with such provisions before commencing the performance of the work of this contract." The Contractor shall also comply with Section 3800 of the Labor Code by securing, paying for, and maintaining in full force and effect for the duration of the contract, complete Workers' Compensation Insurance, and shall furnish a Certificate of Insurance to the Engineer before execution of the Contract. The Agency, its officers, or employees, will not be responsible for any claims in law or equity occasioned by failure of the Contractor to comply with this paragraph. All compensation insurance policies shall bear an endorsement or shall have attached a rider whereby it is provided that, in the event of expiration or proposed cancellation of such policies for any reason whatsoever, the Agency shall be notified by registered mail not less than 30 days before expiration or cancellation is effective. All insurance is to be placed with insurers that are admitted and authorized to conduct business in the state of California and are listed in the official publication of the Department of Insurance of the State of California. Policies issued by the State Compensation Fund meet the requirement for workers' compensation insurance. 7-5 PERMITS. Except as specified herein the Contractor will obtain, at no cost to the Contractor all City of Carlsbad encroachment, right-of-way, grading and building permits necessary to perform work for this contract on Agency property, streets, or other rights-of-way. Contractor shall not begin work until all permits incidental to the work are obtained. The Contractor shall obtain and pay for all permits for the disposal of all materials removed from the project. The cost of said permit(s) shall be included in the price bid for the appropriate bid item and no additional compensation will be allowed therefore. The Contractor shall obtain and pay for all costs incurred for permits necessitated by its operations such as, but not limited to, those permits required for night work, overload, blasting, and demolition. For private contracts, the Contractor shall obtain all permits incidental to the Work or made necessary by its operations, and pay all costs incurred by the permit requirements. ; The Contractor shall pay all business taxes or license fees that are required for the work. 7-6 THE CONTRACTOR'S REPRESENTATIVE. Before starting work, the Contractor shall designate in writing a representative who shall have complete authority to act for it. An alternative representative may be designated as well. The representative or alternate shall be present at the Work site whenever work is in progress or whenever actions of the elements necessitate its presence to take measures necessary to protect the Work, persons, or property. Any order or communication given to this representative shall be deemed delivered to the Contractor. A joint venture shall designate only one representative and alternate. In the absence of the Contractor or its representative, instructions or directions may be given by the Engineer to the superintendent or person in charge of the specific work to which the order applies. Such order shall be complied with promptly and referred to the Contractor or its representative. In order to communicate with the Agency, the Contractor's representative, superintendent, or person in charge of specific work shall be able to speak, read, and write the English language. 7-7 COOPERATION AND COLLATERAL WORK. The Contractor shall be responsible for ascertaining the nature and extent of any simultaneous, collateral, and essential work by others. The Agency, its workers and contractors and others, shall have the right to operate within or adjacent to the Work site during the performance of such work. Revised 7/17/06 Contract Nos. 50031, 50021, 38441, 39111, & 39151 Page 103 of 117 Pages The Agency, the Contractor, and each of such workers, contractors and others, shall coordinate their operations and cooperate to minimize interference. . The Contractor shall include in its Bid all costs involved as a result of coordinating its work with others, the Contractor will not be entitled to additional compensation from the Agency for damages resulting from such simultaneous, collateral, and essential work. If necessary to avoid or minimize such damage or delay, the Contractor shall redeploy its work force to other parts of the Work. Should the Contractor be delayed by the Agency, and such delay could not have been reasonably foreseen or prevented by the Contractor, the Engineer will determine the extent of, the delay, the effect on the project, and any extension of time. . 7-7.1 Coordination. The Contractor shall coordinate and cooperate with all the utility companies during the relocation or construction of their lines. The Contractor may be granted a time extension if, in the opinion of the Engineer, a delay is caused by the utility company. No additional compensation will be made to the Contractor for any such delay. 7-8 PROJECT SITE MAINTENANCE. 7-8.1 Cleanup and Dust Control. Throughout all phases of construction, including suspension of work, and until the final acceptance, the Contractor shall keep the site clean and free from rubbish and debris. The Contractor shall also abate dust nuisance by cleaning, sweeping and sprinkling with water, or other means as necessary. The use of water resulting in mud on public streets will not be permitted as a substitute for sweeping or other methods. When required by the Plans or Specifications, the Contractor shall furnish and operate a self-loading motor sweeper with spray nozzles at least once each working day for the purpose of keeping paved areas acceptably clean wherever construction, including restoration, is incomplete. Materials and equipment shall be removed from the site as soon as they are no longer necessary. Before the final inspection, the site shall be cleared of equipment, unused materials, and rubbish so as to present a satisfactory clean and neat appearance. All cleanup costs shall be included in the Contractor's Bid. Care shall be taken to prevent spillage on haul routes. Any such spillage shall be removed immediately and the area cleaned. . Excess excavation material from catch basjns or similar structures shall be removed from the site immediately. Sufficient material may remain for use as backfill if permitted by the Specifications. Forms and form lumber shall be removed from the site as soon as practicable after stripping. Failure of the Contractor to comply with the Engineer's cleanup orders may result in an order to suspend work until the condition is corrected. No additional compensation will be allowed as a result of such suspension. . - \ ' - ' : • • " - " -.' - • • Cleanup and dust control required herein shall also be executed on weekends and other non-working days when needed to preserve the health safety or welfare of the public. The Contractor shall conduct effective cleanup and dust control throughout the duration of the Contract. The Engineer may require increased levels of cleanup and dust control that, in his/her sole discretion, are necessary to preserve the health, safety and welfare of the public. Cleanup and dust control shall be considered incidental to the items of work that they are associated with and no additional payment will be made therefore. Revised 7/17/06 Contract Nos. 50031, 50021, 38441, 39111, & 39151 Page 104 of 117 Pages 7-8.2 Air Pollution Control. The Contractor shall not discharge smoke, dust, or any other air contaminants into the atmosphere in such quantity as will violate the regulations of any legally constituted authority. 7-8.3 Vermin Control. At the time of acceptance, structures entirely constructed under the Contract shall be free of rodents, insects, vermin, and pests. Necessary extermination work shali be ~ arranged and paid for by the Contractor as part of the Work within the Contract time, and shall be performed by a licensed exterminator in accordance with requirements of governing authorities. The Contractor shall be liable for injury to persons or property and responsible for the elimination of offensive odors resulting from extermination operations. 7-8.4 Sanitation. The Contractor shall provide and maintain enclosed toilets for the use of employees engaged in the Work. These accommodations shall be maintained in a neat and sanitary condition. They shall also comply with all applicable laws, ordinances, and regulations pertaining to public health and sanitation of dwellings and camps. Wastewater shall not be interrupted. Should the Contractor disrupt existing sewer facilities, sewage shall be conveyed in closed conduits and disposed of in a sanitary sewer system. Sewage shall not be permitted to flow in trenches or be covered by backfill. 7-8.5 Temporary Light, Power, and Water. The Contractor shall furnish, install, maintain, and remove all temporary light, power, and water at its own expense. These include piping, wiring, lamps, and other equipment necessary for the Work. The Contractor shall not draw water from any fire hydrant (except to extinguish a fire), without obtaining permission from the water agency concerned. The Contractor shall obtain a construction meter for water used for the construction, plant establishment, maintenance, cleanup, testing and all other work requiring water related to this contract. The Contractor shall contact the appropriate water agency for requirements. The Contractor shall pay all costs of temporary light, power and water including hookup, service, meter and any, and all, other charges, deposits and/or fees therefore. Said costs shall be considered incidental to the items of work that they are associated with and no additional payment will be made therefore. 7-8.6 Water Pollution Control. The Contractor shall exercise every reasonable precaution to protect channels, storm drains, and bodies of water from pollution. It shall conduct and schedule operations so as to minimize or avoid muddying and silting of said channels, drains, and waters. Water pollution control work shall consist of constructing those facilities which may be required to provide prevention, control, and abatement of water pollution. The Contractor shall comply with the California State Water Resources Control Board (SWRCB) Order Number 99-08-DWQ, National Pollutant Discharge Elimination System (NPDES) General Permit Number CAS000002, Waste Discharge Requirements (WDR's) for Discharges of Stormwater Runoff associated with Construction Activity (General Permit) and subsequent adopted modifications and with all requirements of the Storm Water Pollution Prevention and Monitoring Plans for this project in accordance with these regulations. The Contractor shall be responsible for the preparation and implementation of the SWPPP and coordination with the District and the Regional Water Quality Control Board. All costs for preparing and implementing the Storm Water Pollution Prevention and Monitoring Plans and coordination with the District and the Regional Water Quality Control Board shall be included as part of the contract price bid. Revised 7/17/06 Contract Nos. 50031, 50021, 38441, 39111, & 39151 Page 105 of 117 Pages 7-8.7 Drainage Control. The Contractor shall maintain drainage within and through the work areas. Earth dams will not be permitted in paved areas. Temporary dams of sandbags, asphaltic concrete, or other acceptable material will be permitted when necessary. Such dams shall be removed from the site as soon as their use is no longer necessary. 7-8.8 Noise Control. All internal combustion engines used in the construction shall be equipped with mufflers in good repair when in use on the project with special attention to the City Noise Control Ordinance, Carlsbad Municipal Code Chapter 8.48. 7-9 PROTECTION AND RESTORATION OF EXISTING IMPROVEMENTS. The Contractor shall be responsible for the protection of public and private property adjacent to the Work and shall exercise due caution to avoid damage to such property. \ •• ' . . • ' • ' The Contractor shall repair or replace all existing improvements within the right-of-way which are not designated for removal (e.g., curbs, sidewalks, driveways, fences, walls, signs, utility installations, pavement, structures, etc.) which are damaged or removed as a result of its operations. When a portion of a sprinkler system within the right-of-way must be removed, the remaining lines shall be capped. Repairs and replacements shall be at least equal to existing improvements and shall match them in finish and dimension. , « Maintenance of street and traffic signal systems that are damaged, temporarily removed or relocated shall be done in conformance with 307-1.5. - ' -' .'.•''•'' Trees, lawns, and shrubbery that are not to be removed shall be protected from damage or injury. If damaged, or removed due to Contractor's operations, they shall be restored or replaced in as nearly the original condition and location as is reasonably possible. Lawns shall be reseeded and covered ^m**. '. with suitable mulch." . --...• :.,.•• ( J The Contractor shall give reasonable notice to occupants or owners of adjacent property to permit them to salvage or relocate plants, trees, fences, sprinklers, and other improvements, within the right-of-way which are designated for removal and would be destroyed because of the Work. All costs to the Contractor for protecting, removing, and restoring existing improvements shall be included in the Bid. 7-10 PUBLIC CONVENIENCE AND SAFETY. 7-10.1 Traffic and Access. The Contractor's operations shall cause no unnecessary inconvenience. The access rights of the public shall be considered at all times. Unless otherwise authorized, traffic shall be permitted to pass through the Work, or an approved detour shall be provided. Safe and adequate, pedestrian and vehicular access shall be provided and maintained to: fire hydrants; commercial and industrial establishments; churches, schools and parking lots; service stations and motels; hospitals; police and fire stations; and establishments of similar nature. Access to these facilities shall be continuous and unobstructed unless otherwise approved by the Engineer. Safe and adequate pedestrian zones and public transportation stops, as well as pedestrian crossings of the Work at intervals not exceeding 90 m (300 feet), shall be maintained unless otherwise approved by the Engineer. o Revised 7/17/06 .."•<• Contract Nos. 50031, 50021, 38441; 39111, & 39151 Page 106 of 117 Pages Vehicular access to residential driveways shall be maintained to the property line except when necessary construction precludes such access for reasonable periods of time. If backfill has been completed to the extent that safe access may be provided, and the street is opened to local traffic, the Contractor shall immediately clear the street and driveways and provide and maintain access. The Contractor shall cooperate with the various parties involved in the delivery of mail and the collection and removal of trash and garbage to maintain existing schedules for these services. - " ' y Grading operations, roadway excavation and fill construction shall be conducted by the Contractor in a manner to provide a reasonably satisfactory surface for traffic. When rough grading is completed, the roadbed surface shall be brought to a smooth, even condition satisfactory for traffic. Unless otherwise authorized, work shall be performed in only one-half the roadway at one time. One half shall be kept open and unobstructed until the opposite side is ready for use. If one-half a street only is being improved, the other half shall be conditioned and maintained as a detour. The Contractor shall schedule the work so as to prevent damage by all traffic, including but not limited to mail delivery. The Contractor shall not schedule work so as to conflict with trash pickup. The trash hauling schedule can be obtained by calling the City's contracted waste disposal company, Coast Waste Management at 929-9417. During overlay operations, the Contractors schedule for overlay application shall be designated to provide residents and business owners whose streets are to be overlaid sufficient paved parking within an 800 foot distance from their homes or businesses. Seventy-two hours prior to the start of any construction in the public right-of-way that affects vehicular traffic and/or parking or pedestrian routes, the Contractor shall give written notification of the impending disruption. For a full street closure, all residences and/or businesses on the affected street or alley shall be notified. For partial street closures, or curb, sidewalk and driveway repairs, the residences and/or businesses directly affected by the work shall be notified. The notification shall be hand delivered and shall state the date and time the work will begin and its anticipated duration. The notification shall list two telephone numbers that may be called to obtain additional information. One number shall be the Contractor's permanent office or field office and the other number shall be a 24-hour number answered by someone who is knowledgeable about the project. At least one of the phone numbers shall be in the (760) area code. An answering machine shall not be connected to either number. The notification shall also give a brief description of the work and simple instructions to the home or business owner on what they need to do to facilitate the construction. The Contractor shall submit the contents of the notification to the Engineer for approval. Notices shall not be distributed until approved by the Engineer. .",•-,, For residences, the notification shall be pre-cut in a manner that enables it to be affixed to a doorknob without adhesives. It shall be a minimum size of 3-1/2 inches by 8-1/2 inches and shall be brightly colored with contrasting printing. The material shall be equivalent in strength and durability to 65 Ib. card stock. The printing on the notice shall be no smaller than 12 point. An example of such notice is provided in Appendix "A". In addition to the notifications, the contractor shall post no parking signs 48 hours in advance of the work being performed. The no parking signs shall state the date and time of parking restriction for a duration not to exceed the time necessary to complete the work at that location. Failure of the contractor to meet the posted date requires re-posting the no parking signs 48 hours in advance of the rescheduled work. If the work is delayed or rescheduled the no parking signs shall be removed and re-posted 48 hours in advance of the rescheduled work. Revised 7/17/06 Contract Nos. 50031, 50021, 38441, 39111, & 39151 Page 107 of 117 Pages The preparation, materials, printing and distribution of the notifications shall be included in the contract price bid for traffic control and the Contractor will not be entitled to any additional compensation for printing and distributing these notices. The Contractor shall include in its Bid all costs for the above requirements. 7-10.2 Storage of Equipment and Materials in Public Streets. Construction materials shall not be stored in streets, roads, or highways for more than 5 days after unloading. All materials or equipment not installed or used in construction within 5 days after unloading shall be stored elsewhere by the Contractor at its expense unless authorized additional storage time. Construction equipment shall not be stored at the Work site before its actual use on the Work nor for more than 5 days after it is no longer needed. Time necessary for repair or assembly of equipment may be authorized by the Engineer. Excavated material, except that which is to be used as backfill in the adjacent trench, shall not be stored in public streets unless otherwise permitted. After placing backfill, all excess material shall be removed immediately from the site. 7-10.3 Street Closures, Detours, Barricades. The Contractor shall comply with all applicable State, County, and City requirements for closure of streets. The Contractor shall provide barriers, guards, lights, signs, temporary bridges, flagpersons, and watchpersons. The Contractor shall be responsible for compliance with additional public safety requirements which may arise. The Contractor shall furnish and install signs and warning devices and promptly remove them upon completion of the Work. • ; After obtaining the Engineers approval and at least 5 working days before closing, detouring, partially closing or reopening any street, alley or other public thoroughfare the Contractor shall notify the following: 1) The Engineer (760)602-2720 2) Carlsbad Fire Department Dispatch ;. :...... (760)931-2197 3) Carlsbad Police Department Dispatch (760)931-2197 4) Carlsbad Traffic Signals Maintenance (760)438-2980X2937 5) Carlsbad Traffic Signals Operations........ (760)602-2752 6) North County Transit District (760)967-2828 7) Waste Management .........:...... (760)929-9400 The Contractor shall comply with their requirements. The Contractor shall obtain the Engineer's written approval prior to deviating from the requirements of 2) through, and including, 7) above. The Contractor shall obtain the written approval no less than five working days prior to placing any traffic control that affects bus stops. The Contractor shall secure approval, in advance, from authorities concerned for the use of any bridges proposed by it for public use. Temporary bridges shall be clearly posted as to load limit, with signs and posting conforming to current requirements covering "signs" as set forth in the Traffic Manual published by the California Department of Transportation. This manual shall also apply to the street closures, barricades, detours, lights, and other safety devices required. All costs involved shall be included in the Bid. ••••• . ;:-• ••••'•• "•: ' = ••: •• ••• O Revised 7/17/06 Contract Nos. 50031, 50021, 38441, 39111, & 39151 .Page 108 of 117 Pages 7-10.3 Street Closures, Detours, Barricades. Add the following: Traffic controls shall be in accordance with the plans, Federal Highway Administration (FHWA) Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices (MUTCD) 2003 Edition as amended by the MUTCD 2003 California Supplement and these Supplemental Provisions. If any component in the traffic control system is damaged, displaced, or ceases to operate or function as specified, from any cause, during the progress of the work, the Contractor shall immediately repair said component to its original condition or replace said component and shall restore the component to its original location. In the event that the Contractor fails to install and/or maintain barricades or such other traffic signs, markings, delineation or devices as may be required herein, the Engineer may, at his/her sole option, install the traffic signs, markings, delineation or devices and charge the Contractor twenty dollars ($25.00) per day per traffic sign or device, or the actual cost of providing such traffic control facility, whichever is the greater. 7-10.3.1 Construction Area Signs and Control Devices. All construction traffic signs and control devices shall be maintained throughout the duration of work in good order and according to the approved traffic control plan. All construction area signs shall conform to the provisions of section 206-7.2 et seq. All temporary reflective pavement markers shall conform to the provisions of section 214-5.1.et seq. All temporary reflective channelizers shall conform to the provisions of section 214-5.2 et seq. All paint for temporary traffic striping, pavement marking, and curb marking shall conform to the provisions of section 210-1.6 et seq. except that all temporary paint shall be rapid dry water borne conforming to section 210-1.6for materials and section 310-5.et seq. For workmanship. Warning and advisory signs, lights and devices installed or placed to provide traffic control, direction and/or warning shall be furnished, installed and maintained by the Contractor. Warning and advisory signs, lights and devices shall be promptly removed by the Contractor when no longer required. Warning and advisory signs that remain in place overnight shall be stationary mounted signs. Stationary signs that warn of non-existent conditions shall be removed from the traveled way and from the view of motorists in the traveled way or shielded from the view of the traveling public during such periods that their message does not pertain to existing conditions. Care shall be used in performing excavation for signs in order to protect underground facilities. All excavation required to install stationary construction area signs shall be performed by hand methods without the use of power equipment. Warning and advisory signs that are used only during working hours may be portable signs. Portable signs shall be removed from the traveled way and shielded from the view of the traveling public during non-working hours. During the hours of darkness, as defined in Division 1, Section 280, of the California Vehicle Code, portable signs shall be illuminated or, at the option of the Contractor, shall be in conformance with the provisions in section 206-7.2 etseq. If illuminated traffic cones rather than post-type delineators are used during the hours of darkness, they shall be affixed or covered with reflective cone sleeves as specified in CALTFIANS "Standard Specifications", except the sleeves shall be 180 mm (7") long. Personal vehicles of the Contractor's employees shall not be parked within the traveled way, including any section closed to public traffic. Whenever the Contractor's vehicles or equipment are parked on the shoulder within 1.8 m (6') of a traffic lane, the shoulder area shall be closed with fluorescent traffic cones or portable delineators placed on a taper in advance of the parked vehicles or equipment and along the edge of the pavement at not less than 7.6 m (25') intervals to a point not less than 7.6 m (25') past the last vehicle or piece of equipment. A minimum of nine (9) cones or portable delineators shall be used for the taper. A C23 (Road Work Ahead) or C24 (Shoulder Work Ahead) sign shall be mounted, as required herein, on a signpost or telescoping flag tree with flags. The signpost or flag tree shall be placed where directed by the Engineer. . Revised 7/17/06 Contract Nos. 50031,50021, 38441,39111, & 39151 Page 109 of 117 Pages 7-10.3.3 Traffic Control System for Lane Closure. A traffic control system consists of closing traffic lanes or pedestrian walkways in accordance with the details shown on the plans, Federal Highway Administration (FHWA) Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices (MUTCD) 2003 Edition as amended by the MUTCD 2003 California Supplement and provisions under "Maintaining Traffic" elsewhere in these Supplemental Provisions. The provisions in this section will not relieve the Contractor from its responsibility to provide such additional devices or take such measures as may be necessary to maintain public safety. When lanes are closed for only the duration of work periods, all components of the traffic control system, except portable delineators placed along open trenches or excavation adjacent to the traveled way, shall be removed from the traveled way and shoulder at the end work period. If the Contractor so elects, said components may be stored at selected central locations, approved by the Engineer, within the limits of the right-of-way. , Add the following section: . 7-10.3.4 Traffic Control for Permanent and Temporary Traffic Striping. During traffic stripe •operations/traffic shall be controlled with lane closures, as provided for under "Traffic Control System for Lane Closure" of these Supplemental Provisions or by use of an alternative traffic control plan proposed by the Contractor and approved by the Engineer. The Contractor shall not start traffic striping operations using an alternative plan until the Contractor has submitted its plan to the Engineer and has received the Engineer's written approval of said plan. Add the following section: 7-10.3.5 Temporary Pavement Delineation. Temporary pavement delineation shall be furnished, placed, maintained and removed in accordance with the minimum standards specified in Chapter 5 of the 'Traffic Manual", 1996 edition published by CALTRANS. Whenever the work causes obliteration of pavement delineation, temporary or permanent pavement delineation shall be in place prior to opening the traveled way to public traffic. Lane line or centerline pavement delineation shall be provided at all times for traveled ways open to public traffic. All work necessary, including any required lines or marks, to establish the alignment of temporary pavement delineation shall be performed by the Contractor. When temporary pavement delineation is removed, all lines and marks used to establish the alignment of the temporary pavement delineation shall be removed by grinding. Surfaces to receive temporary pavement delineation shall be dry and free of dirt and loose material. Temporary pavement delineation shall not be applied over existing pavement delineation or other temporary pavement delineation. Temporary pavement delineation shall be maintained until superseded or replaced with permanent pavement delineation. Temporary pavement delineation shall be removed when, as determined by the Engineer, the temporary pavement delineation conflicts with the permanent .pavement delineation or with a new traffic pattern for the area and is no longer required for the direction of public traffic. When temporary pavement delineation is required to be removed, all lines and marks used to establish the alignment of the temporary pavement delineation shall be removed. Revised 7/17/06 Contract Nos. 50031, 5p021, 38441, 39111, & 39151 Page 110 of 117 Pages 7-10.3.6 Preparation of New, or Modifications and Additions to Existing, Traffic Control Plan Sheets. If no traffic control plans (TCP) or Traffic Control Staging plans (TCP) are included in the project plans, or if the Contractor elects to modify TCP included in the project plans, the Contractor shall have such new or modified TCP prepared and submitted as a part of the Work for any and all construction activities that are located within the traveled way. The Contractor shall have TCP prepared and submitted as a part of the Work for any construction activities that are a part of this project that are not included in the project plans. The Contractor must submit the TCP for the Engineer's review in conformance with the requirements of section 2-5.3, et seq. and obtain the Engineer's approval of the TCP prior to implementing them. The minimum 20-day review period specified in section 2-5.3.1 for shop drawings and submittals shall pertain to each submittal of TCP, new, modified or added to, for the Engineer's review. New or revised TCP submittals shall include all TCP needed for the entire duration of the Work. Each phase of the TCP shall be shown in sufficient scale and detail to show the lane widths, transition lengths, curve radii, stationing of features affecting the traffic control plan and the methodology proposed to transition to the subsequent TCP phase. When the vertical alignment of the traveled surface differs from the finished pavement elevation vertical curves must also be shown. The Contractor may choose to modify, add to or supplement the TCP shown on sheets No. 20-30 of Drawing No. 440-4 of the contract documents or substitute TCP to further its own interests. Such substitution shall be prepared in the level of detail, format, and graphics shall be of quality and size no less than those on "Standard Specifications Reference Traffic Control Plan" Drawing number 368-5. Such modifications, supplements and/or new design of TCP shall meet the requirements of the Engineer and Chapter 5 of the 'Traffic Manual", 1996 Edition as published by CALTRANS. Such modification, addition, supplement, and/or new design of TCP shall be prepared by a registered professional engineer appropriately registered in the State of California. The Engineer shall be the sole judge of the suitability and quality of any such modifications, supplements, and/or new designs to TCP. The Engineer may approve any such modifications, supplements, and/or new designs to the TCP when, in the Engineer's sole opinion, such modifications, supplements, and/or new designs to the TCP prepared by the registered professional engineer retained by the Contractor will be beneficial to the best interests of the Agency. Such modification, addition, supplement, and/or new design shall not be implemented and no work shall be commenced that is contingent on such approval until the changed TCP are approved by the Engineer. The preparation of such modification, addition, supplement, and/or new designs of TCP shall not presuppose their approval or obligate the Agency in any fashion. Submittal and review requirements for such modifications, supplements, and/or new designs to TCP shall conform to the requirements of section 2-5.3 Shop Drawings and Submittals. 7-10.3.7 Payment The Contractor shall provide traffic control at the contract lump sum price bid. The contract lump sum price paid for "traffic control" shall include full compensation for furnishing all labor (including flagging costs), materials (including signs), tools, equipment and incidentals, and for doing all the work involved in preparation, reproduction and changing of traffic control plans, placing, applying traffic stripes and pavement markers with bituminous adhesive, removing, storing, maintaining, moving to new locations, replacing, and disposing of the components of the traffic control system as shown on the plans and approved additions and modifications, as specified in these supplemental provisions, and as directed by the Engineer. AH expenses and time to prepare and review modifications, additions, supplements and/or new TCP designs shall be included in the lump sum bid for traffic control and no additional payment will be made therefore. Flagging costs will be paid for as a part of the Lump Sum Amount for "Traffic Control." The cost of labor and material for portable concrete barriers will be paid for at the unit price bid. When there is no bid item the cost of labor and material for portable concrete barriers they will be paid as an incidental to the work being performed and no additional payment will be made therefore. Progress payments for "Traffic Control" will be based on the percentage of the improvement work completed. Revised 7/17/06 Contract Nos. 50031,50021, 38441, 39111, & 39151 Page 111 of 117 Pages 7-10.4 Safety. 7-10.4.1 Safety Orders. The Contractor shall have at the Work site, copies or suitable extracts of: \ / Construction Safety Orders, Tunnel Safety Orders and General Industry Safety Orders issued by the State Division of Industrial Safety. The Contractor shall comply with provisions of these and all other applicable laws, ordinances, and regulations. Before excavating any trench 1.5 m (5 feet) or more in depth, the Contractor shall submit a detailed plan to the Agency showing the design of shoring, bracing, sloping, or other provisions to be made for the workers' protection from the hazard of caving ground during the excavation of such trench. If the plan varies from the shoring system standards, the plan shall be prepared by a registered Civil Engineer. No excavation shall start until the Engineer has accepted the plan and the Contractor has obtained a permit from the State Division of Industrial Safety. A copy of the permit shall be submitted to the Engineer. . Payment for performing all work necessary to provide safety measures shall be paid for as a bid item for the Lump Sum Amount. 7-10.4.2 Use of Explosives. Explosives may be used only when authorized in writing by the Engineer, or as otherwise stated in the Specifications. Explosives shall be handled, used, and stored in accordance with all applicable regulations. / , . - The Engineer's approval of the use of explosives shall not relieve the Contractor from, liability for claims caused by blasting operations. 7-10.4.3 Special Hazardous Substances and Processes. Materials that contain hazardous substances or mixtures may be required on the Work. A Material Safety Data Sheet as described in Section 5194 of the California Code of Regulations shall be requested by the Contractor from the manufacturer of any hazardous products used. Material usage shall be accomplished with strict adherence to California Division of Industrial Safety requirements and all manufacturer warnings and application instructions listed on the Material Safety Data Sheet and on the product container label. The Contractor shall notify the Engineer if a specified product cannot be used under safe conditions. 7-10.4.4 Confined Spaces. , (a) Confined Space Entry Program. The Contractor shall be responsible for implementing, administering and maintaining a confined space entry program (CSEP) in accordance with Sections 5156, 5157 and 5158, Title 8, CCR. Prior to starting the Work, the Contractor shall prepare and submit its comprehensive CSEP to the Engineer. The CSEP shall address all potential physical and environmental hazards and contain procedures for safe entry into confined spaces, including, but not limited to the following:. 1. Training of personnel 2. Purging and cleaning the space of materials and residue 3. Potential isolation and control of energy and material inflow 4. Controlled access to the space 5. Atmospheric testing of the space • 6. Ventilation of the space 7. Special hazards consideration 8. Personal protective equipment , 9. Rescue plan provisions -.-•>(o Revised 7/17/06 Contract Nos. 50031, 50021, 38441, 39111, & 39151 Page 112 of 117 Pages The Contractor's submittal shall include the names of its personnel, including subcontractor personnel, assigned to the project who will have CSEP responsibilities, their CSEP training, and their specific assignment and responsibility in carrying out the CSEP. (b) Permit-Required Confined Spaces. Entry into permit-required confined spaces as defined in Section 5157, Title 8, CCR may be required as a part of the Work. All manholes, tanks, vaults, pipelines, excavations, or other enclosed or partially enclosed spaces shall be considered permit- required confined spaces until the pre-entry procedures demonstrate otherwise. The Contractor shall implement a permit space program prior to performing any work in a permit-required confined space. A copy of the permit shall be available at all times for review by Contractor and Agency personnel at the Work site. (c) Payment. Payment for implementing, administering, and providing all equipment and personnel to perform the CSEP shall be included in the bid items for which the CSEP is required. 7-10.4.4 Safety and Protection of Workers and Public. The Contractor shall take all necessary precautions for the safety of employees on the work and shall comply with all applicable provisions of Federal, State and Municipal safety laws and building codes to prevent accidents or injury to persons on, about, or adjacent to the premises where the work is being performed. The Contractor shall erect and properly maintain at all times, as required by the conditions and progress of the work, all necessary safeguards for the protection of workers and public, and shall use danger signs warning against hazards created by such features of construction as protruding nails, hoists, well holes, and falling materials. 7-11 PATENT FEES OR ROYALTIES. The Contractor shall absorb in its Bid the patent fees or royalties on any patented article or process furnished or used in the Work. The Contractor shall indemnify and hold the Agency harmless from any legal action that may be brought for infringement of patents. 7-12 ADVERTISING. The names, addresses and specialties of Contractors, Subcontractors, architects, or engineers may be displayed on removable signs. The size and location shall be subject to the Engineer's approval. ' • 't • Commercial advertising matter shall not be attached to or painted on the surfaces of buildings, fences, canopies, or barricades. 7-13 LAWS TO BE OBSERVED. The Contractor shall keep fully informed of State and National laws and County and Municipal ordinances and regulations which in any manner affect those employed in the Work or the materials used in the Work or in any way affect the conduct of the Work. The Contractor shall at all times observe and comply with such laws, ordinances, and regulations. Municipal ordinances that affect this work include Chapter 11.06. Excavation and Grading. If this notice specifies locations or possible materials, such as borrow pits or gravel beds, for use in the proposed construction project which would be subject to Section 1601 or Section 1603 of the Fish and Game Code, the conditions established pursuant to Section 1601 et seq. of the Fish and Game Code shall become conditions of the contract. 7-14 ANTITRUST CLAIMS. Section 7103.5 of the Public Contract Code provides: "In entering into a public works contract or a subcontract to supply goods, services, or materials pursuant to a public works contract, the contractor or subcontractor offers and agrees to assign to the awarding body all rights, title, and interest in and to all causes of action it may have under Section 4 of the Clayton Act (15 U.S.C. Sec 15) or Cartwright Act (Chapter 2 [commencing with Section 16700] of Part 2 of Division 7 of the Business and Professions Code), arising from purchases of goods, services, or materials pursuant to the public works contract or subcontract. The assignment shall be made and become effective at the time the awarding body tenders final payment to the contractor, without further acknowledgment of the parties." Revised 7/17/06 Contract Nos. 50031, 50021, 38441,39111, & 39151 Page 113 of 117 Pages SECTION 8 - FACILITIES FOR AGENCY PERSONNEL 8-1 GENERAL. No facilities are required for Agency personnelfor this project. SECTION 9 - MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT 9-1 MEASUREMENT OF QUANTITIES FOR UNIT PRICE WORK. 9-1.1 General. Unless otherwise specified, quantities of work shall be determined from measurements or dimensions in horizontal planes. However, linear quantities of pipe, piling, fencing and timber shall be considered as being the true length measured along longitudinal axis. Unless otherwise provided in Specifications, volumetric quantities shall be the product of the mean area of vertical or horizontal sections and the intervening horizontal or vertical dimension. The planimeter shall be considered an instrument of precision adapted to measurement of all areas. 9-1.2 Methods of Measurement. Materials and items of work which are to be paid for on basis of measurement shall be measured in accordance with methods stipulated in the particular sections involved. , 9-1.3 Certified Weights. When payment is to be made on the basis of weight, the weighing shall be done on certified platform scales or, when approved by the Engineer, on a completely automated weighing and recording system. The Contractor shall furnish the Engineer with duplicate licensed weighmaster's certificates showing actual net weights. The Agency will accept the certificates as evidence of weights delivered. 9-1.4 Units of Measurement. The system of measure for this contract shall be the U.S. Standard Measures. 9-2 LUMP SUM WORK. Items for which quantities are indicated "Lump Sum", "L.S.", or "Job", shall be paid for at the price indicated in the Bid. Such payment shall be full compensation for the items of work and all work appurtenant thereto. When required by the Specifications or requested by the Engineer, the Contractor shall submit to the Engineer within 15 days after award of Contract, a detailed schedule in triplicate, to be used only as a basis for determining progress payments on a lump sum contract or designated lump sum bid item. This schedule shall equal the lump sum bid and shall be in such form and sufficiently detailed as to satisfy the Engineer that it.correctly represents a reasonable apportionment of the lump sum. 9-3 PAYMENT 9-3.1 General. The quantities listed in the Bid schedule will not govern final payment. Payment to the Contractor will be made only for actual quantities of Contract items constructed in accordance with the Plans and Specifications. Upon completion of construction, if the actual quantities show either an increase or decrease from the quantities given in the Bid schedule, the Contract Unit Prices will prevail subject to the provisions of 3-2.2.1. The unit and lump sum prices to be paid shall be full compensation for the items of work and all appurtenant work, including furnishing all materials, labor, equipment, tools, and incidentals. Revised 7/17/06 Contract Nos. 50031, 50021, 38441, 39111, & 39151 Page 114 of 117 Pages Payment will not be made for materials wasted or disposed of in a manner not called for under the Contract. This includes rejected material not unloaded from vehicles, material rejected after it has been placed, and material placed outside of the Plan lines. No compensation will be allowed for disposing of rejected or excess material. Payment for work performed or materials furnished under an Assessment Act Contract will be made as provided in particular proceedings or legislative act under which such contract was awarded. Whenever any portion of the Work is performed by the Agency at the Contractor's request, the cost thereof shall be charged against the Contractor, and may be deducted from any amount due or becoming due from the Agency. Whenever immediate action is required to prevent injury, death, or property damage, and precautions which are the Contractor's responsibility have not been taken and are not reasonably expected to be taken, the Agency may, after reasonable attempt to notify the Contractor, cause such precautions to be taken and shall charge the cost thereof against the Contractor, or may deduct such cost from any amount due or becoming due from the Agency. Agency action or inaction under such circumstances shall not be construed as relieving the Contractor or its Surety from liability. Payment shall not relieve the Contractor from its obligations under the Contract; nor shall such payment be construed to be acceptance of any of the Work. Payment shall not be construed as the transfer of ownership of any equipment or materials to the Agency. Responsibility of ownership shall remain with the Contractor who shall be obligated to store any fully or partially completed work or structure for which payment has been made; or replace any materials or equipment required to be provided under the Contract.which may be damaged, lost, stolen or otherwise degraded in any way prior to acceptance of the Work, except as provided in 6-10. Guarantee periods shall not be affected by any payment but shall commence on the date of recordation of the "Notice of Completion" If, within the time fixed by law, a properly executed notice to stop payment is filed with the Agency, due to the Contractor's failure to pay for labor or materials used in the Work, all money due for such labor or materials will be withheld from payment to the Contractor in accordance with applicable laws. At the expiration of 35 days from the date of acceptance of the Work by the Board, or as prescribed by law, the amount deducted from the final estimate and retained by the Agency will be paid to the Contractor except such amounts as are required by law to be withheld by properly executed and filed notices to stop payment, or as may be authorized by the Contract to be further retained. 9-3.2 Partial and Final Payment. The Engineer will, after award of Contract, establish a closure date for the purpose of making monthly progress payments. The Contractor may request in writing that such monthly closure date be changed. The Engineer may approve such request when it is compatible with the Agency's payment procedure. Each month, the Engineer will make an approximate measurement of the work performed to the closure date as basis for making monthly progress payments. The estimated value will be based on contract unit prices, completed change order work and as provided for in Section 9-2 of the Standard Specifications (SSPWC). Progress payments shall be made no later than thirty (30) calendar days after the closure date. Five (5) working days following the closure date, the Engineer shall complete the detailed progress pay estimate and submit it to the Contractor for the Contractor's information. Should the Contractor assert that additional payment is due, the Contractor shall within ten (10) days of receipt of the progress estimate, submit a supplemental payment request to the Engineer with adequate justification supporting the amount of supplemental payment request. Upon receipt of the Revised 7/17/06 Contract Nos. 50031, 50021, 38441, 39111, & 39151 Page 115 of 117 Pages supplemental payment request, the Engineer shall, as soon as practicable after receipt, determine ,_. whether the supplemental payment request is a proper payment request. If the Engineer determines C j that the supplemental payment request is not proper, then the request shall be returned to the ^—^ Contractor as soon as practicable, but "not later than seven (7) days after receipt. The returned request shall be accompanied by a document setting forth in writing the reasons why the supplemental payment request was not proper. In conformance with Public Contract Code Section 20104.50, the District shall make payments within thirty (30) days after receipt of an undisputed and properly submitted supplemental payment request from the Contractor. If payment of the undisputed supplemental payment request is not made within thirty (30) days after receipt by the Engineer, then the District shall pay interest to the Contractor equivalent to the legal rate set forth in subdivision (a) of Section 685.010 of the Code of Civil Procedure. From each progress estimate, 10 percent will be deducted and retained by the Agency, and the remainder less the amount of all previous payments will be paid. After 50 percent of the Work has been completed and if progress on the Work is satisfactory, the deduction to be made from remaining progress estimates and from the final estimate may be limited to $500 or 10 percent of the first half of total Contract amount, whichever is greater. No progress payment made to the Contractor or its sureties will constitute a waiver of the liquidated damages under 6-9. As provided in Section 22300 of the California Public Contract Code, the Contractor may substitute securities for any monies withheld by the Agency to ensure performance under the Contract. After final inspection, the Engineer will make a Final Payment Estimate and process a corresponding payment. This estimate will be in writing and shall be for the total amount owed the Contractor as determined by the Engineer and shall be itemized by the contract bid item and change order item with quantities and payment amounts and shall show all deductions made or to be made for prior payments and amounts to be deducted under provisions of the contract. All prior estimates and progress payments shall be subject to correction in the Final Payment Estimate. The Contractor shall have 30 calendar days from receipt of the Final Payment Estimate to make written statement disputing any bid item or change order item quantity or payment amount. The Contractor shall provide all documentation at the time of submitting the statement supporting its position. Should the Contractor fail to submit the statement and supporting documentation within the time specified, the Contractor acknowledges that full and final payment has been made for all contract bid items and change order items. If the Contractor submits a written statement with documentation in the aforementioned time, the Engineer will review the disputed item within 30 calendar days and make any appropriate adjustments on the Final Payment. Remaining disputed quantities or amounts not approved by the Engineer will be subject to resolution as specified in subsection 3-5, Disputed Work. The written statement filed by the Contractor shall be in sufficient detail to enable the Engineer to ascertain the basis and amount of said disputed items. The Engineer will consider the merits of the Contractor's claims. It will be the responsibility of the Contractor to furnish within a reasonable time such further information and details as may be required by the Engineer to determine the facts or contentions involved in its claims. Failure to submit such information and details will be sufficient cause for denying payment for the disputed items. . ; o Revised 7/17/06 Contract Nos. 50031, 50021, 38441, 39111, & 39151 Page 116 of 117 Pages 9-3.2.1 Payment for Claims. Add the following: Except for those final payment items disputed in the written statement required in subsection 9-3.2 all claims of any dollar amount shall be submitted in a written statement by the Contractor no later than the date of receipt of the final payment estimate. Those final payment items disputed in the written statement required in subsection 9-3.2 shall be submitted no later than 30 days after receipt of the Final Payment estimate. No claim will be considered that was not included in this written statement, nor will any claim be allowed for which written notice or protest is required under any provision of this contract including sections 3-4 Changed Conditions, 3-5 Disputed Work, 6-6.3 Payment for Delays to Contractor, 6-6.4 Written Notice and Report, or 6-7.3 Contract Time Accounting, unless the Contractor has complied with notice or protest requirements. The claims filed by the Contractor shall be in sufficient detail to enable the Engineer to ascertain the basis and amount of said claims. The Engineer Will consider and determine the Contractor's claims and it will be the responsibility of the Contractor to furnish within a reasonable time such further information and details as may be required by the Engineer to determine the facts or contentions involved in its claims. Failure to submit such information and details will be sufficient cause for denying the claims. Payment for claims shall be processed within 30 calendar days of their resolution for those claims approved by the Engineer. The Contractor shall proceed with informal dispute resolution under subsection 3-5, Disputed Work, for those claims remaining in dispute. 9-3.3 Delivered Materials. When provided for in the Specifications, and subject to the limitation and conditions therein, the cost of materials and equipment delivered but not incorporated into the Work will be included in the progress estimate. 9-3.3.1 Delivered Materials. The cost of materials and equipment delivered but not incorporated into the work will not be included in the progress estimate. 9-3.4 Mobilization. When a bid item is included in the Proposal form for mobilization and subject to the conditions and limitations in the Specifications, the costs of work in advance of construction operations and not directly attributable to any specific bid item will be included in the progress estimate. When no such bid item is provided, payment for such costs will be considered to be included in the other items of work. 9-3.4.1 Mobilization and Preparatory Work. Payment for mobilization and preparatory Work will be made at the stipulated lump-sum price bid therefore in the bid schedule, and includes full compensation for furnishing all insurance, bonds, licenses, labor, materials, utilities, tools, equipment and incidentals, and for doing all the work involved in mobilization and preparatory work and . operations, including, but not limited to, those necessary for the movement of personnel, equipment, supplies, and incidental to preparing to conduct work on and off the project site and other offsite facilities necessary for work on the project; for all other facilities, sureties, work and operations which must be performed or costs incurred prior to beginning work on various contract items on or off the project site, excepting those specifically paid for under separate sections of these specifications. The Contractor hereby agrees that the stipulated lump sum amount is sufficient for Mobilization and Preparatory Work, as described in this section, and that the Contractor shall have no right to additional compensation for Mobilization and Preparatory Work. Progress payments for Mobilization and Preparatory Work will be made as follows: For the first progress payment (after the issuance of the Notice to Proceed), forty percent (40%) of the amount bid for Mobilization And Preparatory Work will be allowed. For the second progress payment, an additional sixty percent (60%) of the amount bid for mobilization and preparatory work will be allowed therefore. Revised.7/17/06 Contract Nos. 50031,50021, 38441, 39111, & 39151 Page 117 of 117 Pages CARLSBAD MUNICIPAL WATER DISTRICT TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS FOR THE CONSTRUCTION OF ELCAMINOREAL WATER SYSTEM PROJECTS SCHEDULE A-JACKSPAR DRIVE ON COLLEGE BLVD.- CONTRACT 50031 SCHEDULE B- KELLY DRIVE TO LISA STREET- CONTRACT 50021 AND 38441 SCHEDULE C- AT CARLSBAD VILLAGE DRIVE PIPELINE- CONTRACT 39111 SCHEDULE D- TANGLEWOOD PRESSURE REDUCING STATION REPLACEMENT- CONTRACT 39151 JUNE 2006 SUBMITTED BY: DANIEL BOYLE ENGINEERING, INC. SECTION 01010 SUMMARY OF WORK PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 Work Covered by Contract Documents A. The Work generally includes, but is not limited to, furnishing products, labor, tools, transportation, and services to construct the following: 1. Pavement removal and replacement, traffic control and coordination with utility companies for locating their facilities. 2. Construction of three separate reaches of domestic water transmission main with connections and appurtenances as described in the plans. i) Schedule A: 12-inch water main ii) Schedule B: 12-inch water main iii) Schedule C: 10-inch water main 3. Construction of pressure reducing vault with connection and appurtenances as described in the plans (Schedule D). 4. Testing, disinfection and placing into service of domestic water transmission mains and pressure reducing vault. 5. Demolition of existing valve vault at Carlsbad Village Drive after acceptance of new vault. 1.2 Project Location A. The Project is located in Carlsbad, California, generally along El Camino Real. 1. Schedule A: Along El Camino Real between Jackspar Drive and College Boulevard 2. Schedule B: Along El Camino Real between Kelly Drive and Lisa Street 3. Schedule C: Along Carlsbad Village Drive at the intersection with El Camino Real 4. Schedule D: Along Carlsbad Village Drive east of the intersection with El Camino Real. B. Conditions at the Project site are as follows: Ground Elevation: 45-150 feet MSL Typical Temperature Range: 31 ° -110° F 1.3 Related Work City of Carlsbad El Camino Real Water System Projects 06/06 (DBE) 01010 - Summary of Work -1 of 2 A. Section 01011: General Construction Sequence B. Section 01048: Special Construction Conditions and Procedures-General C. Section 01700: Contract Closeout D. Section 01710: Cleaning and Final Cleaning PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Applicable) PART 3 - EXECUTION 3;1 Contractor Use of Premises A. The following facilities shall remain operational during construction of this project: 1. Existing water facilities. Contractor to obtain shut down permit. Shut downs only permitted under observation of Water Department personnel and according to schedule of required shutdowns. 2. Install approved signs, barricades and lights necessary to ensure public • safety and safety of Owners operators and personnel. Provide plates across ditches to enable safe access of Owner's personnel to facilities or the public across excavations within public right-of-way that can not be backfilled at the end of the day. END OF SECTION City of Carlsbad El Camino Real Water System Projects 06/06(DBE) 01010-Summary of Work-2 of 2 SECTION 01011 GENERAL CONSTRUCTION SEQUENCE -^ PART 1 - GENERAL A. This section describes a general sequence of construction that the Contractor shall follow. The general order for the majority of the work performed shall be determined by the Contractor and a schedule shall be submitted to the Owner for approval. The construction sequence described herein has the following goal: To construct the transmission mains expeditiously, in accordance with the contract documents, with minimum disruption to traffic flow on El Camino Real and Carlsbad Village Drive. : ; ; 1.2 Requirements Covered in Other Specification Sections A. Section 01010: Summary of Work , . B. Section 01040: Coordination C. Section 01048: Special Construction Conditions and Procedures - General 1.3 Work Sequence A. The general sequence of Work shall be as follows: 1. Before beginning Work, coordinate with servicing utility companies and the City of Carlsbad. Obtain required permits, licenses and construction easements. Call Underground Service Alert and utilities to obtain staking and marking of buried utilities. Submit proposed schedule of Work, insurance and bonds. 2. Take pre-construction photographs. 3. Coordinate traffic control and traffic signal with the City of Carlsbad and the project specifications. 4. Pothole points-of-connection to existing water facilities, existing utilities crossing the pipeline alignment and those parallel to it within 5 feet (from outside of pipe) and submit pothole results prior to submittal of pipe and fitting shop drawings. 5. Submit shop drawings, pipeline lay diagrams and other submittals. 6. Begin manufacturing and shipping materials and equipment after receiving submittals marked "No Exception Taken" or "Make Corrections Noted". City of Carlsbad ; • El Camino Real Water System Projects 06/06 (DBE) - :••'•• 01011-General Construction Sequence -1 of 3 7. Complete Work according to proposed Work schedule. 8. Perform testing and disinfection. 9. Perform demo-work associated with abandoned facilities. 10. Finalize clean up and restore construction areas. 11. Provide warranty as specified. 1.4 General Construction Sequence NOTE: The general sequence applies equally to each Schedule (i.e. Tasks 1 through 11 for schedule A; Task 1 through 11 for Schedule B, etc.) For Schedule D, substitute pressure reducing vault for pipeline. Task 1: Obtain all permits to construct a pipeline within the City of Carlsbad! Task 2 Pothole utilities at crossings, connections and potential conflicts for domestic water transmission mains. • -' ' ' t ' ' • Task 3: Submit shop drawings for domestic water pipelines including pipeline lay diagrams for PVC pipe. k Task 4: Construct proposed domestic water main piping. Task 5: Complete testing and disinfection of piping of domestic water main. Task 6: Complete connection to existing domestic water mains. Task 7: Place new domestic water pipeline into service. . Task 8: Perform removal and infill of existing valve vault and appurtenances after acceptance of new pipeline. Task 9: Complete surface repair for alignment. Task 10: Complete site cleanup. task 11: Submit as-builts to the City Inspector. • ' . t 1.5 Scheduling Prior to starting construction, the Contractor shall submit a fully detailed schedule of Work. This schedule shall conform to the schedule generally described above. It may be necessary to do certain parts of the construction Work outside normal working hours in order to avoid City of Carlsbad El Camino Real Water System Projects 06/06 (DBE) 01011-General Construction Sequence-2 of 3 undesirable conditions, and it shall be the obligation of the Contractor to do this Work at such times at no additional cost to the Owner. /-WN PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Applicable) PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Applicable) END OF SECTION o City of Carlsbad El Camino Real Water System Projects 06/06(DBE), , 01011-General Construction Sequence-3of 3 SECTION 01025 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT PART1 -GENERAL 1.1 Description Measurement and payment for bid items listed in the proposal shall be based upon use of a lump sum or unit price method. Extra work or changes in the Work shall be accomplished as provided in the General Provisions. , 1.2 Related Work (Not Applicable) 1.3 Submittais (Not Applicable) 1.4 Payment A. Payment for Unit Price Items .Payment for a unit price bid item shall be based upon the amount shown in the bid schedule multiplied by the total quantity measurement of the item and shall be full compensation for furnishing all labor, transportation, materials, equipment, tools and appurtenances required for construction of the item complete in place in accordance with the Plans and Specifications. B. Payment for Lump Sum Items Payment for lump sum bid items shall be based upon the amount shown in the bid schedule and shall be full compensation for furnishing all labor, transportation, materials, equipment, tools and appurtenances required for construction of the unit complete in place in accordance with the Plans and Specifications. The Carlsbad Municipal Water District reserves the right to adjust any Lump Sum Item if the Total Bid Amount does not reflect the added value of the individual Bid Items. C. Work Not Listed in the Bid Schedule , Costs for related work and appurtenances which are required and/or implied by the General Provisions, Technical Specifications, Special Provisions and Plans and are not listed as a separate bid item but are necessary to complete the project shall be included in the appropriate bid item or items within the proposal. PART 2 - MATERIALS 2.1 General (Measurement) Measurement for unit price quantities shall be based upon the appropriate bid item in the proposal. The actual quantity of measurement shall be as constructed by the Contractor in place in conformance with the Plans and Specifications. City of Carlsbad El Camino Real Water System Projects 06/06 (DBE) .. 01025-Measurement and Payment-1 of 18 O 2.2 Linear Measurements V Pipelines' and related facilities' measurement shall be made horizontally and/or vertically along the centerline of the pipeline and related facilities through tees, bends, valves, fittings and as shown on the Plans for its limits or as otherwise specified in the Special Provisions. Manholes and vaults shall be measured vertically from the lowest to the highest elevations and as shown on the Plans or as otherwise specified in the Special Provisions. 2.3 Area Measurements Measurement for bid items involving area units shall be based upon the surface area measured in acres, square yards, square feet or as indicated in the bid item. 2.4 Volume Measurements Measurement for bid items involving volume units shall be based upon the volume measured in cubic yards, tons or as indicated in the bid item. .; 2.5 Unit Measurements Measurement for bid items involving units of the item shall be based upon the number of units counted as indicated in the bid item. 2.6 Lump Sum Measurement Measurement for a lump sum bid item shall be considered as a complete project or a portion of a project constituting a unit. The items to be included in the lump sum bid shall be as specified in the proposal bid item and/or the Standard or Special Provisions. PART3-EXECUTION : 3.1 GENERAL This section covers methods of measurement and payment for items of Work under this Contract. The total Bid Price shall cover all Work required by the Contract Documents. All costs in connection with the proper and successful completion of the work, including furnishing all materials, equipment, supplies, and appurtenances; providing all construction plant, equipment, and tools; and performing all necessary labor and supervision to fuljy complete the Work, shall be included in the unit and lump sum prices bid. All Work not specifically set forth as a pay item in the Bid Form shall be considered a subsidiary obligation of Contractor and all costs in connection therewith shall be included in the prices bid. The descriptions of bid items provided hereafter apply to Schedules 1 through 3. 3.2 ESTIMATED QUANTITIES O. approximate and are to be used only (a) as a basis for estimating the probable cost of the Work and (b) for the purpose of comparing the bids submitted for the Work. The actual Carlsbad El Camino Real Water System Projects 01025 - Measurement and Payment - 2 of 18 amounts of work done and materials furnished under unit price items may differ from the estimated quantities. The basis of payment for work and materials will be the actual amount of work done and materials furnished. Contractor agrees that he will make no claim for damages, anticipated profits, or otherwise on account of any difference between the amounts of work actually performed and materials actually furnished and the estimated amounts therefore. ,...-•' . : • : 3.3 BID SCHEDULE A - EL CAMINO REAL PIPELINE- JACKSPAR DRIVE TO COLLEGE BLVD - CONTRACT NO. 50031 The drawings associated with Bid Schedule A are titled "El Camino Real Water System Projects" sheets 1 through 21. A. MOBILIZATION. DEMOBILIZATION AND CLEANUP. Bid Item A-1. 1. No measurement shall be made for this item. This item covers all the work necessary for mobilization, demobilization, providing project sign, on-going compliance with the General Conditions and final clean-up of construction site. Mobilization includes: (1) Obtaining all permits necessary for performing the work. (2) Assembly, equipment, material and supplies for the prosecution of the work but which are not to be incorporated in the work. (3) Construction of temporary yards, access road, development of disposal areas and other facilities. (4) Provide project sign and install as directed by the District. (5) Compliance with the General Conditions. Demobilization includes: (1) removal of all temporary facilities from the site. (2) Clean up of all debris and disposal offsite. (3) Contract closeout. - 2. Payment for Bid Item 1, will be based upon the following: a. During the course of project construction the amount paid for Mobilization and Demobilization will be 100 percent of the contract price for this Bid Item. b. During the course of project construction, the amount paid for Mobilization will be 70 percent of the contract price for Bid Item A-1. The initial partial payment for Mobilization will not exceed one-third of the amount to be paid for this item. Payment requests for Mobilization shall be accompanied by '•"'•' information (invoices, timesheets, etc.) that support the amount being requested. c. During the course of project construction, the amount paid for Demobilization will be 30 percent of the contract price for this Bid Item. B. PERFORM EXPLORATORY EXCAVATIONS FOR UNDERGROUND UTILITIES. Bid Item A-2. 1. Measurement for payment for performing exploratory excavation at all under ground utility crossings and points of connection to verify location, size and type of existing facility will be based upon the complete work, all in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents. > City of Carlsbad ; . El Camino Real Water System Projects 06/06 rDBE) -..: - 01025-Measurement and Payment-3 of 18 2. Payment for performing exploratory excavation at all underground utility crossings and points of connection to verify location, size and type of existing facility will be made at the lump sum price named in the Bid Schedule under Item No. 2, which shall constitute full compensation for completely performing all exploratory excavations, including but not limited to, pavement removal and restoration, excavation and backfill, obtaining depths and sizes of utilities, traffic control and other ancillary work. -C. CONSTRUCT 12-INCH PVC TRANSMISSION MAIN. Bid Item A-3. 1. Measurement for payment for construction of 12-inch diameter PVC pipe transmission main along with the 12-inch cement motor lined and coated steel specials at El Camino Real and College Boulevard will be based upon the number of. linear feet of such pipe-actually placed as determined by measurement along the centerline of such pipe, all in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents. -2. Payment for construction of 12-inch diameter transmission main will be made, at the unit price per linear foot named in the Bid Schedule under Item No. 3, which price shall constitute full compensation for furnishing and placing such pipe including excavation, backfill (trench zone and pipe zone), bedding, cement slurry, compaction, fittings, thrust blocks, axial restraint devices, locator tape, disposal of excess excavated material, pavement removal and replacement, pavement overlay, re-striping, install reflective pavement markers, testing, flushing and disinfection, replacement of traffic control loops and any appurtenant work as shown on the Plans or called for in the Specifications, complete in place for the unit price. D. REMOVE EXISTING 20-INCH STEEL WATER LINE. Bid Item A-4. 1. Measurement of payment for the removal of the existing 20-inch steel, CML and CMC water line will be based upon completion of the work in accordance with the requirements of the contract documents. . 2. Payment for removal of the existing 20-inch steel CML and CMC water line will be made at the unit price per linear foot named in the Bid Schedule under Item No. 4. This shall constitute full compensation for the removal and proper disposal of the CMC and CML pipe, appurtenances, undesirable soils and over excavation of trench, backfill and compaction. All discarded items will be sent to an approved waste facility at the cost of the contractor. The remaining ends of the pipe shall be capped in place with concrete. E. PROVIDE TRAFFIC CONTROL. Bid Item A-5 :-1. No measurement shall be made for these items. City of Carlsbad El Camino Real Water System Projects 06/06 (DBE) ' 01025-Measurement and Payment r 4 of 18 2. Payment for traffic control related to construction of the 12-inch diameter transmission main will be made at the lump sum price named in the Bid Schedule under Item No. 5. Partial payments will be made on the basis of the percentage of construction completion with respect to each waterline up to a maximum of 50- percent of the lump sum price. The final amount which constitutes full compensation for the complete work can be applied for upon completion and acceptance by the jurisdictional agency of the paving repair, final paving, pavement overlay, re-striping, install reflective pavement markers, and traffic control loops. F. CONSTRUCT CONNECTION AT JACKSPAR AND EL CAMINO REAL (Station 10+00). Bid Item A-6. 1. Measurement for payment for construction of the connection'.to the existing 14-inch diameter ductile iron water main at Station No. 10+00 will be based upon the complete work, all in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents. 2. Payment for construction of the connection to the existing 14-inch diameter ductile iron water main will be made at the lump sum price named in the Bid Schedule under Item No. 6, which shall constitute full compensation for furnishing and placing such pipe including excavation, backfill, bedding, compaction, fittings, couplings, installation of blow-off assembly, thrust blocks, locator tape, disposal of excess excavated material, pavement removal and replacement, pavement overlay, re-striping, install reflective pavement markers, traffic control, testing, flushing and disinfection and any appurtenant work as shown on the Plans or called for in the Specifications, complete in place for the unit price. G. CONSTRUCT CONNECTION AT SUNNY CREEK / COLLEGE BOULEVARD (Station 41+78.79). Bid Item A-7. 1. Measurement for payment for construction of the connection to the existing 12-inch diameter PVC transmission main, at Station No. 41+78.79 will be based upon the complete work, all in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents. . 2. Payment for construction of the connection to the existing 12-inch diameter PVC pipe will be made at the lump sum price named in the Bid Schedule under Item No. 7, which shall constitute full compensation for furnishing and placing such pipe including excavation, backfill, bedding, compaction, fittings, couplings, removal of existing piping and valving and appurtenances, thrust blocks, locator tape, disposal of excess excavated material, pavement removal and , replacement, pavement overlay, re-striping, install reflective pavement markers, traffic control, testing, flushing and disinfection and any appurtenant work as shown on the Plans or called for in the Specifications, complete in place for the unit price. City of Carlsbad . El Camino Real Water System Projects 06/06 (DBE) ^ .".". ''. . 01025-Measurement and Payment-5 of 18 H. CONSTRUCT 2-INCH AIR RELEASE AND VACUUM RELIEF ASSEMBLY. Bid Item A-8. • • ' '• \ ' ' ; . 1. Measurement for payment for construction of 2-inch air release and vacuum relief valve assembly. Will be based upon the actual quantity, each, of such 2-inch air release and vacuum valve assembly furnished and installed per the Carlsbad Municipal Water District Standard Drawing No. W7-A, all in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents. 2. Payment for said 2-inch air release and vacuum relief valve assembly, will be made at the unit price, each, named in the Bid Schedule under Item No. 8, which price shall constitute full compensation for the complete 2-inch air release and vacuum valve assembly including, but not limited to, excavation, backfill, bedding, compaction, thrust blocks, piping, fittings, couplings, disposal of excess excavated material, pavement removal and replacement, re-striping, install reflective pavement markers, traffic control and any appurtenant work as shown on the Plans or called for in the Specifications, complete in place for the unit price. I. FURNISH AND CONSTRUCT 2-INCH MANUAL AIR RELEASE ASSEMBLY. Bid Item A-9. 1. Measurement for payment for construction of 2-inch manual air release assembly, will be based upon the actual quantity, each, of such 2-inch manual air release assembly furnished and installed per the Carlsbad Municipal Water District Standard Drawing No. W-6, all in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents. 2. Payment for said 2-inch manual air release assembly, will be made at the unit price, each, named in the Bid Schedule under Item No. 9, which price shall constitute full compensation for the complete 2-inch manual air release assembly including, but not limited to, excavation, backfill, bedding, compaction, thrust blocks, fittings, linings, couplings, disposal of excess excavated material, pavement removal and replacement, re-^striping, install reflective pavement markers, traffic control and any appurtenant work as shown on the Plans or called for in the Specifications, complete in place for the unit price. J. FURNISH AND INSTALL 14-INCH OR 12-INCH RESILIENT WEDGE GATE VALVES. Bid Item A-10 1. Measurement for payment for construction of 14-inch or 12-inch Gate valves, will be based upon the actual quantity, each, of such Gate valve and valve assembly per the Carlsbad Municipal Water District Standard Drawing Nos. W16 and W13, all in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents. 2. Payment for said Gate valves and valve box assembly, will be made at the unit price, each, named in the Bid Schedule under Item No. 10, which price shall constitute full compensation for the complete installed Gate valve and valve box assembly. City of Carlsbad ,''.-'. El Camino Real Water System Projects • ne/ne/hnc:\ 01025 - Measurement and Payment -6 of 18 K. PROVIDE AND PREPARE DRAWINGS FOR SWPPP AND BMP PERMITS AND FURNISH AND INSTALL EROSION CONTROL AND WATER POLLUTION CONTROL DEVICES. Bid Item A-11 1. No measurement will be made for this item. 2. Payment for providing and preparing drawings for SWPPP and BMP permits and furnishing and installing erosion control and water pollution control devices, will be made at the lump sum price named in the Bid Schedule under Item No. - . 11, which shall constitute full compensation for this item. L. PROVIDE EXCAVATION SAFETY MEASURES. Bid Item A-12. 1. No measurement will be made for this item. 2. Payment for providing excavation safety measures including sheeting, shoring and bracing, or equivalent method for the protection of life and limb in trenches and open excavation in conformance with applicable safety orders, will be made at the lump sum price named in the Bid Schedule under Item No. 12, which shall constitute full compensation for this item. 3.4 BID SCHEDULE B - EL CAMINO REAL- KELLY DRIVE TO LISA STREET - CONTRACT NO. 38441 and 50021 The drawings associated with Bid Schedule B are titled "El Camino Real Water System Projects," sheets 1 through 21. A. MOBILIZATION. DEMOBILIZATION AND CLEANUP. Bid Item B-1. 1. No measurement shall be made for this item. This item covers all the work necessary for mobilization, demobilization, providing project sign, on-going compliance with the General Conditions and final clean-up of construction site. / Mobilization includes: (1) Obtaining all permits necessary for performing the work. (2) Assembly, equipment, material and supplies for the prosecution of the work but which are riot to be incorporated in the work. (3) Construction of temporary yards, access road, development of disposal areas and other facilities. (4) Provide project sign and install as directed by the District. (5) Compliance with the General Conditions. Demobilization includes: (1) removal of all temporary facilities from the site. (2) Clean up of all debris and disposal offsite. (3) Contract closeout. 2. Payment for Bid Item 1, will be based upon the following: a. During the course of project construction the amount paid for Mobilization . and Demobilization will be 100 percent of the contract price for this Bid Item. -•.•'•.' ' •.' •" b. During the course of project construction, the amount paid for Mobilization will be 70 percent of the contract price for Bid Item B-1. The initial partial City of Carlsbad .El Camino Real Water System Projects 01025-Measurement and Payment-7 of 18 payment for Mobilization will not exceed one-third of the amount to be paid _. for this item. Payment requests for Mobilization shall be accompanied by Cj information (invoices, timesheets, etc.) that support the amount being ^ requested. c. During the course of project construction, the amount paid for Demobilization will be 30 percent of the contract price for this Bid Item. B. PERFORM EXPLORATORY EXCAVATIONS FOR UNDERGROUND UTILITIES. Bid Item B-2. 1. Measurement for payment for performing exploratory excavation at all under ground utility crossings and points of connection to verify location, size and type of existing facility will be based upon the complete work, all in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents. 2. Payment for performing exploratory excavation at all underground utility crossings and points of connection to verify location, size and type of existing facility will be made at the lump sum price named in the Bid Schedule under Item No. 2, which shall constitute full compensation for completely performing all exploratory excavations, including but not limited to, pavement removal and restoration, excavation and backfill, obtaining depths and sizes of utilities, traffic control and other ancillary work. ' - ... i;'. - : '.,.,. : • • ' /*"*\ C. REMOVE EXISTING 20-INCH STEEL WATERLINE. Bid Item B-3. (^J 1. Measurement of payment for the removal of the existing 20-inch steel, CML and . CMC water line will be based upon completion of the work in accordance with the requirements of the contract documents. 2. Payment for removal of the existing 20-inch steel CML and CMC water line will be made at the unit price per linear foot named in the Bid Schedule under Item No. 3. This shall constitute full compensation for the removal and proper disposal of the ClylC and CML pipe, appurtenances, undesirable soils and over excavation of trench, backfill and compaction. All discarded items will be sent to an approved waste facility at the cost of the contractor. The remaining ends of the pipe shall be capped in place with concrete. ,,"."' y - ' t D. CONSTRUCT 12-INCH PVC TRANSMISSION MAIN. Bid Item B-4. 1. Measurement for payment for construction of 12-inch diameter PVC pipe transmission main will be based upon the number of linear feet of such pipe actually placed as determined by measurement along the centerline of such pipe, all in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents. 2. Payment for construction of 12-inch diameter transmission main will be made at the unit price per linear foot named in the Bid Schedule under Item No. 4, which price shall constitute full compensation for furnishing and placing such pipe including excavation, backfill (trench zone and pipe zone), bedding, cement City of Carlsbad El Camino Real Water System Projects v - 01025 - Measurement and Payment - 8 of 18 slurry, compaction, fittings, thrust blocks, axial restraint devices, locator tape, disposal of excess excavated material, pavement removal and replacement, pavement overlay, re-striping, install reflective pavement markers, testing, flushing and disinfection, and any appurtenant work as shown on the Plans or , called for in the Specifications, complete in place for the unit price. E. PROVIDE TRAFFIC CONTROL. Bid Item B-5. •'.'•. 1. No measurement shall be made for these items. 2. Payment for traffic control related to construction of the 12-inch diameter transmission main will be made at the lump sum price named in the Bid Schedule under Item No. B-5. Partial payments wilj'be made on the basis of the percentage of construction completion with respect to each waterline up to a maximum of 50-percent of the lump sum price. The final amount which constitutes full compensation for the complete work can be applied for upon completion and acceptance by the jurisdictional agency of the paving repair, final paving, pavement overlay, re-striping, install reflective pavement markers, and traffic control loops. F. CONSTRUCT 8-INCH PVC LATERAL (LINE B-1) Bid Item B-6. 1. Measurement for payment for construction of the 8-inch AWWA PVC lateral and the reconnection to the fire hydrant and water service for Line B-1 will be based upon the complete work, all in accordance with the requirements of the Contract C Documents. 2. Payment for construction of the 8-inch lateral and reconnection of the existing • fire hydrant and water service will be made at the lump sum price named in the Bid Schedule under Item No. 6, which shall constitute full compensation for " furnishing and placing such pipe including excavation, backfill, bedding, compaction, fittings, couplings, thrust blocks, locator tape, disposal of excess excavated material, pavement removal and replacement, pavement overlay, re- striping, install reflective pavement markers, traffic control, testing, flushing and disinfection and any appurtenant work as shown on the Plans or called for in the Specifications, complete in place for the unit price. G. FURNISH AND INSTALL 12-INCH RESILIENT WEDGE GATE VALVE. .;....-Biditem B-7. 1. Measurement for payment for construction of 12-inch Gate valve, will be based upon the actual quantity, each, of such 12-inch Gate valve and valve assembly per the Carlsbad Municipal Water District Standard Drawing Nos. W16 and W13, all in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents. 2. Payment for said 12-inch Gate valve and valve box assembly, will be made at the unit price, each, named in the Bid Schedule under Item No. 7, which price shall constitute full compensation for the complete installed 12-inch Gate valve and valve box assembly. , City of Carlsbad , . El Caminp Real Water System Projects 06/06 mBE) . • 01025-Measurement and Payment-9 of 18 H. CONSTRUCT CONNECTION AT LISA STREET AND EL CAMINO REAL (Station (**\ 72+12.99). Bid Item B-8. VV 1. Measurement for payment for construction of the connection to the existing 8-inch diameter transmission main, at Station No. 72+12.99 will be based upon the complete work, all in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents. 2. Payment for construction of the connection to the existing 8-inch diameter will be made at the lump sum price named in the Bid Schedule under Item No. 8, which •'''••• shall constitute full compensation for furnishing and placing such pipe including excavation, backfill, bedding, compaction, fittings, couplings, removal of existing piping and valving and appurtenances, thrust blocks, locator tape, disposal of excess excavated material,. pavement removal and replacement, pavement overlay, re^striping, install reflective pavement markers, traffic control, testing, flushing and disinfection and any appurtenant work as shown on the Plans or ^called for in,the Specifications, complete in place for the unit price. f,. I. CONSTRUCT 2-INCH AIR RELEASE AND VACUUM RELIEF ASSEMBLY. Bid Item B-9. .? ^^^M^MM^MM— - • • ' y , ^ ... - 1. Measurement for payment for construction of 2-inch air release and vacuum relief . . valve assembly, will be based upon the actual quantity, each, of such 2-inch air .«^ release and vacuum valve assembly furnished and installed per the Carlsbad f J Municipal Water District Standard Drawing No. W7-A, all in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents. • 2. Payment for said 2-inch air release and vacuum relief valve assembly, will be made at the unit price, each, named in the Bid Schedule under Item No. 9, which '•,•" price shall constitute full compensation for the complete 2-inch air release and vacuum valve assembly including, but not limited to, excavation, backfill, bedding, compaction, thrust blocks, piping, fittings, couplings, 'disposal of excess excavated material, pavement removal and replacement, : re-striping, install ' '<-•?'•' reflective pavement markers, traffic control and any appurtenant work as shown on the Plans or called for in the Specifications, complete in place for the unit price. J. FURNISH AND CONSTRUCT 2-INCH MANUAL AIR RELEASE ASSEMBLY. Bid Item B-10. 1. Measurement for payment for construction of 2-inch manual air release assembly, will be based upon the actual quantity, each, of such 2-inch manual air release assembly furnished and installed per the Carlsbad Municipal Water District Standard Drawing No. W11-A, all in accordance with the requirements of - the Contract Documents. 2. -Payment for said 2-inch manual air release assembly, .wiir.be made at the unit price, each, named in the Bid Schedule under Item No. 10, which price shall City of Carlsbad J . • = .- El Camiho Real Water System Projects 06/06 (DBEV "-•••" -•''•'' 01025-Measurement and Payment-10 of 18 constitute full compensation for the complete 2-inch manual air release assembly including, but not limited to, excavation, backfill, bedding, compaction, thrust blocks, fittings, linings, couplings, disposal of excess excavated material, pavement removal and replacement, re-striping, install reflective pavement markers, traffic control and any appurtenant work as shown on the Plans or called for in the Specifications, complete in place for the unit price. K. BORE AND JACK UNDER CULVERTS. Bid Item B-11. 1. Measurement for payment for construction of 24-inch minimum diameter steel casing for the bore and jack crossing under the existing culverts will be based upon the completion of the work in accordance with the requirements of the contract documents. 2. Payment for the bore and jacking of the 24-inch minimum steel casing will be made at the lump sum price named in the Bid Schedule under Item No. 11. This .shall constitute full compensation for the work (day and night work) including all casing, shoring, dewatering, grouting (inside and outside of casing), casing spacers, casing and caps, remove existing, abandoned 20-inch steel pipe, install carrier pipe and any required materials and equipment to install the 24-inch minimum ID casing per contract specifications. This price shall also include any Cal-OSHA safety requirements, SWPPP, San Diego County and RWGQB permitting to properly install the crossing and appurtenances including protection Of existing utilities, restoration of existing improvements, excavation, backfill, bedding, compaction, fittings, warning and detection tape, disposal of excess excavated material to an approved disposal facility, clean-up, testing and disinfection, and any appurtenant work. L. PROVIDE AND PREPARE DRAWINGS FOR SWPPP AND BMP PERMITS AND FURNISH AND INSTALL EROSION CONTROL AND WATER POLLUTION CONTROL DEVICES. Bid Item B-12. f. No measurement will be made for this item. 2. Payment for providing and preparing drawings for SWPPP and BMP permits and furnishing and installing erosion control and water pollution control devices, will be made at the lump sum price named in the Bid_Schedule, which shall constitute full compensation for this item. M. PROVIDE EXCAVATION SAFETY MEASURES. Bid Item B-13. 1. No measurement will be made for this item. 2. Payment for providing excavation safety measures including sheeting, shoring and bracing, or equivalent method for the protection of life and limb in trenches and open excavation in conformance with applicable safety orders, will be made at the lump sum price named in the Bid Schedule, which shall constitute full compensation:for this item. City of Carlsbad . El Camino Real Water System Projects 06/06 (DBE) I ' '. 01025-Measurement and Payment-11 of 18 3.5 BID SCHEDULE C - EL CAMINO REAL- CALRSBAD VILLAGE DRIVE - CONTRACT NO. 39111 The drawings associated with Bid Schedule C are titled "El Camino Real Water System Projects," sheets 1 through 21. A. MOBILIZATION. DEMOBILIZATION AND CLEANUP. Bid Item C-1. 1. No measurement shall be made for this item. This item covers all the work necessary for mobilization, demobilization, providing project sign, on-going compliance with the General Conditions and final clean-up of construction site. Mobilization includes: (1) Obtaining all permits necessary for performing the work. (2) Assembly, equipment, material and supplies for the prosecution of the work but which are not to be incorporated in the work. (3) Construction of temporary yards, access road, development of disposal areas and other facilities. (4) Provide project sign and install as directed by the District. (5) .Compliance With the General Conditions. Demobilization includes: (1) removal of all temporary facilities from the site. (2) Clean up of all debris and disposal offsite. (3) Contract closeout. 2. Payment for Bid Item 1 .will be based upon the following: a. During the course of project construction the amount paid for Mobilization and Demobilization will be 100 percent of the contract price for this Bid Item. b. During the course of project construction, the amount paid for Mobilization will be 70 percent of the contract price for Bid Item C-1. The initial partial payment for Mobilization will not exceed one-third of the amount to be paid for this item. Payment requests for Mobilization shall be accompanied by information (invoices, timesheets, etc.) that support the amount being requested. c. During the course of project construction, the amount paid for Demobilization willbe 30 percent of the contract price for this Bid Item. o City of Carlsbad .; El Camino Real Water System Projects YnRp^ 01025 - Measurement and Payment-12 of 18 B. PERFORM EXPLORATORY EXCAVATIONS FOR UNDERGROUND UTILITIES. Bid Item C-2. 1. Measurement for payment for performing exploratory excavation at all under ground utility crossings and points of connection to verify location, size and type of existing facility will be based upon the complete work, all in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents. 2. Payment for performing exploratory excavation at all underground utility crossings and points of connection to verify location, size and type of existing facility will be made at the lump sum price named in the Bid Schedule under Item No. 2, which shall constitute full compensation for completely performing all exploratory excavations, including but not limited to, pavement removal and restoration, excavation and backfill, obtaining depths and sizes of utilities, traffic control and other ancillary work. C. CONSTRUCT 10-INCH PVC TRANSMISSION MAIN. Bid Item C-3. 1. Measurement for payment for construction of 10-inch diameter PVC pipe transmission main will be based upon the number of linear feet of such pipe actually placed as determined by measurement along the centerline of such pipe, all in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents. 2. Payment for construction of 10-inch diameter transmission main will be made at the unit price per linear foot named in the Bid Schedule under Item No. 3, which price shall constitute full compensation for furnishing and placing such pipe including excavation, backfill (trench zone and pipe zone), bedding, cement slurry, compaction, fittings, thrust blocks, axial restraint devices, locator tape, disposal of excess excavated material, pavement removal and replacement, pavement overlay, re-striping, install reflective pavement markers, testing, flushing and disinfection, replacement of traffic control loops and any appurtenant work as shown on the Plans or called for in the Specifications, complete in place for the unit price. D. PROVIDE TRAFFIC CONTROL. Bid Item C-4 1. No measurement shall be made for these items. 2. Payment for traffic control related to construction of the 12-inch diameter transmission main will be made at the lump sum price named in the Bid Schedule under Item No. 4. Partial payments will be made on the basis of the percentage of construction completion with respect to each waterline up to a maximum of 50- percent of the lump sum price. The final amount which constitutes full compensation for the complete work can be applied for upon completion and acceptance by the jurisdictional agency of the paving repair, final paving, pavement overlay, re-striping, install reflective pavement markers, and traffic control loops. : City of Carlsbad , El Camino Real Water System Projects 06/06 (OBE) 01025-Measurement and Payment-13 of 18 E. CONSTRUCT CONNECTION AT CARLSBAD VILLAGE AND WEST OF EL CAMINO REAL (Station 70+00). Bid Item C-5. 1. Measurement for payment for construction of the connection to the existing 10-inch diameter CML and CMC steel water main at Station No. 70+00 will be based upon the complete work, all in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents. 2. Payment for construction of the connection to the existing 10-inch diameter water main will be made at the lump sum price named in the Bid Schedule under Item No. 5, which shall constitute full compensation for furnishing and placing such pipe including excavation, backfill, bedding, compaction, fittings, couplings, abandonment of existing piping, properly plugging abandoned piping, thrust blocks, locator tape, disposal of excess excavated material, pavement removal and replacement, pavement overlay, re-striping, install reflective pavement markers, traffic control, testing, flushing and disinfection and any appurtenant work as shown on the Plans or called for in the Specifications, complete in place for the unit price. : j F. CONSTRUCT CONNECTION AT CARLSBAD VILLAGE DRIVE AND EAST OF EL CAMINO REAL (Station 73+58.54). Bid Item C-6. 1. Measurement for payment for construction of the connection to the existing 10-inch diameter transmission main, at Station No. 73+58.54 will be based upon the complete work, all in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents. - 2. Payment for construction of the connection to the existing 10-inch diameter will be made at the lump sum price named in the Bid Schedule under Item No. 6, which shall constitute full compensation for furnishing and placing such pipe including excavation, backfill, bedding, compaction, fittings, couplings, removal of existing piping and valving and appurtenances, thrust blocks, locator tape, disposal of excess excavated material, pavement removal and replacement, pavement overlay, re-striping, install reflective pavement markers, traffic control, testing, flushing and disinfection and any appurtenant work as shown on the Plans or called for in the Specifications, complete in place for the unit price. G. REMOVE EXISTING 10-INCH ACP WATER LINE. Bid Item C-7. 1. Measurement for payment for the removal of the existing 10-inch ACP water line will be based upon completion of the work in accordance with the requirements of the contract documents. 2. Payment for the removal of the existing 10-inch ACP water line will be made at the unit price per linear foot named in the Bid Schedule under Item No. 7 which shall constitute full compensation for the removal of the existing pipe and any appurtenances deemed to be discarded by the City. All discarded items will be City of Carlsbad • • El Camino Real Water System Projects 06/06 (DBEV 01025-Measurement and Payment-14 of 18 sent to an approved waste facility at the cost of the contractor. The remaining ends of the pipe shall be capped in place with concrete. : H. CONSTRUCT CONNECTIONS AT EXISTING CROSS AT CARLSBAD VILLAGE DRIVE AND EL CAMINO REAL (Stations 72+15.65 / 72+20.15). Bid Item C-8. 1. Measurement for payment for construction of the connection to the existing cross at Station No. 72+15.657 72+20.15will be based upon the complete work, all in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents. 2, Payment for construction of the connection to the existing cross will be made at the lump sum price named in the Bid Schedule under Item No. 8, which shall constitute full compensation for furnishing and placing such pipe including excavation, backfill, bedding, compaction, fittings, couplings, removal of existing piping and valving'and appurtenances, thrust blocks, locator tape, disposal of excess excavated material, pavement removal and replacement, pavement overlay, re-striping, install reflective pavement markers, traffic control, testing, flushing and disinfection and any appurtenant work as shown on the Plans or called for in the Specifications, complete in place for the unit price. I. FURNISH AND CONSTRUCT 2-INCH MANUAL AIR RELEASE OR AIR RELEASE AND VACUUM RELIEF ASSEMBLY. Bid Item C-9. 1. Measurement for payment for construction of 2-inch manual air release or air release and vacuum relief assembly, will be based upon the actual quantity, each, of such 2-inch valve assembly furnished and installed per the Carlsbad Municipal Water District Standard Drawing No. W-6 or W-7A all in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents. 2. Payment for said 2-inch assembly, will be made at the unit price, each, named in the Bid Schedule under Item No. 9, which price shall constitute full compensation for the complete 2-inch assembly including, but not limited to, excavation, backfill, bedding, compaction, thrust blocks, fittings, linings, couplings, disposal of excess excavated material, pavement removal and replacement, re-striping, install reflective pavement markers, traffic control and any appurtenant work as shown on the Plans' or called for in the Specifications, complete in place for the unit price. J. FURNISH AND INSTALL 10-INCH RESILIENT WEDGE GATE VALVES. Bid item C-10. 1. Measurement for payment for construction of 10-inch Gate valves, will be based upon the actual quantity, each, of such 10-inch Gate valve and valve assembly per the Carlsbad Municipal Water District Standard Drawing No. W16 and W13, all in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents. 2. Payment for said 10-inch Gate valves and valve box assembly will be maked at the unit price, each, named in the Bid Schedule under item No. 10, which price City of Carlsbad El Camino Real Water System Projects 01025-Measurement and Payment-15 of 18 shall constitute full compensation for the complete installed 10-inch Gate valve and valve box assembly. , K. PROVIDE AND PREPARE DRAWINGS FOR SWPPP AND BMP PERMITS AND FURNISH AND INSTALL EROSION CONTROL AND WATER POLLUTION CONTROL DEVICES. Bid Item C-11. 1. No measurement will be made for this item. 2. Payment for providing and preparing drawings for SWPPP and BMP permits and furnishing and installing erosion control and water pollution control devices, will be made at the lump sum price named in the Bid Schedule under Item No. 11, which shall constitute full compensation for this item. . L. PROVIDE EXCAVATION SAFETY MEASURES. Bid Item C-12. 1. No measurement will be made for this item. 2. Payment for providing excavation safety measures including sheeting, shoring and bracing, or equivalent method for the protection of life and limb in trenches ;and open excavation in conformance with applicable safety orders, will be made at the lump sum price named in the Bid Schedule under Item No. 12, which shall constitute full compensation for this item. 3.6 BID SCHEDULE D - TANGLEWOOD PRESSURE REDUCING STATION REPLACEMENT- CONTRACT NO. 39151 The drawings associated with Bid Schedule D are titled "El Caminp Real Water System Projects," sheets 1 through 21. A. MOBILIZATION. DEMOBILIZATION AND CLEANUP. Bid Item D-1. 1. No measurement shall be made for this item. This item covers all the work necessary for mobilization, demobilization, providing project sign, on-going compliance with the General Conditions and final clean-up of construction site. Mobilization includes: (1) Obtaining all permits necessary for performing the work. (2) Assembly, equipment, material and supplies for the prosecution of the work but which are not to be incorporated in the work. (3) Construction of temporary yards, access road, development of disposal areas and other facilities. (4) Provide project sign and install as directed by the District. (5) Compliance with the General Conditions. Demobilization includes: (1) removal of all temporary facilities from the site. (2) Clean up of all debris and disposal offsite. (3) Contract closeout. 2. Payment for Bid Item D-1, will be based upon the following: a. During the course of project construction the amount paid for Mobilization ; and Demobilization will be 100 percent of the contract price for this Bid Item. City of Carlsbad El Camino Real Water System Projects ; ,. : 01025 - Measurement and Payment-16 of 18 b. During the course of project construction, the amount paid for Mobilization will be 70 percent of the contract price for Bid Item D-1. The initial partial payment for Mobilization will not exceed one-third of the amount to be paid for this item. Payment requests for Mobilization shall be accompanied by information (invoices, timesheets, etc.) that support the amount being : requested. < c. During the course of project construction, the amount paid for Demobilization will be 30 percent of the contract price for this Bid Item. B. CONSTRUCT "TANGLEWOOD" PRESSURE REDUCING STATION Bid Item D-2 1. Measurement of payment for the installation of the Pressure Reducing Station will be based upon completion of the work in accordance with the requirements of the contract documents. 2. Payment for the installation of the Pressure Reducing Station will be made at the lump sum price named in the Bid Schedule under Item No. D-2. This will constitute full compensation for the installation of new piping inside vault, valves, gauges, fittings, supports, precast concrete vault box, hatches, removal and relocation of 24-inch storm drain, discharge manhole and other pertinent items shown in the construction plans. C. PROVIDE TRAFFIC CONTROL. Bid Item D-3 1. No measurement shall be made for these items. 2. Payment for traffic control related to construction of the Pressure Reducing Station will be made at the lump sum price named in the Bid Schedule under Item No. 3. Partial payments will be made on the basis of the percentage of construction completion with respect to each waterline up to a maximum of 50- percent of the lump sum price. The final amount which constitutes full compensation for the complete work can be applied for upon completion and acceptance by the jurisdictional agency of the paving repair, final paving, pavement overlay, re-striping and install reflective pavement markers,. D. PIPING OUTSIDE OF VAULT. Bid Item D^. 1. Measurement of payment for the installation of the outside piping will be based upon completion of the work in accordance with the requirements of the contract documents. 2. Payment for the installation of the outside piping will be made at the lump sum price named in the Bid Schedule under Item No. 4. This will constitute full compensation for the related excavation, backfill (trench zone and pipe zone), and installation of the required piping for line "C-1", fittings, valves, thrust blocks, locator tape, removal/disposal of existing pipe, pavement removal and replacement, bedding, compaction, pavement overlay, re-striping, install City of Carlsbad El Camino Real Water System Projects 06/06(DBE) 01025-Measurement and Payment-17 of 18 reflective pavement markers, and other items as shown in the plans, and the pressure testing and disinfection of the piping and PRV Station as a working unit. E. INSTALL ELECTRICAL AND TELEMETRY AT PRV. Bid Item D-5. 1. Measurement of payment for the removal of the electrical and telemetry will be based upon completion of the work in accordance with the requirements of the contract documents: 2. Payment for the installation of the electrical and telemetry will be made at the ;.* \ lump sum price named in the Bid Schedule under Item No. 5. This will constitute .full compensation for the installation of new meter pedestal and electrical service, '.;-.'' lights, RTU, RF Pole, supports, antenna foundation, concrete pads and other pertinent items shown in the construction plans. F. REMOVE EXISTING PRESSURE REDUCING STATION. Bid Item D-6. 1, Measurement of payment for the removal of the Pressure Reducing Station will be based upon completion of the work in accordance with the requirements of the contract documents. , . 2. Payment for removal of the Pressure Reducing Station will be made at the lump sum price named in the Bid Schedule under Item No. 6. This will constitute full compensation for the removal, of existing piping, .valves, gauges, fittings, supports, and other items deemed to be discarded by the City. All discarded items will be sent to an approved waste facijity at the cost of the contractor. The inlet and outlet piping will be capped, the vault cover shall be removed and the vault shall be filled with sand and capped by a new, concrete sidewalk per city specifications.. , G. PROVIDE EXCAVATION SAFETY MEASURES. Bid Item D-7. 1. No measurement will be made for this item. 2. Payment for providing excavation safety measures including sheeting, shoring and bracing, or equivalent method for the protection of life and limb in trenches and open excavation in conformance with applicable safety orders, will be made at the lump sum price named in the Bid Schedule under Item No. 7, which shall constitute full compensation for this item. END OF SECTION o City of Carlsbad " El Camino Real Water System Projects 06/06 (DBEV •:'••' ; 01025-Measurement and Payment-18 of 18 SECTION 01040 COORDINATION PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 Work Included A. Licenses, permits, sales taxes, coordination with Owner, Federal, State and Local authorities, utilities, neighboring property owners, special events and other contractors. 1.2 Related Work A. Section 01500: Construction Facilities and Temporary Controls B. Section 01300: Submittals 1.3. Permits A. Obtain, pay for, and comply with required permits, licenses, work permits and authorizations from appropriate agencies, including the following: 1. Licenses a. Before submitting bids, Contractors shall be licensed in accordance with provisions of Chapter 9, Division 3, of the Business and professions Code of the State of California. 2. State and federal permits a. Excavation and Dirt Moving Permit from Cal OSHA , b. Safety Permit from California Division of Industrial Safety c. NPDES permit for dewatering 3. Other permits a. Air Pollution Control District b. County of San Diego Health Department c. City of Carlsbad or Carlsbad Municipal Water District for Construction Water . ; City of Carlsbad El Camino Real Water System Projects 06/06 (DBE) 01040 Coordination-1 of 4 4. City Permits The Contractor will obtain for the Project, the following permits: j a. Encroachment permits for access to City of Carlsbad right-of-way, b. Haul routes from the City of Carlsbad. c; Carlsbad Municipal Water District Connection/shut down permit, (no fee) 1.4 Coordination with Owner A. Notify Owner at least 72 hours before start of construction. B. Submit written details and reasons for proposed deviations from Contract Documents. Do not deviate from contract documents until written authorization is received. C. If Contractor fails to comply with a request of Owner, or is unable to comply with a request, and it is necessary for Owner's forces to do Work that is Contractor's responsibility, Owner will bill Contractor. Each incident requiring work by Owner's forces will be covered by a separate billing. 1.5 Coordination with Carlsbad Municipal Water District N A. Contact City of Carlsbad Public Works Department, 72 hours before start of construction at the following location: C/O CITY OF CARLSBAD Construction Management and Inspection Division 5950 El Camino Real Carlsbad, CA 92008 : (760)602-2780 (760) 438-4178 (Fax) ( B. Do not begin Work until Contractor's schedule, traffic control plans, haul routes, and permits have been reviewed and approved by District. C. Submit a written Request for Shutdown to the Agency seven (7) Working Days in advance of the anticipated shutdown date for any water, sewer, or storm drain facility. In regard to any water or sewer utility, the Water Utility Department must confirm that all necessary materials (valves, piping, appurtenances, etc.) have an approved submittal, have been inventoried and verified by the District Inspector, and are on the jobsite prior to the written Request for Shutdown being submitted. City of Carlsbad El Camino Real Water System Projects 06/06 (DBE) 01040 Coordination-2 of 4 Do not assume water or sewer lines can be shut down. Do not shut down utilities without prior written authorization. D. Coordinate draining and filling of water lines, and operation of existing valves with District Engineer or appropriate Utility Owner. E. Coordinate with Utility Operations of Public Works regarding time of day that system tie-ins are made. 1.6 Coordination with District. County or State Traffic Engineer A. Coordinate with City, District, County or State Traffic Engineer as required, to perform all portions of the Work. 1.7 Coordination with Property Owners -' :' ' . • * ' ' • . " . * A. Coordinate construction with property 1 owners neighboring project limits, especially with regard to any limitations with access to their property. B. At a minimum, the contractor shall coordinate with concurrent projects in the area. 1.8 Coordination with Utilities v A. Protect existing underground utilities. The Contractor shall coordinate with all utilities affected by the project to mark-out their locations for potholing and notify utilities of progress during construction so utility field personnel are available when required. SDG&E and Kinder-Mogan Energy Partners require a standby inspector(s) be present for work near their utilities. The contractor shall be responsible for coordination, payment (if any) and scheduling issues with utilities. B. Electrical utility companies may maintain energized aerial electrical power lines in , immediate vicinity of Work. Do not consider these lines to be insulated. Construction personnel working near these lines are exposed to an extreme hazard from electrical shock. Contractors, their employees and .construction personnel working on this project must be warned of the danger and instructed to take adequate protective measures, including maintaining a minimum of 10 feet clearance between lines and construction equipment and personnel. (See OSHA Std. 1926.550(A)15). As an additional safety precaution, call electrical utility company to arrange, if possible, to have these lines de-energized or relocated when Work reaches their immediate vicinity. Cost of such temporary arrangements shall be borne by Contractor. C. All demolition of existing facilities or portions there of shall be coordinated and performed by the Contractor. All costs associated with abandonments J or demolition shall be borne by the Contractor. City of Carlsbad ; El Cam ino Real Water System Projects 06/06 (DBE) , •-..-: 01040 Coordination-3 of 4 D. Contractor shall coordinate and otherwise contract with Carlsbad Water District for x»^ furnishing construction water. Contractor to apply for a temporary construction () meter and pay all required deposits and water usage fees. 1.9 Submittals , - ,A. Supplementary progress schedules shall be submitted after Work is in progress, when requested by the Engineer. Schedule changes requiring an increase in Owner's, Servicing Utility's or District's Engineering personnel on project shall not be put into effect until Owner, Servicing Utility, or District has made arrangements for additional personnel. , -•",*.•'', ',"••'. . ' ' . . • • • 'j • " B. The Contractor shall submit a detailed plan and written description of any water facility tie-in. The plan will include, but is not limited to, all necessary pumps, standby pump(s), piping, appurtenances, and 24-hour staffing schedule. When the submittal has been approved, and all necessary testing has been successfully completed, the Contractor will submit a Request for Shutdown seven (7) working days in advance of the anticipated shutdown date. 1.10 Unit Prices v A. Payment for obtaining and complying with permits during construction, including NPDES permits, building permits, encroachment permits, excavation permits, , drilling permits, disposal permits, temporary easements, licenses, inspection fees, (**^\ and Federal, State and local taxes will be included in prices bid for Work for which ^-/ v such costs ace appurtenant. ,•• •, , .-.,-.. B. ..Payment for coordinating with agencies, events and persons described will be :. included in prices bid for Work to which coordination is appurtenant. PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Applicable) PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Applicable) END OF SECTION Gity of Carlsbad; .' „ , . El Cam ino Real Water System Projects 06/06 (DB.EJ -r . • ; 01040 Coordination, - 4 of 4 SECTION 01047 CONNECTIONS TO EXISTING FACILITIES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SCOPE A. Perform all construction necessary to complete connections and tie-ins to existing facilities under District Supervision. B. Keep existing facilities in operation, unless otherwise specifically permitted in these Specifications or approved by OWNER. C. CONTRACTOR shall perform all construction activities so as to avoid interference with operations of the facility and the work of others. D. CONTRACTOR shall provide potholing for locating and field verifying all existing piping, structures and equipment affected by the Work. All potholing shall be performed by the CONTRACTOR at no additional cost to the OWNER. Delays in the Work, as a result of insufficient potholing, will be solely the CONTRACTORS responsibility. No time extensions will be allowed for Contract Work that is delayed as a result of insufficient potholing and field verification. 1.2 SEQUENCING AND OPERATIONS A. All operation of existing valves required for the Work shall be done by the District. B. Insofar as possible, all equipment shall be tested and in operating condition before the final tie-ins are made to connect equipment to the existing facility. C. CONTRACTOR shall carefully coordinate all Work and schedules and shall provide OWNER written notice before shut-downs or by-passes are required in accordance ; with Section 01040,1.5.C. r 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Submit detailed schedule of proposed connections, listing sequence and durations of all activities including shut-downs and tie-ins. PART 2-PRODUCTS (Not Applicable) PART 3 - MATERIALS (Not Applicable) END OF SECTION City of Carlsbad . El Camino Real Water System Projects 06/06 (DBE) 01047 Connections to Existing Facilities-1 of 1 SECTION 01048 SPECIAL CONSTRUCTION CONDITIONS AND PROCEDURES - GENERAL PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SCOPE A. This section covers special construction conditions and procedures associated with this construction contract. 1.2 REQUIREMENTS COVERED IN OTHER SPECIFICATION SECTIONS A. Section 01011: General Construction Sequence ..v, ...,., .'. B. Section 01.040: Coordination ; C. Section 01047: Connection to Existing Facilities 1.3 SANITARY ARRANGEMENTS 1 A. The Contractor shall be responsible for providing sanitation facilities for his employees and shall fully comply with the rules and regulations of the State Board of Health and/or other bodies having jurisdiction. B. The Contractor shall, at all times, provide for his employees abundant supply of safe drinking water and shall give orders against the use of, for drinking purposes, any water in the vicinity of the Work known to be unsafe. C. The Contractor shall provide suitable and conveniently located temporary toilets for use by his forces. They shall be left at the site until final inspection has been made. 1.4 NORMAL WORK SCHEDULE A. Contractor shall conduct all Work within the following District-approved schedule however, working hours required by traffic control plans supersede this: 1. Normal Work Hours: 8:30 AM to 3:30 PM (Day Work only). 2. Normal Work Days: Monday through Friday (Saturday/Sunday work shall be approved by Carlsbad Municipal Water District). 3. Special work hours are required for intersection construction work, or where indicated on the drawings, and shall be with the CMWD's approval: Weekend work (Saturday/Sunday) 7:OOAM to 5:OOPM. B. Exceptions to this Work schedule shall be only as approved in writing by the District per Paragraph 1.5 below and the City of Carlsbad Engineering Department or Public Work Department. City of Carlsbad El Camino Real Water System Projects 06/06 (DBE) 01048 - Special Construction Conditions and Procedures - General -1 of 3 1.5 SATURDAY. SUNDAY. HOLIDAY AND DAY WORK A. No work shall be done between the hours of 3:30 p.m. and 8:00 a.m. on normal work days, nor on legal holidays, except such work as is necessary for the proper care and protection of the Work already performed, or except in case of •. ••. - emergency, and in any case only with the written notice of the Owner. B. Saturday and Sunday work may be utilized per the guidelines of the City of Carlsbad for this travel corridor and written approval of the District. If the District : approves Saturday and Sunday work, there shall be no additional cost incurred by the District. 1.6 MITIGATION MEASURES A. The Contractor shall hot operate noisy or otherwise irritating construction equipment except during normal working hours as stated above in Section 1.4, Monday through Friday, except with written notice of work as outlined in Paragraph 1.5.B. •,,-•••- B. The Contractor shall employ dust control measures to the satisfaction of the Owner throughout the duration of the project. C. The Contractor shall reopen lanes of traffic with all traffic control devices functioning properly per the traffic control plans. The Contractor shall open traffic lanes by the stated time per Sections 1.4 and 1.5 and shall have completed any required placing of trench plates, sweeping, washdown, as directed by the District's representatives, D. Contractor shall obtain written permission from the City of Carlsbad for the storage of equipment during non-working hours when said equipment is within public right-of-way. Any equipment stored on private property shall be at the property owner's written approval and shall be obtained by the Contractor at no additional cost to the District. 1.7 COOPERATION WITH OTHER CONTRACTORS A. The Owner may have additional work performed in this area by other Contractors. The Contract requires cooperation with those contractors in the area. Any difference or conflict which may arise between the Contractor and other contractors shall be adjusted and determined by the Owner: The Contractor shall conduct his operations as to interfere to the least possible extent with the work being done by other contractors. The Contractor shall make good, promptly, any injury or damage to other contractor's work caused at his hands and at his own expense, and no additional allowance will be made therefore. City of Carlsbad El Camino Real Water System Projects 06/06 (DBE) 01048 - Special Construction Conditions and Procedures - General - 2 of 3 1.8 SITE CLEARANCE A. The Contractor shall restrict his area of activity to avoid damage of trees and shrubs and shall not .remove trees unless specifically directed by the contract Plans and Specifications or at the Owner's direction. The Contractor is responsible for the disposal of all material to be removed. If burning is anticipated, the Contractor shall.obtain all necessary permits and shall give ample and proper notice to the local fire warden. B. Air fences, walls, shrubs, sprinkler/systems, substructures or any other improvement removed or disturbed by the Contractor during construction shall be replaced and/or repaired at the Contractor's expense to the satisfaction of the Owner immediately. 1.9 PUBLIC UTILITIES A. Location of utilities shown on the Plans were obtained from maps furnished by the various utility companies, but may not be entirely accurate. The Contractor shall cooperate with the utility companies' representation in the field in order to ascertain the location of the utility -lines ahead of potholing and trenching operations. The Contractor shall excavate and expose all utilities crossing the alignment or parallel to it, and within 5 feet from the alignment, prior to the submittal of shop drawings for pipe and fittings, in order that any adjustments to the alignment and/or grade of the proposed work requires modifications or /"**s\ • redesign; ^ ; . vv^ PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Applicable) , PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Applicable) ; ENDOFSECTION - , o City of Carlsbad ,• El Camino Real Water System Projects 06/06 (DBE) •'.... . 01048 - Special Construction Conditions and Procedures - General -3.of 3 SECTION 01500 CONSTRUCTION FACILITIES AND TEMPORARY CONTROLS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 Work Included Mobilization, storage yard, temporary utilities, security, access roads and parking areas, temporary controls and traffic regulation. . .t • • ' .'..-.'•.. .. ^ 1.2 Related Work A. Section 01040: Coordination B. Section 01300: Shop Drawing Submittals C. Section 01700: Contract Closeout D. City of Carlsbad - Supplemental Provisions 1.3 Submittals A. Storage yard description shall describe Contractor's proposed methods for dust and noise control in storage areas to satisfaction of Owner. B. Property owner's written approval of storage yard shall be submitted along with District Planning Department permit for use of prpperty used as storage yard for project. Conform to setbacks and other conditions required by District or County regulations or permits. C, Submit shop'drawings and stamped calculations for the trench plates, including details of installation per City of Carlsbad's requirements. 1.4 Mobilization A. Obtain temporary easements, which Contractor may require for construction activities outside of existing easements and/or rights of way secured by Owner, at . Contractor's expense. B. When using vacant property to park and service and store products, obtain approval from Engineer and permit from District Planning Department. Notify adjacent property owners of this proposed use. Obtain written approval from : property owner stating requirements which are a condition of this approval. C. Remove obstruction in right-of-way before starting construction. Where private property, such as parked cars, must be removed prior to construction, notify ; respective property owners 72 hours in advance of right of way clearing to allow; them to remove their property. City of Carlsbad El Camino Real Water System Projects 06/06 (DBE) " 01.50.0 Construction Facilities and Temporary Controls -1 of 4 1.5 Temporary Utilities —*. A. Construction power shall be purchased or generated on-site for constructing work where existing outlets are not available. B. Construction water shall be clean and free from objectionable deleterious amounts of acids, alkalies, salts, or organic materials. If water is taken through fire hydrants, coordinate and obtain appropriate equipment from the Owner. Contractor shall pay all fees and deposits required. Reserve remaining outlets for use by fire department. Unless otherwise stated, make arrangements to develop water sources, provide backflow protection and supply labor and equipment to collect, load, transport, and apply water as needed for compaction, testing, concrete work, dust control dust, and other construction use. The Contractor shall not draw water from any fire hydrant, except to extinguish a fire, without obtaining permission from the local water purveyor. C. Provide safe drinking water and sanitation facilities on jobsite at all times. D. Construction telephone shall be available at site at all times Work is in progress. Cellular phones are acceptable. 1.6 Construction Aids Trench plates, shoring, scaffolding, rigging, hoisting and services needed to safely deliver and install products shall be provided. Remove same from premises-when installation is complete. 1.7 Access Roads and Parking Areas Construct and maintain access or haul roads required for project, and personnel movement into and within construction and excavation areas, subject to prior approval by Owner. Access facilities shall provide for surface drainage. Install and remove earth ramps as needed to protect concrete and asphalt curbs. Areas used for temporary access, haul roads and access from public roads shall be graded and restored to original grade conditions to Owner's satisfaction. , Treat access roads and parking areas as needed to control dust and prevent tracking of mud onto paved streets. 1.8 Temporary Controls A. Contractor shall also adhere to the City of Carlsbad's Supplemental Provisions. B. Dust control operations shall prevent construction dust from harming or annoying persons living in or occupying buildings near Work. Use water or dust preventative to control dust. Cover or wet loads of excavated material or rubbish leaving site or of material being imported to prevent blowing dust. City of Carlsbad El Camino Real Water System Projects 4/05 (DBE). 01500 Construction Facilities and Temporary Controls-2 of 4 C. Noise control shall be done to comply with local noise ordinances. Schedule Work to comply with noise ordinances. Install sound barriers if needed to comply with noise ordinances and Contract Documents. •"•'-":'-•.•:-.. ..-•,.'-..•''•. ".'-). D. Fire danger shall be minimized at and near construction site. Protect surrounding private property from fire damage resulting from construction operations. -E. Storm water management operations shall be conducted and maintained as needed to prevent runoff or seepage from entering excavations and to control erosion in conformance with Federal, State and local regulations. F. Any erosion control measures required to meet Federal, State and local , regulations shall be designed and provided by the Contractor and included in the contract price for the work. 1.9 Traffic Regulation and Controls A. Contractor shall implement whatever traffic control measures may be required to facilitate the Work of this contract, in accordance with the encroachment permit, the traffic control plans and the direction of the field engineer/inspector, at no additional cost to the Owner than that included in original contract. -.'' • •. . *> . • ' B. The traffic control devices shall be per the contract documents and the City of Carlsbad's Supplemental Provisions. The bid amount shall include all required equipment and labor to install properly working devices. C.\ The permanent traffic control devices, such as video detection, advanced loops, etc., shall be per City of Carlsbad's Supplemental Provisions prior written approval. The pipeline contractor shall be responsible for repair of all advanced traffic loops damaged by the installation of a transmission main and pressure reducing vault. ,f .... _ D. All traffic devices shall be coordinated with the project documents for Schedule A through D. - 1.10 Unit Prices A. Payment for mobilization, demobilization, including payment for construction, modification, maintenance, removal and restoration associated with access, and storage facilities, will be included in the price bid for major items of Work for which mobilization is required. B. Payment for construction surveying and staking will be included in the price bid for items of Work for which alignment or limits must be staked. City of Carlsbad . , El Camino Real Water System Projects 06/06 (DBEJ: 01500 Construction Facilities and Temporary Controls-3 of 4 C. Payment for verification of field dimensions and utility locations will be included in the price bid for items of Work which may require relocation or refitting if field dimensions differ from those shown on plans. •• D. Payment for water to be furnished by Contractor for construction use will be included in the price bid for items to which it is appurtenant. Payment under these items will include full compensation for furnishing labor, products, tools and equipment and doing work necessary to develop sufficient water supply and furnishing necessary equiprhent for applying water as specified. E. Payment for power to be furnished by Contractor for construction use will be included in the price bid for items to which it is appurtenant. Payment under these items will include full compensation for furnishing labor, products, tools, and equipment and doing work necessary to obtain and distribute power for construction purposes. F. Payment for dust control, including dust palliatives and water supply and application will be included in the price bid for items of work for which dust control during construction is appurtenant. G.1 Payment for costs arising from fire or prevention of fire will be included in the price bid for items of work for which fire protection during construction is needed. H. Payment for noise control fadilities will be included in the price bid for items of ^^ work where noise control facilities are required during construction. fj PART 2 -PRODUCTS (Not Applicable) PART 3-EXECUTION (Not Applicable) END OF SECTION o City of Carlsbad , . El Cam ino Real Water System Projects 4/05 (DBE) • 01500 Construction Facilities and Temporary Controls - 4 of 4 SECTION 01530 PROTECTION OF EXISTING UTILITIES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SCOPE This section addresses verification and protection of existing utilities encountered during the course of construction. . 1.2 RELATED WORK A. Section 02225: Utility Crossings B. CMWD Standard Specifications 1.3 DRAWINGS The Consulting Engineer has endeavored to determine the existence of utilities at the site of the work from the records of the owners of known utilities in the vicinity of the work. The positions of these utilities as derived from such records are shown on the Plans/The service connections to these utilities may not be shown on the Plans. PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Applicable) PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 CONTRACTOR'S DUTIES Prior to excavating the Contractor shall notify Underground Service Alert. The Contractor shall be responsible for verifying the actual location and elevation of all utilities in the field prior to start of construction by potholing all crossings, connections and parallel utilities which may impact the waterline installations by hand excavation methods. The Contractor shall protect all existing utilities from damage, whether they are shown on the plans or not. The existing utilities are to remain in place and be protected against damage during construction operations. The Contractor shall not interrupt existing utilities except when authorized in writing by the District. If the existing utilities interfere with construction, the Contractor shall submit drawings showing methods, material and sequences of operation for continuing construction and maintaining utility service. The Contractor shall not turn off or shut down any utilities. No additional cost will be accepted nor time extension granted, if a delay in work is caused by failure to comply with this requirement. END OF SECTION City of Carlsbad . El Camino Real Water System Projects 06/06 (DBE). -^ 01530 ;• Protection of Existing Utilities -1 of. 1 SECTION 01580 PROJECT IDENTIFICATION AND SIGNS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION A. Furnish, install and maintain temporary project identification and informational signs. B. The CONTRACTOR will include in the bid the cost to provide, install and maintain, at the worksite, two Project Identification Signs per contract or project number. CONTRACTOR will be required to provide the sign, mount the sign in a manner and location approved by the DISTRICT and return the sign to the DISTRICT upon acceptance of the project by the City. A sign permit, if required, will be obtained by the CONTRACTOR at no cost to the DISTRICT. C. No signs except those specified shall be displayed unless approved by DISTRICT. 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Submit in accordance with prescribed Shop Drawing procedure. B. Include the following information:-.- • .• ,, 1. Type of grade of materials. 2. Layout, size, trim, framing, supports and coatings. 3. Size and style of lettering. 4. Samples of colors. 1.3 CONSTRUCTION SIGN AGE A. Use 3/4-inch exterior grade plywood unless shown otherwise or approved. B; Use, trim, mitered on all edges. C. Design signs and supports to withstand 75 mile per hour wind. D. Paint with exterior gloss-finish enamel. Sign painter shall be a professional in the type work required. o City of Carlsbad El Camino Real Water System Projects 06/06 (DBE) • 01580 Project Identification and Signs-1 of 2 E. Provide two (2) 4'x 8'project signs mounted to 4'x 4'posts. Submit detailed shop drawings for approval of verbiage and appearance. As a minimum, the verbiage should contain the City of Carlsbad symbol, project name, CIP number and anticipated duration of construction. 1.5 INSTALLATION AND MAINTENANCE A. Location of signs shall be as directed by the DISTRICT. B. Maintain signs so they are clean, legible and upright. Keep grass and weeds cut -'.'.'•.' away from signs. C. Repair and repaint damaged signs. Relocate signs as required by progress of the Work. ' • • ; . - •. . • • • ••.'.--, -... D. Remove signs when project is completed or when directed by DISTRICT. PART 2-PRODUCTS (Not Applicable) PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Applicable) ™ ENDOFSECTION City of Carlsbad . El Camino Real Water System Projects 06/06 (DBE) 01580 Project Identification and Signs-2 of 2 SECTION 01600 MATERIAL AND EQUIPMENT PART1 -GENERAL 1.1 Work Included Transportation and handling, storage and protection, acceptable manufacturers, and procedures for seeking substitutions. 1.2 Related Work : A. -Section 01300: Shop DrawingrSubmittals -.-..•. B. Section 01700: Contract Closeout i . • ; ' " • •" •' • •*'•:'" ' - • • ' . 1.3 Submittals Supplemental information, including certification of compliance, transcripts of acceptance tests, samples, names and addresses of nearest local representatives and list of three installations, shall be submitted at Owner's request for product substitutions. 1.4 Quality Assurance If products are furnished which differ from those shown and which require changes to enclosures, mounting and support structures, power and control circuitry or other work to accommodate furnished product, provide changes required at no additional cost to Owner and of same quality as shown. 1.5 Delivery. Storage and Handling Deliver products to jobsite in manufacturer's original, unopened, labeled packaging. Construction working hours shall be followed for product deliveries. Not deliveries shall be made within the public right-of-way during non-approved time durations as indicated as indicated in Section 01048. Oil lubricated gearing, bearings and other lubricated components shall be shipped with oil soluble protective coating as described in warranty requirements or recommended by manufacturer. Coating shall provide protection for one year after final acceptance. Protect products against moisture, temperature extremes, dust, debris, tampering, vandalism, ultraviolet radiation, or damage from improper handling, storage, or exposure. Protect exposed metals from rust and corrosion even though they will be sandblasted or otherwise cleaned before painting. Clean and protect machined surfaces and shafting from corrosion using proper type and amount of coating as described in warranty requirements to assure protection to one year after final acceptance. City of Carlsbad •'- •' ••'- • ' El Camino Real Water System Projects 06/06(DBE)~ = :- , ;•&.:-'•' 01600 - Material and Equipment -1 of 2 Store items not designed for outdoor exposure off ground and under cover. Handle products with care and using proper equipment according to manufacturer's recommendations. Lift large heavy items only at points designated by manufacturer. Do not drop, drag, bump or handle products in manner that causes bruises, cracks, scratches or other damage. Use padded slings and hooks for lifting as needed to prevent damage. Improper handling shall be cause to reject mishandled products. Inspect each product item for damage, defects, completeness and correct operation before installing. Notify Owner in writing if delivered or stored product is damaged. Do not repair damaged products without prior written approval. . Maintain records for Owner's review of deliveries to show Contractor's order number, purchase order number and equipment number. Include labeling or shipping tag in records. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 Acceptable Manufacturers Products of listed acceptable, manufacturers shall meet specifications notwithstanding the fact that manufacturer is "listed". Owner reserves right to reject submittals and products from "acceptable manufacturers" if they fail to demonstrate compliance with specifications. 2.2 Materials and Equipment Materials and materials sources shall be approved by Owner at least three days before use of materials in Work. Similar items on project shall be products of same manufacturer. Corresponding parts of identical products shall be interchangeable. Mating ends of pipe shall match. Design and fabrication of products shall ensure products withstand stresses and loads which may occur during testing, installation, start-up and normal operation. Furnish mounts, guides, bearing plates, flanges, anchor and attachment bolts and screws, saddles, supports, pads and skids necessary to securely mount products and equipment. PART 3-EXECUTION (Not Applicable) END OF SECTION City of Carlsbad El Camino Real Water System Projects 06/06 (DBE); 01600 -Material and Equipment -2 of 2 SECTION 01700 CONTRACT CLOSEOUT PART 1 - GENERAL , ... • . . "> 1.1 Work Included • * -j - • • • - Specific administrative procedures, closeout submittals, and forms to be used at substantial completion and final completion of Work, and project record documents. 1.2 Related Work A. Section 01300: Shop Drawing Submittals B. Section 01410: Testing and Inspection of Earthwork and Concrete C. Section 01710: Cleaning and Final Cleaning 1.3 Quality Assurance Upon completion of Contract, Work shall be finished, tested .and ready for operation. Work -shall fulfill its intended purpose as described in Contract Documents, in submittals, and in manufacturer's literature. : ^ , Where connections or disruptions have been made to existing work, repair,.reactivate, refill v~v and recharge components, restoring them to preconstruction conditions. Follow procedures of authorities having Ownership or jurisdiction for work involving existing utilities and services. 1.4 Project Record Documents Final record drawings shall be prepared from survey notes, field notes and system demonstration logs and shall be submitted in ink on sepia mylar prints bearing seal of registered land surveyor who performed survey for record drawings. Note hydraulic and electric equipment control settings used for system demonstration on record drawings. Record changes neatly and accurately using 1/8-inch size lettering and dimensions. Monument survey showing record locations of monuments or benchmarks disturbed and reset by Contractor shall be sealed by surveyor and submitted to Owner. i • .' ' • • .'.,'• •*• 1.5 Unit Prices Payment for record drawings required in Contract Documents will be included in the price bid for items of work for which record drawings are required. 50% of the lump sum bid price after Contractor submits record drawings for initial review by the Owner. City of Carlsbad El Camino Real Water System Projects 06/06 (DBE) 01700-Contract Closeout-1 of 2 50% of the lump sum bid price after Contractor submits final record drawings incorporating or responding to the comments of Owner. 1.5 Warranty • Warranties shall cover improper assembly or erection, defective workmanship and products, and incorrect or inadequate operation. For equipment bearing manufacturer's warranty in excess of one year, furnish copy of warranty to Owner named as beneficiary. PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Applicable) PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 Adjusting and Cleaning Valve box cover elevations are not shown on drawings. Determine and set cover elevations in field so that finished rim elevations are flush with finished pavement where directed by Owner's Representative. 3.2 Extra Stock/Spare Parts , ^^ Spare parts required shall be delivered in manufacturer's original containers labeled to completely describe contents and equipment for which it is furnished. END OF SECTION City of Carlsbad El Camino Real Water System Projects 06/06 (DBE) • . 01700-ContractCloseout-2of2 SECTION 01710 CLEANING AND FINAL CLEANING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 Work Included Cleaning during construction and final cleaning on completion of the Work. Provisons noted in Section 7-8 of the supplemental provisions. 1.2 Cleaning During Construction Maintain areas covered by Contract, adjacent properties, and public access roads. Keep these areas free from waste, debris and rubbish caused by construction. Conduct cleaning and disposal to comply with local ordinances and antipollution laws. Do not burn or bury rubbish and waste materials on project site. Do not dispose of volatile wastes, such as mineral spirits, oil or paint thinner, in storm or sanitary drains. Do not dispose of wastes into streams or waterways. Use only cleaning materials recommended by manufacturer of surface to be cleaned. . Wet down dry materials and rubbish to prevent blowing dust. , -X Provide containers for collection and disposal of waste materials, debris and rubbish. vv Clean public access roads to site. Remove material falling from haul trucks. 1.3 Final Cleaning Restore construction areas to preconstruction conditions after completing of Work and immediately before final inspection. Restore lines and grades of areas used for earthwork storage. Clean, sweep, and wash Work and equipment including finishes. Remove grease, dust, dirt, stains, labels, fingerprints and foreign materials from sight- exposed interior and exterior finished surfaces. Polish surfaces so designated. Repair, patch and touch up marred surfaces to specified finish to match adjacent surfaces. Broom-clean paved surfaces. Rake-clean other surfaces of grounds. Remove from Owner's property temporary structures and materials, equipment and appurtenances not required as part of, or appurtenant to, completed Work. City of Carlsbad El Camino Real Water System Projects 06/06 (DBE) 01710 - Cleaning and Final Cleaning -1 of 2 After Work is complete, remove from site loose concrete, lumber, wire, aggregate or rock • piles, reinforcing, rubbish, debris and materials not incorporated in Work. Remove excess pointing mortar materials and other debris within pipes. 1.4 Unit Prices Payment for cleaning will be included in items of Work to which cleaning is appurtenant. PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Applicable) PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Applicable) END OF SECTION City of Carlsbad El Camino Real Wate'r System Projects 06/06 (DBE) 01710-Cleaningand Final Cleaning-2of 2 SECTION 01720 AS-BUILT DRAWINGS PART 1 - SCOPE 1.1 . General Requirements Contractor shall keep accurate and legible records on a single set of full size project blueline prints of the Drawings. Make the as-built drawings available for review by Owner in Contractor's field office. Maintain as-built drawings on an up-to-date basis with all entries reviewed by Resident Engineer. Protect the as-built set from damage or loss. 1.2 Detailed Requirements The Contractor shall provide As-Built Drawings which shall clearly show all differences between the contract Work as drawn and as installed for all concealed construction, as well as construction added to the Contract which is not indicated on the Contract Drawings. ^Concealed shall mean construction installed underground or in an area which cannot be /^\ readily inspected by use of access panels, inspection plates or other removable features. v__y Show all changes in the Work, or Work added on the As-Built Drawings in a contrasting color. In showing changes in the Work, or added Work, use the same legends that are used on the Contract Drawings. Indicate exact locations by dimensions and exact elevations. Give dimensions from a permanent point. Record by marking on the Drawings all changes in the Work which occur during construction, including adding approved change orders. Show locations by key dimensions, depths, elevations of all underground lines, conduit runs, sensor lines, valves, capped ends, branch fittings, pull boxes, etc. Record information on how to maintain and/or service concealed Work. Make a record of finalized hydraulic and electrical equipment control settings in the tables and spaces provided on the Drawings. PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Applicable) o City of Carlsbad El Cam ino Real Water System Projects 06/06 (DBE) 01720-As-Built Drawings-lot 2 PART 3-EXECUTION 3.1 General Deliver the marked as-built set of Drawings to the Owner prior to acceptance of the Work. END OF SECTION City of Carlsbad El Cam ino Real Water System Projects 06/06 (DBE), . 01720-As-Built Drawings-2 of 2 SECTION 02130 REMOVAL AND RESURFACING OF PAVEMENT SURFACES ^ PARTI-GENERAL 1.1 Description Street pavement and surfaces shall be removed and replaced in all areas of construction excavation in conformance with details shown on the Plans and/or as specified herein. Resurfacing of existing pavement and surfaces damaged or removed in connection with the construction of project improvements including all appurtenances, shall conform to the provisions of permits issued by the local governing body, agency or association having jurisdiction of public and private streets for work performed within the rights-of-way of the respective governing body, agency or association. 1.2 Related Work Described Elsewhere The Contractor shall refer to the following Specification section(s) for additional requirements: A. Asphaltic Concrete Pavement: City of Carlsbad - Supplement Part 2 1.3 Submittals Submittals shall be provided as required in the related section(s) of the Specifications for the appropriate material. 1.4 Payment Payment for the Work in this section shall be included as part of the lump sum or unit-price bid amount for which such Work is appurtenant thereto. PART 2 - MATERIALS AND EXECUTION 2.1 Earthwork Earthwork shall conform to the provisions of the City of Carlsbad - Supplement Part 2 and Section 02223, Trenching, Excavation, Backfilling and Compacting. 2.2 Pavement Removal A. General: Street pavement or existing road surfacing shall be removed within the limits of all construction excavations prior to proceeding with excavation operations of any nature. Surplus material shall be removed as specified in the Specifications. Prior to removal of existing surfacing, pavement cuts for pipelines shall be made as shown on the Plans and/or specified herein. All pavement cuts for pipelines shall be neat and straight along both sides of the trench and parallel to the alignment of the pipe to provide an unfractured and level pavement joint for City of Carlsbad El Camino Real Water System Projects 06/06 (DBE) r" 02130 - Removal and Resurfacing of Pavement Surfaces -1 of 4 bonding existing surfacing with pavement replacement. Where large irregular surfaces are removed, such trimming or cutting as hereinafter provided shall be parallel with roadway centerline or at right angles to the same. All cut edges shall provide clean, solid vertical faces free from all loose material. B. Portland Cement Concrete Surfaces: Concrete pavement, including cross gutters, curbs and gutters, sidewalks, driveways, and concrete surfaces of whatever nature, shall be saw cut to a minimum depth of 21/a-inches prior to removal in accordance with details shown on the Plans or as specified herein. Said saw cut shall be made at the;edge of the trench and/or excavation. With the written permission of the Owner's Representative pneumatic tools or other approved equipment may be used to cut concrete pavement prior to removal at the limits of the excavation. In such an event, the saw cut as provided herein, shall be made after backfilling, and the additional concrete pavement shall be removed and disposed of by the Contractor prior to resurfacing. . •• ' C. Plant Mix Surfacing (Asphalt Concrete Pavement): Streets, alleys and areas surfaced with asphalt concrete pavement shall be initially cut by means of pneumatic pavement cutters or other approved equipment at the limits of the trench and/or excavation prior to removal of surfacing. Pavement saw-cutting will be required within the right-of-way of the county roads and highways, or as required by local governing bodies. D. Road-Mixed Surfacing: Streets; alleys and areas surfaced with road-mixed surfacing shall be cut at the limits of the trench and/or excavation prior to removal of existing surfacing. Cuts may be made with pneumatic tools or other approved equipment. The extra trimming width by saw cuts prior to resurfacing will not be required unless otherwise specified. 2.3 Asphalt Concrete Resurfacing In all areas in which the surface is removed, broken, or damaged by equipment, or in which the ground has caved in or settled due to the installation of the improvements, the surface shall be restored to the original grade and crown section by the Contractor at his own expense; In the absence of specific designation on the Plans, and where the street has been improved with roadway surface, base course, curb, sidewalk or gutter, trenches, or damaged sections shall be restored with the type of improvement conforming to that which existed at the time the Contractor entered upon the Work. Prior to resurfacing, the existing surfacing shall be removed as provided above. All Work shall match the appearance of the existing improvements and finished pavement shall not deviate from existing grade by more than 1/8- inch in 10-feet and shall be free from ruts, depressions, and irregularities. Where large irregular surfaces are to be resurfaced, existing surfacing shall be cut and removed as provided herein. Asphaltic emulsion shall be applied to the vertical faces of all asphaltic .concrete pavement against which the pavement replacement materials are to be placed. The completed surface, when ready for acceptance, shall be thoroughly compacted, true to grade and cross section, and shall be free from ruts, depressions, and irregularities. City of Carlsbad . . . El Camino Real Water System Projects 06/06 (DBE) 02130-Removal and Resurfacing of Pavement Surfaces -2 of 4 Asphalt pavement shall be replaced 1-inch thicker than that removed. Aggregate base shall be a minimum of 4-inches thick. The trench section shall be lapped at least 12-inches on each side and shall be hand raked so that the lapped section will feather-in smoothly with the existing pavement. The resulting edge of contact between the new and existing pavement on each side shall parallel the existing trench and be a straight and neat join line. 2.4 Resurfacing of Concrete Surfaces Portland concrete cement pavement surfaces shall be replaced in kind, with an aggregate base layer 8-inches minimum thickness. Minimum thickness of concrete pavement shall be equal to that removed. Portland cement concrete sidewalks shall be replaced to the nearest scoreline or over a sufficient width to replace any portions of the sidewalk damaged, fragmented, cracked, or otherwise made unusable as a result of construction operations. Minimum thickness of concrete shall be 4-inches. 2.5 Portland Cement Concrete ' Portland cement concrete shall be Class B and shall conform to Section 40 of the State Standard Specifications and the Specifications. Concrete shall be placed over the width of the excavated trench where the edge of the trench is more than 2-feet from the edge of an existing concrete excavation and is within 2-feet of the existing gutter. , 2.6 Temporary Paving All pavement removal for trenching operations shall be replaced with 2-inches of temporary paving mix after compaction is approved by the Owner's Representative or within three days after the installation of the pipe, whichever comes first. The temporary patch shall conform to the City of San Marcos'requirements. Cross streets and all accesses shall be paved with temporary pavement on the same day that excavation is made. Temporary pavement shall be maintained so that a smooth traversable surface is available at all times for vehicular traffic, free from ruts, depressions, holes, and loose gravel. Cost for temporary paving shall be included in the contract unit prices for the Work, and no extra compensation will be made to the Contractor. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 Removal and Re-Pavinq A; All asphalt pavement removal and re-paving shall be in accordance with the City of Carlsbad's guidelines, and shall include sawcut, grinding, compaction and placement as indicated in the standard guidelines. * O City of Carlsbad El Camino Real Water System Projects 06/06 (DBE) 02130-Removal and Resurfacing of Pavement Surfaces-3 of 4 B. Sawcut or edge of trench patches shall not be located where typical wheel tracking occur. Any excess excavation, grinding and .patch required shall be included in the bid price. END OF SECTION City of Carlsbad . El Camino Real Water System Projects 06/06 (DBE) 02130-Removal and Resurfacing of Pavement Surfaces-4 of 4 !-"••• SECTION 02223 . x*^ TRENCHING, EXCAVATION, BACKFILLING, AND COMPACTING ("j PART1 GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION A. This section includes materials, testing, and installation for trench excavation, backfill, and compaction of piping, conduit, manholes, and vaults. 1.2 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. The publications listed below form part of this specification to the extent referenced and are referred to in the text by the basic designation only. Reference shall be made to the latest edition of said standards unless otherwise called for. ASTMC131 - Test Method for Resistance to Degradation of Small-Size Coarse Aggregate by Abrasion and Impact in the Los Angeles Machine ASTMC150 - Portland Cement ASTM D 75 - Practice for Sampling Aggregates ASTM 1 556 - Test Method for Density and Unit Weight of Soil in Place by the Sand-Cone method ASTM D 1557 - Test Method for Moisture-Density Relations of Soils Using a Modified Effort ASTM D 241 9 - Test Method for Sand Equivalent Values of Soil and Fine Aggregate ASTM D 30 17 - Test Method for Water Content of Soil and Rock in Place by Nuclear Methods ASTM D 3776 - Test Method for Mass Per Unit Area (Weight) of Woven Fabric ASTM D 4253 - Test Methods for Maximum Index Density and Unit Weight of Soils Using a Vibratory Plate ASTM D 4254 - Test Methods for Minimum Index Density and Unit Weight of Soils and Calculation of Relative Density ASTM D 4632 - Test Method for Grab Breaking Load and Elongation of Geotextiles ASTM D 4751 - Test Method for Determining the Apparent Opening Size of a Geotextile CAL-OSHA - Title 8 General Industry Safety Orders 1.3 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE A. Standard Specifications 15000, 15044, 15056, 15061 and 15064. 1.4 GEOTECHNICAL TESTING The Developer or Contractor shall engage the services of a geotechnical engineering firm or individual licensed in the State of California to monitor soil conditions during earthwork, trenching, bedding, backfill, and compaction operations. Sampling and testing procedures shall be performed in accordance with the Reference Standards and as follows: JUNE 2006 Page 1 of 10 SECTION 02223 Trenching, Excavation, Backfilling, and Compacting A. The soils technician shall be present at the site during all backfill and compaction operations. Failure to have the soils technician present will subject such operations to rejection. B. Density and optimum moisture content of soil shall be determined by the use of the sand cone method, ASTM D 1556, or nuclear density gauge method, ASTM D 2922 & D 3017. Since the composition of the pipe and the walls of the trench have an effect on the nuclear density gauge output, a minimum of 25% of the density and optimum moisture tests shall be made using the sand cone method. C. Determine laboratory moisture-density relations of existing soil by ASTM D 1557, Method C and/or D. D. Determine the relative density of cohesion less soils by ASTM D 1557, Method C and/or D. E. Sample backfill material by ASTM D 75. F. Express "relative compaction" as a percentage of the ratio of the in-place dry density to the laboratory maximum dry density. A report of all soils tests performed shall be stamped and signed by the soils firm or individual and shall be submitted by the Contractor prior to the filling of the Notice of • Completion by the District. The report shall document the sampling and testing of , materials; the location and results of all tests performed, and shall certify that materials . and work are in compliance with this specification. 1.5 PIPE ZONE The pipe zone includes the full-width of the trench from 6-inches below the bottom of the pipe to 12-inches above the top of the pipe and extends into manhole or vault excavations to the point of connection to or penetration of such structure. 1.6 TRENCH ZONE The trench zone includes the portion of the trench from the top of the pipe zone to the bottom of the pavement zone in paved areas, or to the existing surface in unpaved areas, and extends into manhole or vault excavations above the pipe zone. 1.7 PAVEMENT ZONE The pavement zone includes the concrete or asphalt concrete pavement and aggregate base section placed over the trench zone and extends into manhole or vault excavations above the trench zone. , ; 1.8 PROTECTION OF EXISTING UTILITIES AND FACILITIES ) . The Contractor shall be responsible for the care and protection of all existing utilities, facilities, and structures that may be encountered in or near the area of the work. JUNE 2006 Page 2 of 10 SECTION 02223 . , Trenching, Excavation, Backfilling, and Compacting 1.9 PROTECTION OF EXISTING LANDSCAPING The Contractor shall be responsible for the protection of all the trees, shrubs, fences, and other landscape items adjacent to or within the work area. . • : 1.10 ACCESS The Contractor shall provide continuous, unobstructed access to all driveways, water valves, hydrants, or other property or facilities within or adjacent to the work areas. 1.11 SAFETY A. Protection of workers within trenches shall be as required by the California Labor Code. B. All excavations shall be performed in a safe manner and shall be protected and supported in accordance with CAL-OSHA regulations. C. Barriers and traffic delineators shall be placed in accordance with the requirements of the agency having jurisdiction. . - 1.12 BLASTING Blasting for excavation shall not be performed without the written permission of the •District Procedures and methods of blasting shall conform to alf Federal, State, and local laws and ordinances. * ;" . : 1.13 PIPE JACKING Pipe jacking may be permitted in accordance with Section 15125. District approval is required in advance of such operations. . 1.14 EXCESS EXCAVATED MATERIAL A. The Contractor shall remove and legally dispose of all excess excavated material and demolition debris. B. It is the intent of these specifications that all surplus material shall be legally disposed of by the Contractor. Before acceptance of the work by District, the Contractor shall provide the District with written releases signed by all property owners with whom the Contractor has entered into agreements for disposing of excess excavated material, absolving the District from any liability connected therewith. 1.15 CHANGES IN LINE AND GRADE In the event obstructions not shown on the plans are encountered during the progress of the work, and which will require alterations to the plans, the Engineer shall have the authority to change the plans and order the necessary deviation from the line and grade. The Contractor shall not deviate from the specified line and grade without prior written approval by the District. JUNE 2006 Page 3 of 10 SECTION 02223 Trenching, Excavation, Backfilling, and Compacting o <t 1.16 HYDROSTATIC TESTING Pre-testing of the piping system may be performed for the Contractor's convenience at any time. However, the final hydrostatic pressure test, as described in Section 15044, shall be performed following the completion of all backfilling and trench zone compaction with a minimum of 2.5-feet of material over the pipe. PART 2 MATERIALS 2.1 GENERAL The Contractor shall furnish backfill material as specified below. All materials used in and above the pipe zone shall be capable of attaining the required relative density. 2.2 IMPORTED SAND - PIPE ZONE Imported Granular Material shall be used wjthin the Pipe Zone for installations of PVC Pressure Pipe, Ductile-Iron Pipe, Cement-Mortar Coated Steel Pipe, Tape-Wrapped Steel Pipe, and Paint-Coated Pipe. . The Imported Granular Material shall be sand (natural1 or manufactured) or quarry waste (decomposed granite) free from asphalt, clay balls, organic, or other deleterious matter. Material shall have a sand equivalent value of not less than 30 per ASTM D 2419, a coefficient of uniformity of 3 or greater, and shall conform to the following gradation: ** U.S. Standard Sieve Size 1-Inch 3/4-Inch No. 4 No. 30 No. 200 Percent Passing by Weight 100 75-100 35-75 10-45 3-9 Resistivity for imported sand shall be not less than 2,000 ohm-cm when measured in accordance with California Test Method 643. Imported sand shall not exceed a maximum chloride concentration of 200 mg/l when measured in accordance with California Test Method -422: . ;•••••.• ' ' . • • 1Native materials may not be used in lieu of Imported Granular Material unless such materials meet all of the requirements specified above. 2.3 CRUSHED ROCK - PIPE ZONE Crushed Rock shall be used in the Pipe Zone on PVC Gravity Sewer Pipe. Crushed rock shall be clean, crushed stone free of organic matter. Crushed rock shall be certified to contain less than 1% asbestos by weight or volume and shall conform to the following gradation and requirements: JUNE 2006 Page 4 of 10 SECTION 02223 Trenching, Excavation, Backfilling, and Compacting U.S.Standard Sieve Size " 1-Inch 3/4-Inch 1/2-Inch 3/8-Inch No. 4 No. 8 ASTM C 131 Testing Grade Percent Passing by Weight 100 90-100 30-60 0-20 0-5 — B Test Percentage Wear 100 Revolutions 500 Revolutions Test Method ASTM C 131 — - — f Requirement — • 1 5 Maximum 52 Maximum 2.4 TRENCH ZONE EARTH BACKFILL Earth backfill shall be used within the Trench Zone for installations of.PVC Pressure Pipe, Ductile-Iron Pipe, Cement-Mortar Coated Steel Pipe, Tape-Wrapped Steel Pipe, and Paint- Coated Pipe. . ...','•';,' . " A. Each backfill is defined as material removed from the required excavations and used as backfill or earth fill. Earth backfill that meets the requirements specified herein may be used for all backfill or fill, except where imported materials are shown on the Plans or specified herein. Do not use stockpiled topsoil for backfill or fill. -- -• B. Earth backfill shall be excavated material that is free from organic matter; roots, debris, and rocks larger than 6 inches in the greatest dimension. C. Earth backfill used in the trench zone shall be native granular materials free from roots, debris, and organic matter with less than 50 percent passing the No. 200 sieve and with no more than 60 percent gravel (i.e., not less than 40 percent passing the No. 4 sieve) and root particles with a maximum dimension no greater than 6 inches. ' - D. Where the onsite materials are determined by the Engineer to be unsuitable, imported fill shall be provided by the Contractor. : 2.5 SAND-CEMENT SLURRY Sand-cement slurry shall consist of two sacks, 188 pounds, of Portland cement per cubic yard of sand and sufficient moisture for workability. District approval is required for use of slurry as a backfill material. 2.6 FILTER FABRIC Filter fabric shall be manufactured from polyester, nylon, or polypropylene. Material shall be of non-woven construction and shall meet the following requirements: JUNE 2006 Page 5 of 10 SECTION 02223 Trenching, Excavation, Backfilling, and Compacting Grab tensile strength (ASTM D 4632): 100 Ibs. minimum fora 1-inch raveled strip Weight (ASTM D 3776): 4.5oz./yd2) Apparent opening size (ASTM D 4751): 0.006-inch PARTS EXECUTION 3.1 CLEARING AND GRUBBING V A. Areas where work is to be performed shall be cleared of all trees, shrubs, rubbish, and other objectionable material of any kind, which, if left in place, would interfere with the proper performance or completion of the completed work, would impair its subsequent use, or would form obstructions therein. - 6. Organic material from clearing and grubbing operations will not be incorporated in the trench backfill and shall be removed from the project site or retained and incorporated into the topsoil. . 3.2 PAVEMENT, CURB, AND SIDEWALK REMOVAL Bituminous or concrete pavements, curbs, and sidewalks shall be removed and replaced in accordance with the requirements of the agency having jurisdiction. 3.3 DEWATERING A. The Contractor shall provide and maintain at all times during construction ample means and devices to promptly remove and dispose of all water from any source entering excavations or other parts of the work. Dewatering shall be performed by methods that will ensure a dry excavation and preservation of the final lines and grades of the bottoms of excavations. Dewatering methods may include well points, sump points, suitable rock or gravel placed as pipe bedding for drainage and pumping, temporary pipelines, or other means, all subject to the approval of the District. The cost of all dewatering activities shall be borne by the Developer or Contractor. B. Sewer systems shall not be used as drains for dewatering trenches or excavations, nor for disposal of collected or accumulated groundcover, without the,approval of the agency of jurisdiction. C. Concrete shall not be poured in water, nor shall water be allowed to rise around concrete or mortar until it has set at least four hours. : D. The Contractor is responsible for meeting all Federal, State, and local laws, rules, and regulations regarding the treatment and disposal of water from dewatering operations at the construction site. . 3.4 SHORING AND SHIELDING A. The Contractor's design and installation of shoring shall be consistent with the rules, orders, and regulations of CAL-OSHA. JUNE 2006 Page 6 of 10 SECTION 02223 Trenching, Excavation, Backfilling, and Compacting B. Excavations shall be shored, sheeted, and supported such that the walls of the excavation will not slide or settle and all existing improvements of any kind, either on public or private property, will be fully protected from'damage. C. The sheeting and shoring shall be arranged so as not to place any stress on portions of the completed work until the general construction has proceeded far enough to provide ample strength. D. Care shall be exercised in the moving or removal of trench shields, sheeting, and shoring to prevent the caving or collapse of the excavation faces being supported. 3.5 CORRECTION OF OVEREXCAVATION Over-excavations shall be corrected by backfilling with approved imported granular material or crushed rock, compacted to 90% relative compaction, as directed by the District. 3.6 FOUNDATION STABILIZATION A. When unsuitable soil materials are encountered, the unsuitable material shall be removed to the depth determined necessary in the field by the Soils Technician, and as acceptable to the District. The sub-grade shall be restored with compacted Imported Granular Material or crushed rock as recommended by the Soils Technician. Place the appropriate bedding or base material on this restored foundation. B. When rock encroachment is encountered, the rock shall be removed to a point below the intended trench or excavation sub-grade as determined necessary in the field by the Soils Technician, and as acceptable to the District. The sub-grade shall be restored with compacted Imported Granular Material as recommended by the Soils Technician. Place the appropriate bedding or base material on this restored foundation. C. When excessively wet, soft, spongy, or similarly unstable material is encountered at the surface upon which the bedding or base material is to be placed, the unsuitable material shall be removed to the depth determined necessary in the field by the Soils Technician, and as acceptable to the District. Restore the trench with crushed rock enclosed in filter fabric as directed by the Engineer. Larger size rocks, up to 3-inches, with appropriate gradation, may be used if recommended by the Soils Technician. Place the appropriate bedding or base material on this restored foundation. 3.7 TRENCH EXCAVATION AND PLACEMENT OF BEDDING A. Excavate the trench to the lines and grades shown on the drawings with allowance for 6-inches of pipe bedding material. The trench section shall be as shown on the Standard Drawings. B. The maximum length of open trench shall be 500-feet except by permission of the District or City. The distance is the collective length at any location, including open "' excavation and.pipe laying, which has not been backfilled to the elevation of the surrounding gate. C. Trench walls shall be sloped or shored per the requirements of CAL-OSHA. JUNE 2006 Page 7 of 10 SECTION 02223 • , Trenching, Excavation, Backfilling, and Compacting o D. The trench bottom shall be graded to provide a smooth, firm, and stable foundation that is free from rocks and other obstructions. E. Place the specified thickness of bedding material over the full width of the trench. Grade the top of the pipe base ahead of the pipe laying to provide a firm, uniform support along the full length of pipe. P. Excavate bell holes at each joint to permit proper assembly and inspection of the entire joint. G. Trenches for main pipelines and all appurtenances shall be backfilled with the materials and methods as specified for the Pipe Zone, Trench Zone, and Pavement Zone. H. Trench widths shall be in accordance with the Standard Drawings. Trench depth shall be as required to install pipelines in accordance with the Approved Plans and these Standard Specifications. Unless shown otherwise in the Approved Plans, the minimum cover for pipelines shall be as follows: Pipeline Application . Potable Water Recycled Water Sewer Minimum Cover Required 36-inches 48-inches 60-inches 3.8" MANHOLE ACCESS HOLES AND VAULTS "-....- A. The Contractor shall prepare an excavation large enough to accommodate the structure and permit grouting of openings and backfilling operations. The walls of the excavation • shall be sloped or shored per the requirements of CAL-OSHA. . B. Manholes, Access holes and vaults shall be placed at the location and elevation shown on the plans, on undisturbed soils and 6-inches of compacted crushed rock base. , C. Manhole, Access hole and vault excavations shall be backfilled with the materials and methods as specified for the Pipe Zone, Trench Zone, and Pavement Zone. 3.9 COMPACTION REQUIREMENTS A. -.. Compaction shall be accomplished by mechanical means. Consolidation by water settling methods such as jetting or flooding is prohibited. > .„.,,- =. - • • . '..'"' " - B. If the backfill fails to meet the specified relative compaction requirements, the backfill shall be reworked until the requirements are met. All necessary excavations for density tests shall be made as directed by the Soils Technician, and as acceptable to the Engineer. The requirements of the Agency having jurisdiction shall prevail on all public roads. C. " Compaction tests shall be performed at random depths, and at random intervals not to exceed 150-feet, as directed by the Soils Technician or District. JUNE 2006 « Page 8 of 10 SECTION 02223 : - - . Trenching, Excavation, Backfilling, and Compacting oD. • Relative compaction shall be determined by the impact or field compaction test made in accordance with ASTMD 1557 Procedure C. : E. Unless otherwise shown on the drawings or otherwise described in the specifications for ••."•• the particular type of pipe installed, relative compaction in pipe trenches shall be as follows: . 1. Pipe zone - 90% relative compaction. 2. Trench zone - 90% relative compaction. 3. Structural section in paved areas - per agency requirements, 95% minimum. 4. Imported Granular Material for over excavation or foundation stabilization - 90% relative density. F. All excavations are subject to compaction tests. 3.10 PIPE ZONE BACKFILL A. Care shall be taken in placing the imported granular backfill material simultaneously around the main pipeline and appurtenance pipes so that the pipe barrel is completely supported and that no voids or uncompacted areas are left beneath the pipe or on the sides of the pipe. Care shall be taken to place material simultaneously on both sides of the pipe to prevent lateral movement. This area shall be mechanically compacted to attain 90% relative density. Care shall be taken when compacting appurtenance laterals 2-inches and smaller to prevent the crushing or denting of the copper lateral. Additional i lifts of 12-inches or less thickness may be required on 16-inch or larger diameter pipe to /*"\ attain complete support of the haunch area. Soils tests may be taken on this layer or \ / backfill. ••••.-••; " ' :•••'•:• •;;• •- - B. After the spring line backfill has been approved by the Soils Technician, backfill of the remainder of the Pipe Zone may proceed. Do not drop sharp, heavy pieces of material ; directly onto the pipe or the tamped material around the pipe, i . C. Place and compact the imported granular material at a maximum of 12-inch lifts. Compact all material placed in the Pipe Zone by mechanical methods. Sand cone tests shall be taken on this layer of backfill. ..-...'/, D. The use'of a backhoe mounted compaction wheel is prohibited within the pipe zone(to 24-inches above the top of the pipe. E. Under no circumstances shall consolidation by water settling or water-setting methods (i.e., jetting, diking, etc.) be permitted. - 3.11 TRENCH ZONE BACKFILL A. After the Pipe Zone material has been placed, compacted, approved by, the Soil Technician, and accepted by the. District, backfill in the Trench Zone may proceed. B. Compaction using vibratory equipment, tamping rollers, pneumatic tire rollers, or other mechanical tampers shall be performed with the type and .size of equipment necessary ."to accomplish the work. The backfill shall be placed in horizontal layers of such depths as are considered proper for the type of compacting equipment being used in relation to the backfill material being placed. Each layer shall be evenly spread, properly ^. moistened, and compacted to the specified relative density. The Contractor shall repair ( j JUNE 2006 * : Page 9 of10 ' SECTION 02223 ••••••"•' Trenching, Excavation, Backfilling, and Compacting or replace any pipe, fitting, access hole, or structure damaged by the installation operations as directed by the District. 3.12 PAVEMENT ZONE BACKFILL AND RESTORATION A. After the Trench Zone material has been placed, compacted, approved by the Soil Technician, and accepted by the District, backfill in the Pavement Zone may proceed as necessary in accordance with the requirements of the agency having jurisdiction. B. Replace bituminous and concrete pavement, curbs, and sidewalks removed or damaged during construction in accordance with the requirements of the agency having jurisdiction. END OF SECTION JUNE 2006 Page 10 of 10 SECTION 02223 Trenching, Excavation, Backfilling, and Compacting SECTION 03000 CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE PART 1 GENERAL * - . - ' !• " 1.01 DESCRIPTION This section describes materials and methods for formwork, reinforcement, mixing, placement, curing and repairs of concrete, and the use of cementitious materials and other related products. This section includes concrete, mortar, grout, reinforcement, thrust and anchor blocks, valve support blocks, and manhole bases. 1.02 REFERENCE STANDARDS The publications listed below form part of this specification to the extent referenced and are referred to in the text by the basic designation only. Reference shall be made to the latest edition of said standards unless otherwise called for. ASTMA185 - Specification for Steel Welded Wire Fabric, Plain, for Concrete Reinforcement ASTM A 615/A 615M - Specification for Deformed and Plain Billet-Steel Bars for Concrete Reinforcement ASTM C 150 - Specification for Portland Cement ASTM C 494 - Specification for Chemical Admixtures for Concrete ASTM C 881 - Specification for Epoxy-Resin-Base Bonding Systems for Concrete CRSI - Recommended Practice for Placing Reinforcing Bars SSPWC - Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction "Greenbook" 1.03 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE Standard Specifications 02223,15000, 15041, 15044, 15056, 15061, 15064, 15074, 15102, 15108 and 16640. 1.04 APPLICATIONS The following materials, referenced in other sections, shall be provided and installed in accordance with this specification for the applications noted below: A. Concrete for thrust and anchor blocks for horizontal and vertical bends, ductile-iron or steel fittings, fire hydrant bury ells, and support blocks for valves 4-inches and larger, all in accordance with the Standard Drawings. B. Concrete for collars, cradles, curbs, encasements, gutters, manhole bases, protection posts, sidewalks, splash pads, and other miscellaneous cast-in-place items. C. Mortar for filling and finishing the joints between manhole and vault sections and setting manhole grade rings and cover frames. Mortar may also be used for repairs of minor surface defects of no more than 1/4-inch in depth of 1/z-inch in width on non-structural, cast-in-place items such as splash pads or concrete rings around manholes. (Note that large voids, structural concrete and pipe penetrations into vaults shall be repaired with non-shrink grout; repairs to precast manholes and vaults and cast-in-place manhole bases shall be repaired with an epoxy bonding agent and repair mortar, as outlined below). o JUNE 2004 - Page 1 of 9 SECTION 03000 -'-••. ; " Cast-ln-Place Concrete 4ft <l D. Epoxy bonding agent for bonding repair mortar to concrete on repairs to damaged surfaces to precast or cast-in-place concrete manoles and vaults. E. Repair mortar for repair to damaged surfaces of precast or cast-in-place concrete manholes and vaults. An epoxy bonding agent shall be used in conjunction with repair mortar. . F. Non-shrink grout for general purposes repair of large construction .voids, pipe penetrations into vaults and grouting of base plates for equipment or structural members. G. Epoxy adhesives for grouting of anchor bolts. H. Protective epoxy coating for application to reinforcing steel with existing concrete structures exposed during construction. I. Damp-proofing for application to the exterior surfaces of concrete manholes and vaults located at or below the water table or where showing evidence of moisture or seepage, and as directed by the Engineer. 1.05 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING Deliver reinforcing steel to the site bundled and tagged with identification. Store on skids to keep bars clean and free of mud and debris. If contaminated, all bars shall be cleaned by wire brushing, sand blasting, or other means prior to being set in forms. PART2 MATERIALS 2.01 CONCRETE A. All Portland cement concrete shall conform to the provisions of Sections 201, 202, and 303 of the Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction (Greenbook). B. Class 560-C-3250 concrete, as described in the Greenbook, Section 201 .shall be used for all applications unless otherwise directed by the District. The maximum water/cement ratio shall be 0.53 by weight, and the maximum slump shall be 4-inches. C. In certain circumstances, rapid-setting concrete may be required. Accelerating admixtures shall conform to ASTM C-494 and may be used in the concrete mix as permitted by the District. Calcium chloride shall not be used in concrete. 2.02 REINFORCING STEEL A. Reinforcing steel shall conform to ASTM A 615, Grade 60. B. Fabricate reinforcing steel in accordance with the current edition of the Manual of Standard Practice, published by the Concrete Reinforcing Steel Institute.:.'.. .JUNE 2004 . Page 2 of 9 SECTION 03000 Cast-ln-Place Concrete 2.03 WELDED FIRE FABRIC X*N Welded wire fabric shall conform to ASTM A 185. 2.04 TIE WIRE Tie wire shall be 16-gage minimum, black, soft annealed. ••-: 2.05 BAR SUPPORTS Bar supports in beams and slabs exposed to view after removal of forms shall be galvanized or plastic coated. Use concrete supports for reinforcing in concrete placed on grade. 2.06 FORMS '•:-.•-.-. A. Forms shall be accurately constructed of clean lumber. The surface of forms against which concrete is placed shall-be smooth and free from irregularities, dents, sags or : 'holes. " ,• : -... • \ -"" f : •• .'T . ' "' * '•- B. Metal form systems may be used upon District approval. Include manufacturer's data for materials and installation with the request to use a metal form system. 2.07 MORTAR : Cement mortar shall consist of a mixture of Portland cement, sand, and water. One part cement and two parts sand shall first be combined, and then thoroughly mixed with the required amount of water. : 2.08 EPOXY BONDING AGENT The epoxy-bonding agent shallbe an epoxyrresin-based product intended for bonding new mortar to hardened concrete and shall conform to ASTM C 881. The bonding agent shall be selected from the Approved Materials List. 2.09 REPAIR MORTAR Repair mortar shall be a two-component, cement-based product specifically designed for structurally repairing damaged concrete surfaces. The repair mortar shall exhibit the properties of high compressive and bond strengths and low shrinkage. A medium-slump repair mortar shall be used on horizontal surfaces, and a non-sag, low-slump repair mortar shall be used on vertical or overhead surfaces. Repair mortar shall be selected from the Approved Materials List. 2.10 NON-SHRINK GROUT Non-shrink grout shall be a non-metallic cement-based product intended for filling general construction voids or grouting base plates for-equipment or structural members. The non-shrink grout shall exhibit the properties of high compressive and bond strengths and zero shrinkage, and shall be capable of mixing to a variable viscosity ranging from a dry pack to a fluid consistency as required for the application. The non-shrink grout shall be selected from the Approved Materials List. /""N JUNE 2004 ™. Page 3 of 9 SECTION 03000 ' " . Cast-ln-Place Concrete 2.11 EPOXY ADHESIVE Epoxy adhesive shall be a high-modulus epoxy-resin-based product intended for structural grouting of anchor bolts and dowels to concrete. The epoxy adhesives shall conform to ASTM C 881. A pourable, medium-viscosity epoxy shall be used on horizontal surfaces, and a heavy-bodied, non-sag epoxy gel shall be used on vertical surfaces. The epoxy adhesives shall be selected from the Approved Materials List. 2.12 PROTECTIVE EPOXY COATING The protective epoxy coating shall be an epoxy-resin-based product exhibiting high bond strength to steel and concrete surfaces, and shall conform to ASTM C 881. The protective epoxy coating shall be selected from the Approved Materials List. 2.13 DAMP-PROOFING FOR CONCRETE STRUCTURES Damp-proofing material shall consist of two coats of a single-component self-priming, heavy-duty cold-applied coal tar selected from the Approved Materials List. PARTS EXECUTION 3.01 FORMWORK A. The Contractor shall notify the District a minimum of one working day in advance of intended placement of concrete to enable the District to check the form lines, grades, and other required items before placement of concrete. B. The form surfaces shall be cleaned and coated with form oil prior to installation. The form surfaces shall leave uniform form marks conforming to the general lines of the structure. ~ C. The forms shall be braced to provide sufficient strength and rigidity to hold the concrete and to withstand the necessary fluid pressure and consolidation pressures without deflection from the prescribed lines. D. Unless otherwise indicated on the plans, all exposed sharp concrete edges shall be 3/4-inch chamfered. 3.02 REINFORCEMENT A. Place reinforcing steel in accordance with the current edition of Recommended Practice for Placing Reinforcing Bars, published by the Concrete Reinforcing Steel Institute. B. All reinforcing steel shall be of the required sizes and shapes and placed where shown on the drawings or as directed by the District. C. - Do not straighten or re-bend reinforcing steel in a manner that will damage the material. Do not use bars with bends not shown on the drawings. All steel shall be cold bent - do not use heat. JUNE 2004 Page 4 of 9 SECTION 03000 Cast-ln-Place Concrete D. All bars shall be free from rust, scale, oil, or any other coating that would reduce or destroy the bond between concrete and steel. E. Position reinforcing steel in accordance with the Approved Plans and secure by using annealed wire ties or clips at intersections and support by concrete or metal supports, spacers, or metal hangers. Do not place metal clips or supports in contact with the forms. Bend tie wires away from the forms in order to provide,the concrete coverage equal to that required of the bars. If required by the Engineer, the Contractor shajl install bars additional to those shown on the drawings for the purpose of securing reinforcement in position. F. Place reinforcement a minimum of 2-inches clear of any metal pipe/fittings, or exposed surfaces. G. The reinforcement shall be so secured in position that it will not be displaced during the placement of concrete. H. All reinforcing steel, wire mesh, and tie wire shall be completely encased in concrete. I. Reinforcing steel shall not be welded unless specifically required by the Approved Plans or otherwise directed by the Engineer. I. Secure reinforcing dowels in place prior to placing concrete. Do not press dowels into . the concrete after the concrete has been placed. * - ' • ' - J. Minimum lap for all reinforcement shall be 40 bar diameters unless otherwise specified /***\ on the Approved Plans. V_y K. Place.additional reinforcement around pipe penetrations or openings 6-inches diameter or larger. Replace cut bars with a minimum of 1/2 of the number of cut bars at each side of the opening, each face, each way, same size. Lap with the uncut bars a minimum of 40 bar diameters past the opening dimension. Place one same size diagonal bar at the four diagonals of the opening at 45° to the cut bars, each face. Extend each diagonal bar a minimum of 40 bar diameters past the opening dimension. L. , Wire mesh reinforcement is to be rolled flat before being placed in the form. Support and tie wire mesh to prevent movement during concrete placement. M. Extend welded wire fabric to within 2-inches of the edges of. slabs. Lap splices at least 1-1/2 courses of the fabric and a minimum of 6-inches. Tie laps and splices securely at •,-: ends and at lest every 24-inches with 16-gage black annealed steel wire. Pull the fabric .into position as the concrete is placed by means of hooks, and work concrete under the steel to ensure that it is at the proper distance above the bottom of the slab. 3.03 EMBEDDED ITEMS All embedded items, including bolts, dowels and .anchors, shall be held correctly, in place in the forms before concrete is placed. • , . o JUNE 2004 Page 5 of 9 SECTION 03000 Cast-ln-Place Concrete 3.04 MORTAR MIXING The quantity of water to be used in the preparation of mortar shall be only that required to produce a mixture sufficiently workable for the purpose intended. Mortar shall be used as soon as possible after mixing and shall show no visible sign of setting prior to use. Re-mixing of mortar by the addition of water after signs of setting are evident shall not be permitted. 3.05 MIXING AND PLACING CONCRETE A. All concrete shall be placed in forms before taking its initial set. B. No concrete shall be placed in water except with permission of the District. C. As the concrete is placed in forms, or in rough excavations (i.e., thrust or anchor blocks), it shall be thoroughly settled and compacted throughout the entire layer by internal vibration and tamping bars. D. All existing concrete surfaces upon which or against which new concrete is to be placed . shall be roughened, thoroughly cleaned, wetted, and grouted before the new concrete is deposited. . 3.06 CONCRETE FINISHING A. Immediately upon the removal of forms, voids shall be neatly filled with cement mortar, non-shrink grout, or epoxy bonding agent and repair mortar as required for the application and as directed by the District. . , , ... B. The surfaces of concrete exposed to view shall be smooth and free from projections or depressions. 0. Exposed surfaces of concrete not poured against forms, such as horizontal or sloping surfaces, shall be screeded to a uniform surface, steel-trowelled to densify the surface, and finished to a light broom finish. 3.07 PROTECTION AND CURING OF CONCRETE The Contractor shall, protect all concrete against damage. Exposed surfaces of new concrete shall be protected from the direct rays of the sun by covering them with plastic film wrap and by keeping them damp for at least 7 days after the concrete has been placed, or by using an approved curing process. Exposed surfaces shall be protected from frost by covering with tarps for at least 5 days after pouring. JUNE 2004 Page 6 of 9 SECTION 03000 . - . Cast-ln-Place Concrete 3.08 REPAIRS TO DAMAGED CONCRETE SURFACES Minor surface damage to hardened cast-in-place or precast concrete may be repaired, at the discretion of the District, using the specified materials in accordance with the,manufacturer's recommendations and the following procedures: , " . . A. Cast-in-place or precast concrete for manholes and vaults: Remove loose or deteriorated concrete to expose a fractured aggregate surface with an edge cut to a ninety degree angle to the existing surface. Clean all debris from the area/apply a 20 mil coat of epoxy bonding agent to the prepared surface, and place repair mortar while the epoxy is still wet and tacky. On horizontal surfaces, for repair depths greater than 2-inches, add aggregate to the repair mortar as recommended by the manufacturer. On vertical or overhead surfaces, for repair depths greater than 2-inches, apply the repair mortar in successive lifts, scarifying the lifts, allowing them to harden, and applying a scrub coat of the material prior to proceeding with the next lift. Cure the material as for concrete in accordance with this specification. B. General Purpose: Remove loose and deteriorated concrete by mechanical means, sandblasting, or high-pressure water blasting. Clean all debris from the area and apply non-shrink grout in a 1/4-inch minimum thickness, at the desired consistency, ranging from a dry pack, to a fluid-poured into a formed area, according to the application. Cure the material as for concrete in accordance with this specification. 3.09 EPOXY ADHESIVES FOR ANCHOR BOLT INSTALLATION Anchor bolts grouted in place with an epoxy adhesive shall be installed using the specified materials in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations and the following general procedures: Drill the hole with a rotary percussion drill to produce a rough, unpolished hole surface, the hole shall be sized to the manufacturer's recommendations and should be approximately 1/4-inch wider than the diameter of the bolt, with a depth equal to 10 to 15 times the bolt diameter. Remove debris and dust with a stiff bristle brush and clean using compressed air. Utilizing a medium-viscosity epoxy for horizontal surfaces, and a gel-type non-sag epoxy for vertical surfaces, apply the material to fill the hole to approximately half its depth. Insert the bolt, forcing it down until the required embedment depth and projection length are attained and then twist the bolt to establish a bond. Secure the bolt firmly in place in the permanent position until the epoxy sets. 3.10 PROTECTIVE EPOXY COATING Following core drilling at existing concrete structures, clean the exposed concrete surface and ends of reinforcing steel and apply two coats of protective epoxy coating for a total dry film thickness of 10-15 mils. Allow the material to cure between coats and prior to continuing the installation through the penetration. ... .•: • . • ; 3.11 DAMP-PROOFING FOR THE EXTERIOR OF CONCRETE STRUCTURES Following completion of the exterior surfaces of manholes and vaults, including necessary repairs and piping penetrations into the structure, apply the specified material to prepared concrete surfaces in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations. The surfaces to be coated shall be fully-cured and free of laitance and contamination. The material shall be applied to all exterior surfaces below a point 12-inches above the water table or indications of seepage or moisture as directed by the Engineer. Apply two 15 mil coats, curing between coats, prior to backfill and/or immersion in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations. JUNE 2004 Page 7 of 9 SECTION 03000 . Cast-ln-Place Concrete 3.12 THRUST AND ANCHOR BLOCKS Concrete thrust and anchor blocks shall be poured against wetted, undisturbed soil in accordance with the Standard Drawings and as directed by the District. The concrete shall be placed so that fittings and valves will be accessible for repairs or replacement. Prior to filling the pipeline with water, the concrete for thrust and anchor blocks shall cure for the following number of days: 41 Thrust Blocks Anchor Blocks 3 days minimum 7 days minimum A. Safe Soil Bearing Load: Soil Muck, peat, etc.*** Soft Clay Fine Sand Decomposed Granite (D.G.) Sandy^G ravel Cemented Sandy Gravel Hard Shale Granite Safe Bearing Load 0 PSF 500 PSF 1,000 PSF 1,500 PSF 2,000 PSF 2,000 PSF 2,500 PSF 10,000 PSF ***ln muck or peat soils, competent resistance shall be achieved by removal and replacement with ballast or sufficient stability to resist the intended thrusts. Consult the project geotechnical consultant. B. Thrust Block Placement and Sizing: Thrust blocks shall be located at all unrestrained pipe fittings and bear against firm, undisturbed soil. The thrust blocks shall be centered on the fitting so that the bearing area is exactly opposite the resultant direction of the thrust, refer to the Standard Drawings. Care shall be taken to prevent the placed thrust block concrete from eliminating maintenance access to the valve operators. All thrust block excavation location, shape, and the District prior to pouring the concrete shall verify size. The size, in sq. ft., of the thrust block can be calculated by dividing the thrust by the safe bearing load. \ : • - For instance, use a 12-inch pipe, 45° end, at 200 psi test pressure with a D.G. trench the value of 11,720# of thrust can be obtained from the upper chart and 1,500#/sq. ft. safe bearing load from the lower chart as follows: 11,720# x 2 /1,500#/Sq. ft. = 15.6 sq. ft. or 16 sq. Therefore, for this example, the trench wall adjacent to the fitting shall be excavated to the dimensions of 4 ft. x 4 ft. or 3.5 ft. x 5 ft. or some closely approximate multipliers to achieve the minimum required 16 sq. ft. bearing area. JUNE 2004 Page 8 of 9 SECTION 03000 Cast-ln-Place Concrete C. Anchor Block Placement and Sizing: For all vertical bends in pipelines (downward bends) that do not have restrained joints, the fittings shall be retained in place by means of an anchor block. The block shall be sized to withstand the thrust exerted for the particular deflection angle at the required test pressure plus 10%. (Do not rely on the restraining benefit from the soil). The District shall verify the size chosen and the reinforcing steel required. The size, in cu. ft. of the anchor blpck can be calculated by dividing the thrust by the unit weight of concrete (i.e., one cu. ft. or concrete weighs approximately 145#). For instance, use the same 12-inch pipe, 45° bend, at 200 psi test pressure - the value of 11,720# of thrust can be obtained from the upper chart: 11,720# x 2 /145# = .162 cu. ft. (plus 10%) = 178 cu. ft. or 6.6 cu. yd. Therefore, for this, example, the anchor block shall be 5.5' x 5.5' x 6' or 6' x 6' x 5', or some closely approximate multipliers to achieve a minimum of 178 cu. ft. of concrete. 3.13 VALVE SUPPORT BLOCKS Valve support blocks shall be installed as described below and in accordance with the Standard Drawings: A. Support blocks below valves shall be cut into the side of .the trench a* minimum of . 12-inches. B. Support blocks shall extend up to a height of adjoining pipe and shall have a minimum depth below the valve of 12-inches. C. Support blocks shall be installed so that the valves will be accessible for repairs. END OF SECTION / o o JUNE 2004 , Page 9 of 9 SECTION 03000 " Cast-ln-Place Concrete SECTION 03481 PRECAST CONCRETE VAULTS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 Work Included A. This section includes materials, testing, and installation of precast concrete vaults. 1.2 Related Work A. Section 01600: Material and Equipment B. Section 01700: Contract Closeout C. Section 03000: Cast-in-Place Concrete D. Section 08300: Access Hatches 1.3 System Description A. Furnish arid install complete precast concrete vault including appurtenant structural, mechanical and/or electrical mountings or connections required for compliance with manufacturer's installation requirements and compliance with applicable building codes and standards. .-.'•.-. ".„.•' 1.4 Quality Assurance A. Use adequate numbers of skilled workmen who are thoroughly trained and experienced in the necessary trades and crafts and who are completely familiar with the specified requirements and methods needed for proper performance of the work of this section. B: Factory testing shall include the following: <l ITEM Concret e Vault TEST FOR Concrete Strength TEST STANDARD (ASTM OR OTHER TEST STANDARD) ASTMC31 FREQUENCY Submit certified test record on request FIRST TEST PAID FOR BY Contractor RETESTS PAID FOR BY Contract 1.5 References ,-'.'. A. ASTM C150 Portland Cement . B; ASTM C913 Precast Concrete Water and Wastewater Structures 1.6 Submittals A. Furnish the following submittals. I SUBMITTAL I Shop Drawings DESCRIPTION Required per structural shop drawing requirements City of Carlsbad 06/06 (DBE) El Camino Real Water System Projects 03481- Precast Concrete Vaults -1 of 4 SUBMITTAL Catalog Data Installation Instructions Engineering Calculations Test Record Transcripts DESCRIPTION Required per catalog data requirements. Required per installation instruction requirements Required for vaults over 1 0 feet deep or with lateral footing loads per engineering calculations requirements Required to justify designs less than Class 700 specified. Submit for factory tests per test record transcript requirements B. Refer to Project Manual for definition of requirements for shop drawings, catalog data, installation instructions, engineering calculations, and test record transcripts. 1.7 Delivery. Storage and Handling A. Refer to Section 01600 for delivery storage and handling requirements. B. Manufacturer's instruction and warranty requirements for delivery, storage and handling of precast concrete vaults shall be strictly followed. 1.8 Unit Prices A. Payment for the Work in this section shall be included as part of the lump-sum or unit- price bid amount for which such Work is appurtenant thereto. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 Acceptable Manufacturers A. Acceptable manufacturers include the following: O ITEM Utility Vaults MANUFACTURER Associated Concrete Products (Quikset) J&.R Concrete Products Utility Vault Division Oldcastle Precast Approved Equal MANUFACTURERLOCATION Santa Ana, CA Perris, CA. Fontana, CA 2.2 Materials A. Refer to Section 01600 for basic requirements for products and materials. B. Precast concrete vaults shall be constructed of the following materials: ITEM Vault Steel Reinforcing Joint Sealant Hatches, Lids; Frames MATERIAL Portland Cement Concrete Steel Grout Mastic Metals SPECIFICATION See Section 03000 See Section 03000 See Section 03000 - ' See Section 08300 : O City of Carlsbad 06/06 (DBE) , El Camino Real Water System Projects 03481- Precast Concrete Vaults - 2 of 4 Joint sealant Mortar Plastic sealing compound One part Portland cement to two parts well- graded sand passing No. 8 sieve per Specifications Section 03300. Federal Specification SS-S-002 10 C. The following product design criteria, options and accessories are required: ITEM Minimum 28-day Compressive Strength Reinforcing Steel Rectangular Box Wall Design DESCRIPTION fc 1 ' ' ' - fy Wall Design Roof Design Dimensions Reinforcement 4000 psi 60,OOOpsi-ASTMA615 Deformed Bars Class 700, or submit sealed engineering calculations justifying a lesser design. Design for H20 Loading perASTMC913TableX1.1 per ASTM C913 Table X1 .2 PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 Preparation A. Make field measurements needed to install precast concrete vaults before submitting shop drawings or ordering. Make minor changes in dimensions and alignments as needed to avoid utilities or structural conflicts. 3.2 Installation A. Install precast concrete vaults according to manufacturer's installation and warranty requirements. Manufacturers requirements for installation, application, connection, erection, maintenance, operating, cleaning, conditioning and startup of products shall be strictly followed. B. Precast concrete vaults shall be furnished and installed by the Contractor at the location shown on the Plans and Submittals. C. Install precast concrete vaults to tolerances recommended by manufacturer. Unless otherwise shown, install precast concrete vaults true and level using precision gauges and levels. D. Refer variances between manufacturer's installation instructions and Contract Documents to Owner's Representative. City of Carlsbad 06/06 (DBE) El Camino Real Water System Projects 03481 - Precast Concrete Vaults - 3 of 4 3.3 Field Quality Control A. Field testing shall include the following: ITEM Precast Concrete Vaults TEST FOR Installation & Leakage . Field Performanc e 1 1 month Warranty Inspection TEST STANDARD (ASTM OR OTHER TEST STANDARD) Visual inspection of finished installation Demonstrate compliance to Contract Documents and Manufacturers' printed Literature Demonstrate compliance to Contract Documents and Manufacturers printed Literature FREQUENCY 1 inspection 1 test 1 test FIRST TEST PAID FOR BY Owner Contractor , Owner RETESTS PAID FOR BY Owner Contractor Contractor O END OF SECTION O O City of Carlsbad 06/06 (DBE) . El Camino Real Water System Projects 03481 - Precast Concrete Vaults - 4 of 4 SECTION 08300 ACCESS HATCHES PART 1 - GENERAL <l 1.1 Work Included A, This section includes materials, testing, and installation of roof and floor hatches. 1.2 Related Work * , ' \ • . • A. Section 01600: Material and Equipment B. Section 01700: Contract Closeout C. Section 03000: Cast in Place Concrete D. Section 09900: Painting and Coatings 1.3 System Description A. Furnish and install complete operating roof and floor hatch including appurtenant structural, mechanical and/or electrical mountings or connections required for ; compliance with manufacturer's installation requirements and compliance with applicable buildjng codes and standards. 1.4 Quality Assurance A. Use adequate numbers of skilled workmen who are thoroughly trained and experienced in the necessary trades and crafts and who are completely familiar with the specified requirements and methods needed for proper performance of the work of this section. '','•'' 1.5 References A. UBC Uniform.Building Code 1.6 Submittals A. Furnish the following submittals. SUBMITTAL Shop Drawings , Catalog Data Installation Instructions O & M Instructions DESCRIPTION Required per structural shop drawing requirements. Required per catalog data requirements. Required per installation instruction requirements. Include rough-in diagrams. Required per operation and maintenance instruction . Gity of Carlsbad 06/06 (DBE) El Camino Real Water System Projects 08300 Access Hatches - Page 1 of 4 SUBMITTAL Warranty DESCRIPTION requirements Furnish 5-^eatr^warranty from date of final acceptance B. Refer to Project Manual for definition of requirements for shop drawings, catalog data, installation instructions, O&M instructions, certificates of compliance, engineering calculations, manufacturer's statements of responsibility, foundry or test record transcripts, and material samples. O 1.7 Delivery. Storage and Handling A. Refer to Section 01600 for delivery storage and handling requirements. B. Manufacturer's instruction and warranty requirements for delivery, storage and handling of hatches shall be strictly followed. 1.8 Unit Prices A. Payment for the Work in this section shall be included as part of the lump-sum or unit- price bid amount for which such Work is appurtenant thereto. PART2-PRODUCTS 2.1 Acceptable Manufacturers A. Acceptable manufacturers include the following: O ITEM Hatches MANUFACTURER Access Manufacturing Incr Babcock Davis Div Cierra Products Company Bilco Co. Dur-Red Products U.S. Foundry and Manufacturing Co. Approved Equal '•,-•=, MANUFACTURER LOCATION New York, NY Arlington, MA New Haven, CT CudahyCA Medley, FL . • ; 2.2 Materials A. Refer to Section 01600 for basic requirements for products and materials. B. Hatches shall be constructed of the following materials: ITEM .Hatch -^Galvanized . Steel Hatch Hardware MATERIAL Steel Galvanized . : . ." Coating Stainless Steel SPECIFICATION ASTMA36 V ASTM A123 - 3.4 mil thickness ounce/ft2 - 2.00 AISI Type 316 O City of Carlsbad 06/06 (DBE) El Camino Real Water System Projects 08300 Access Hatches - Page 2 of 4 C. The following product design criteria, options and accessories are required: ITEM Hatch. DESCRIPTION Construction Design Load Lid Finish Channel Frame v Door Operator Hold Open Arm Safety Chains • . ; Locking Hardware Factory Finish Intrusion Alarm Single Leaf H-20 Loading !4" Diamond Pattern Checker Plate !4" frame with anchor flange around perimeter and V/z" drainage coupling on corner where required to prevent ponding. Compression or Torsion Assist Spring Required Provide automatic hold open arm with release handle Provide minimum 2 straight link 3/16" diameter 12-link per inch (minimum) safety chains on each door with harness snap on one end to allow chain to be removed. Space chains approximately half door height apart. Provide recessed padlockable hasp and heavy duty padlock keyed to Owner's requirements Mill finish with bituminous coating on frame exterior Coordinate with instrumentation as required regarding intrusion alarms D.Hatch opening dimensions refer to clear opening space available without obstruction by any portion of the leaves, framing, reinforcement or attached hardware except for spring operators which may occupy no more than a 2"x3" square area in each corner when the hatch doors are fully open. If manufacturers' standard design does not provide such clear openings, then their standard design shall be modified as required to comply with the Contract Documents at no additional cost to the Owner. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 Preparation A. Make field measurements needed to install roof and floor hatches before submitting shop drawings or ordering. Make minor changes in dimensions and alignments as needed to avoid utilities or structural conflicts. City of Carlsbad. 06/06 (DBE) El Camino Real Water System Projects 08300 Access Hatches - Page 3 of 4 3.2 Installation A. Install hatches according to manufacturer's installation and warranty requirements. . Manufacturers requirements for installation, application, connection, erection, maintenance, operating, cleaning, conditioning and startup of products shall be strictly followed. O B. Hatches shall be furnished and installed by the Contractor at the location shown on the Plans and Submittals. C. Install hatches to tolerances recommended by manufacturer. Hatch at Carlsbad Village - Drive shall be installed to match the slope of the sidewalk. Unless otherwise shown, install hatches, true and level using precision gauges and levels. D. Refer variances between manufacturer's installation instructions and Contract Documents to Owner's Representative. E. Connect 1-inch stainless steel pipe to drains required on hatch frames to prevent ponding and extend to drain freely. Drain roof hatches to drains or gutters where available or off edge of roof where drains or gutters are not available. 3.3 Field Quality Control A. Field testing shall include the following: ITEM Hatches TEST FOR No bends, twists or open joints No projecting edges or corners at intersections Installation & Leakage Field Performance 11 month Warranty Inspection TEST STANDARD (ASTM OR OTHER TEST STANDARD) Visual inspection Visual inspection of finished installation Demonstrate compliance to Contract Documents and Manufacturers' printed Literature Demonstrate compliance to Contract Documents and Manufacturers printed Literature FREQUENCY As Required 1 inspection 1 test 1 test FIRST TEST PAID FOR BY Owner Owner Contractor Owner RETESTS PAID FOR BY Owner Owner Contractor Contractor O END OF SECTION City of Carlsbad 06/06 (DBE) El Camino Real Water System Projects 08300 Access Hatches - Page 4 of 4 41 SECTION 09870 TAPE COATING SYSTEM WITH MORTAR SHIELD FOR THE EXTERIOR OF STEEL WATER PIPELINES PART 1-GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION A. The steel pipe shall be coated with polyethylene tapes in accordance with AWWA C214. Fittings and specials shall be coated with cold-applied polyethylene tapes in accordance with AWWA C209. A reinforced cement mortar shield shall be applied in accordance with AWWA C205. Any modifications to the aforementioned standards are as stated herein. • . • > 1.2 RELATED WORK ELSEWHERE The Contractor shall refer to the following specification section(s) for additional requirements: A. Painting and Coating: 09900 B. Petrolatum Wax Tape Coating: 09902 C. Cement Mortar Lined Steel Pipe: 15061 1.3 QUALIFICATIONS OF MANUFACTURERS A. Manufacturer to demonstrate a minimum of five years' successful application of tape coating system on similar diameter steel water pipelines as specified herein. 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. List of tape coating materials indicating manufacturer, product numbers, and thickness of materials related to tape system for joints and repairs. B. Certification of test results for each batch of liquid adhesive and each tape material specified shall be in accordance with AWWA C214. C. Tape application procedure approved by tape manufacturer. 1.5 COORDINATION WITH TAPE MANUFACTURER A. The pipe manufacturer shall require the tape material manufacturer to furnish qualified factory technical representative to visit the site for technical support at the beginning of the pipe installation as may be necessary to instruct Contractor on appropriate tape application methods in the field or to resolve problems. This visit shall be coordinated to allow City Inspection and Maintenance Staff to participate in the instruction. The Contractor shall allow time for representative to give field taping instructions to his workforce. JUNE 2004 . 1of9 SECTION 09870 Tape Coating System with Mortar Shield for the Exterior of Steel Water Pipelines PART 2 - MATERIALS ' /—\ 2.1 POLYETHYLENE TAPE COATING A. Provide polyethylene tape coating in accordance with AWWA C214 with a reinforced cement mortar shield in accordance with AWWA C205 and as specified herein. Plant and field applied liquid adhesive, polyethylene tape, and plant and field applied repair tape shall be furnished by a single manufacturer. The physical properties of tape materials shall meet or exceed the requirements of AWWA C214 when tested in accordance with the methods described in . Section 5.3, "Coating System Tests". B. The tape coating systems consist of an exterior polyethylene tape over the bare metal surface of steel pipe with a reinforced cement mortar coating applied over the tape system. Tape coating systems are specified for:; ,".'.. 1. Normal plant cold-applied tape , 2. Plant cold-applied tape for special sections, connections and fittings, and plant repairs of cold-applied tape 3. Field joint, field coated fittings and repair of field cold-applied tape. 2.2 LIQUID ADHESIVE A. Liquid adhesive shall consist of a mixture of suitable rubber and synthetic compounds and a solvent in accordance with AWWA C214. The liquid adhesive shall be Polyken #1039 primer or equivalent. 2.3 STORAGE PRIMER A. Storage primer on the exposed steel at the tape cutbacks shall be Polyken #924 or equivalent. , 2.4 PLANT APPLIED POLYETHYLENE TAPE SYSTEM, POLYKEN, or equivalent (80 mil) A. Liquid adhesive shall be Polyken #1039 primer. B. Anti-corrosion inner layer tape shall be Polyken #989 (20 mil), black. C. First mechanical outer layer tape shall be Polyken #955 (30 mil), gray. D. Second mechanical outer layer tape shall be Polyken #956 (30 mil), white. E. Reinforced cement mortar shield 3/4" thick. F. Weld Stripping Tape shall be Polyken #933 (25 mil), if required. JUNE 2004 2 of 9 SECTION 09870 , . , Tape Coating System with Mortar Shield for the Exterior of Steel Water Pipelines 2.5 PLANT COLD-APPLIED TAPE COATINGS FOR SPECIAL SECTIONS, CONNECTIONS AND FITTINGS, AND PLANT REPAIR COLD-APPLIED POLYETHYLENE TAPE MATERIAL A. Liquid adhesive shall be Polyken #1039 primer. B. Anti-corrosion inner layer shall be Polyken #932-50 (50 mil), black. C. Mechanical layer outer tape for plant fittings and plant repair cold-applied polyethylene tape shall be Polyken #955 (30 mil), white. D. Reinforced cement mortar shield 3/4" thick. E. Weld stripping tape shall be Polyken #933 (25 mil), if required. 2.6 FIELD JOINT, FIELD COATED FITTINGS, AND FIELD REPAIR COLD-APPLIED POLYETHYLENE TAPE A. Primer shall be Polyken #1029. B. Joint filler tape to be Polyken #939 (125 mil), black. C. Field joint, field fitting, and field repair outer layer tape shall be Polyken #932, (50 mil). D. Mechanical layer outer tape for field joint, field fittings and field repair shall be Polyken #932-50, continue inner layer with 50% overlap. PART 3-EXECUTION 3.1 POLYETHYLENE TAPE COATING A. Apply polyethylene tape coating to pipe in accordance with AWWA C214. Apply polyethylene tape coating to fittings and specials in accordance with AWWA C209. Apply the reinforced cement mortar shield in accordance with AWWA G205. Any modifications to the aforementioned standards are as stated herein. B. Certificate of Compliance: Prior to shipment of pipe, furnish a certificate of . compliance stating that tape materials and work furnished hereunder will comply or have complied with the requirements of these specifications and AWWA C214 andC209. 3.2 STRAIGHT RUN PIPE APPLICATION A. For straight run pipe, plant applied conditions, the polyethylene tapes shall be a ., four layer system consisting of: (1) liquid adhesive; (2) corrosion prevention tape (inner layer); (3) mechanical protective tape (first outer layer); (4) mechanical protective tape (second outer layer) JUNE 2004 3 of 9 SECTION 09870 Tape Coating System with Mortar Shield for the Exterior of Steel Water Pipelines B. Perform the entire coating operation by experienced workers skilled in the application of polyethylene tapes and cement mortar coating under qualified supervisors. After completion of the tape system, all handling shall be by padded equipment to prevent any damage of the tape system. Testing of tape system shall be performed per 3.5 of this section. C. All equipment for blasting and application of the tape coating system shall be of such design and condition to comply with all the requirements of AWWA C214 and these specifications. Immediately repair or replace equipment that, in the ; opinion of the, Engineer, does not produce the required results. Include equipment and a repair procedure for correcting defective tape application for use under this specification in the steel pipe fabrication plan. Make available for review a copy of this portion of the fabrication plan, and any updates, at the location of the coating operation, and a repair procedure for correcting defective tape application. D. Remove the exterior weld bead along the entire exterior surface of the pipe. The exterior weld bead shall be flush with the exterior surface of the pipe with a tolerance of plus 1/32-inch. E. Surface preparation shall conform to AWWA C214 and the following. 1. Bare pipe shall be clean of all foreign matter such as mud, mill lacquer, .wax, coal tar, asphalt, oil, grease, or any contaminants. Remove welding slag or scale from all welds by wire-brushing, hammering, or other satisfactory means. Remove welding splash globules prior to priming. () 2. Prior to blast cleaning, inspect surfaces and, if required, preclean in accordance with the requirements of SSPC SP-1, Solvent Cleaning, to remove oil, grease, and all foreign deposits. Remove visible oil and grease spots by solvent wiping.. Use only approved solvents that do not leave any residue. 'Include in the manufacturer's fabrication plan the cleaning solvent applications procedure and safety precautions. : F. Blast cleaning shall conform to AWWA C214 and the following. 1. Blast the pipe surface using a commercially available shot grit mixture to achieve a prepared surface equal to that which is specified in SSPC SP- 6, Commercial Blast Cleaning. 2. For plant mortar lined pipe, perform blast cleaning of said exterior surfaces after the initial curing of the spun mortar lining. Perform the exterior blast cleaning in such a manner as not to endanger the mortar lining in the pipe. Completely remove corrosion and foreign substances from the exterior of the pipe in the cleaning operation, and apply liquid adhesive after completion of blast cleaning. 3. Achieve from abrasive blasting an anchor pattern profile a minimum of 1.0 mil, but not exceeding 3.0 mils. Measure the anchor pattern or profile of the blasted surface using comparator tape as specified herein. JUNE 2004 4 of 9 SECTION 09870 Tape Coating System with Mortar Shield for the Exterior of Steel Water Pipelines 4. Inspect the blast cleaned exterior pipe surface for adequate surface preparation prior to application of the liquid adhesive. Surface comparator tapes are to be used by the manufacturer in at least eight random areas, along any given 40-foot length of pipe. The results of the surface comparator tapes are to be documented on the quality control sheet for each pipe section. 5. Coat each pipe section with liquid adhesive and tape within the same day of being blast cleaned. Do not allow blasted and/or blasted and primed pipe to sit overnight. All blasted and primed pipe must be coated by the end of the day. No coating will be permitted on pipe sections showing evidence of rust. G. Liquid adhesive application shall conform to AWWAC214 and the following. - - ' ' ' ' ' ''I ' •. -1. * Prior to liquid adhesive application, clean the pipe surface free of foreign matter such as sand, grease, oil, grit, rust particles, and dirt. 2. . Apply the liquid adhesive in a uniform thin film at the coverage rate recommended by the manufacturer. Meet the recommendations of the manufacturer for the state of dryness of the liquid adhesive prior to the application of the inner layer of tape. 3. Limit the application of liquid adhesive to that length of pipe which can be taped within the same workday. Pipe coated with liquid adhesive that was not taped within the same workday shall be rejected at the discretion of the .Engineer. The liquid adhesive shall be removed and the surface shall be re-primed. 4. Protect liquid adhesive coated pipe sections from moisture, dirt, sand, and other potentially contaminating materials 5. Apply storage primer to the exposed steel pipe at tape cutbacks to prevent oxidation of the cleaned metal surface. Apply minimum of 1.5 mils and maximum of 2.5 mils of storage primer to exposed steel per the manufacturer's recommendations. H. Inner layer tape application: 1. Apply the inner layer tape directly onto the primed surface using approved mechanical dispensing equipment to assure adequate, consistent tension on the tape as recommended by the tape manufacturer. Use rollers to apply pressure on the tape as it comes in contact with the pipe. Make necessary adjustments to mechanical application equipment to assure a uniform, tight coating. Maintain a tight, smooth, mechanically .induced, wrinkle-free coating throughout the application process. JUNE 2004 . 5 of 9 SECTION 09870 > Tape Coating System with Mortar Shield for the Exterior of Steel Water Pipelines 2. The application of tension shall be such that the width of tape will be reduced between 11/fe to 2 percent of tape width prior to the pull. Provide a pressure readout gauge and chart recorder, suitable to the Engineer, with the tape let-off machine to document the tape tension during application. - 3. Apply inner layer tape at a minimum roll temperature of 70°F. Continuously monitor the temperature of the tape within 12 inches of the point of contact with the pjpe surface. Use a chart recorder, suitable to the Engineer, to document the temperature of the tape during application. Sections where the tape application tension and temperature is not maintained within manufacturer's recommendations shall be rejected and the tape removed from the entire pipe section and reapplied. 4. Continuously electronically test the inner tape layer at 6,000 volts immediately following application of the tape by a holiday tester permanently mounted to the tape application station and equipped with an indicator light and audio buzzer, suitable to the Engineer to alert the workmen of the presence of holidays in the coating system. 5. Spirally wrap the inner layer tape over longitudinally or spirally welded pipe. Provide a 1 -inch minimum fape overlap. 6. Splice each new roll by overlapping the new tape over the end of the preceding roll by at least 6 inches. Perform this end lap splice by hand or by a mechanical applicator so that the splice is wrinkle free and maintains the continuity of the inner wrap coating. Maintain the wrapping angle of the new roll parallel to that of the previous roll. 7. Provide tape cutbacks based on the joint type required, cutting the tape edge parallel to the end of the pipe. Perform cutbacks using a cutting device that is guided from the end of the pipe to insure a uniform, straight cutback. Mechanical outer layer tape application. 1. Apply the first mechanical outer layer of tape over the inner layer tape using the same type of mechanical equipment used in the application of the inner layer tape. No overlap splice of the other layer coinciding with the overlap splice of the inner layer will be permitted. Provide a minimum 6-ihch separation between overlap of splices. Apply two mechanical outer layers of tape as specified herein, the inner layer tape shall be electrically tested, inspected, and approved prior to the application of the first mechanical outer layer tape and the first mechanical outer layer tape shall also be visually inspected and approved prior to the application of the second mechanical outer layer tape. Ensure that both mechanical outer layer tapes are smooth, tight and wrinkle-free. JUNE 2004 6 of 9 SECTION 09870 : Tape Coating System with Mortar Shield for the Exterior of Steel Water Pipelines o 2. Apply mechanical outer layer tapes in accordance with the requirements for the inner layer tape, except that the minimum tape roll application temperature shall be 90°F. Monitoring for tension and temperature will be required for the mechanical outer layer tapes. The use of rollers to apply : pressure on the tape is not required during application of the mechanical outer layer tapes. Holiday testing of the mechanical outer layer tapes is not required? during tape application. Test the complete tape system prior to coating as specified herein. J. Apply a reinforced cement mortar shield over the outer layer of tape in accordance with AWWA C205. Gement mortar shall be per Section 15061. K. Storage primer application shall conform to AWWA €214 as modified herein: 1. Prior to storage primer application, clean the pipe surface free from foreign matter such as sand, grease, oil, grit, rust particles and dirt. 2. Apply primer only to a dry pipe surface. Whenever the ambient air temperatures are cold enough to cause gelling of the primer, the use of heaters will not be permitted °to return the primer back to a fully liquid state. Use new primer at a minimum of 40°F. 3. Apply storage primer to the exposed steel pipe at tape cutbacks to prevent oxidation of the cleaned metal surface. Apply minimum of 1.5 mils and maximum of 2.5 mils of storage primer to exposed steel per the manufacturer's recommendations. Do not place storage primer on the • •':'•' edge of the steel plate. ',.' = s . ' • ' - * -' ' • 3.3 FITTINGS COATED AT THE PLANT A. Coat fittings that cannot be machine coated in accordance with AWWA C209 using materials as specified herein. Weld bead preparation, surface preparation, blast cleaning and liquid adhesive shall be as specified for straight run pipe. Apply an inner layer tape of Polyken #932-50 with a 1 -inch minimum tape overlap on all plant coated fittings. Apply an outer layer of cold-applied polyethylene tape as specified herein with a 55 percent overlap on all plant-coated fittings. Provide a minimum thickness of 110 mils for the total tape coat system for plant-coated fittings. B. Test all completed tape coated fittings in the presence of the Engineer with an electrical flaw detector prior to the application of the cement mortar coating. Applied voltage shall be.in the range of 11,000 to 15,000 volts. Repair any holidays found. C. Repair cement mortar coating defects in accordance with the approved repair ^procedures. D. Apply cement mortar coating in accordance with AWWA C205, over the tape- coated fittings after completion of tape coating, testing and inspections. JUNE 2004 7 of 9 SECTION 09870 ... ' Tape Coating System with Mortar Shield for . the Exterior of Steel Water Pipelines 3.4 TAPE APPLICATION TO FITTINGS, SPECIALS AND PIPE JOINTS (Field) •..:.. •-• -...'- ' . ••.•••.:.- - - •..-• . .. A. Field cold applied plastic tape coating shall be in accordance with AWWA C209, as modified herein. B. Prior to welding any fieldjoints, wrap an 18-inch strip of heat resistance material over the entire coated pipe section to avoid damage to the plant applied coating by the hot weld spatter. , C. Clean the pipe surface free of mud, mill lacquer, wax, tar grease, or any foreign matter. The pipe surface shall be free of any moisture and all foreign matter prior to the application of prime. . . -, D. Pack irregularities in joint with elastameric joint filler. E. Apply primer by brush or roller (4 mil wet, 1 mil dry). : >.-•-. . . '. F. After primer has dried, apply tape to the joint and extend a minimum of 3-inch • onto adjacent tape wrap. Maintain 55 percent overlap on all field joint tape to produce a minimum thickness of 100 mils. • ..*• • ''-'•' V • -. G. Apply tape with sufficient tension to, conform with the surface. The finish wrap shall produce a smooth, wrinkle-free surface. H. The tape system for pipe joints is shown in Section 2.6. -'..-.- '- - , ,•-. — • •• - ,-,. .. .- ' 3.5 INSPECTION OF TAPE COATING Test the applied tape coating in the presence of the engineer with an electrical holiday detector, as a part of the tape installation process. Repair all holidays and physical damage. If mortar shield is applied at a different location than the tape coating system, a second electrical holiday spark test shall be required after all transportation and handling to the mortar coating location confirming the integrity of the tape undercoating. Upon completion of the mortar coating process a continuity or spark test will again be preformed for the tape system. Repair any holidays and physical damage and spark test, . . verifying repair. , 3.6 MORTAR SHIELD A. Apply mortar coating in accordance with Section 15061 cement. Mortar lined and coated steel pipe and specials, over the tape coated pipe immediately upon completion of tape wrapping, testing, and inspections. 3.7 PROTECTING COATED PIPE A. The CONTRACTOR shall protect all coated surfaces from damage prior to and during the pipe installation in accordance with these specifications. o JUNE 2004 8 Of 9 SECTION 09870 '•': : Tape Coating System with Mortar Shield for the Exterior of Steel Water Pipelines ,B. In transporting the coated pipe, it shall rest in saddles shaped to the outside diameter of the coated pipe. The saddles shall be in contact with the bottom of the pipe along an arc of at least 60 degrees. Saddles shall be completely lined with adequate padding. No nails or any other fasteners that may damage the coating will be allowed in the installation of the padding of the saddles. C. While laying tape coated steel pipe, the pipe shall not be rolled or skidded when it is in contact with the ground at any point. Immediately before the coated pipe is lowered into the trench the CONTRACTOR shall provide a visual and holiday inspection of the coating on the entire pipe coating system. Coated pipe shall be lowered into the trench using saddled, not choked, belt slings. The use of chains, hooks, or other equipment which might damage the pipe coating will not be permitted. All other pipe handling equipment and methods shall be approved by the ENGINEER. Pipe stored alongside of the trench shall be supported on padded skids, sand bags, or rock-free sand berms. END OF SECTION JUNE2004 9of9 SECTION 09870 . Tape Coating System with Mortar Shield for the Exterior of Steel Water Pipelines oSECTION 09900 PAINTING AND COATING PART 1- GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION This section described the requirements for the preparation of surfaces and subsequent application of protective coatings. The Contractor shall furnish all labor, materials and equipment required for satisfactory corhpletion of all items contained herein. The Contractor shall furnish all necessary safety equipment and protective clothing, as well as be responsible for proper instruction and supervision of their use. Requirements for steel storage reservoirs are specified elsewhere in the ; Specifications. 1.2 RELATED WORK DESCRIBED ELSEWHERE The Contractor shall refer to the following Specification section(s) for additional requirements: A. General Piping System & Appurtenances: 015000 1.3 SUBMITTALS Contractor shall furnish submittals in accordance with the requirements of Section 01300, Shop Drawing Submittals. The following submittals are required: A. Submit a chart of the manufacturer's available colors for color selection well in advance of painting operation. B. Submit manufacturer's data sheets showing the following information: 1. Recommended surface preparation. 2. Minimum and maximum recommended dry-film thicknesses per coat for prime, intermediate, and finish coats. 3. Percent solids by volume. 4. Recommended thinners. 5. Statement verifying that the selected prime coat is recommended by the manufacturer for use with the selected intermediate and finish coats. 6. Application instructions including recommended application, equipment, humidity, and temperature limitations. 7. Curing requirements and instructions. C. Submit certification that all coatings conform to applicable local Air Quality Management District rules and regulations for products and application. ^. JUNE 2004 . 1of9 SECTION 09900 Painting and Coating 1,4 PAYMENT 1 Payment for the Work in this section shall be included as part of the lump-sum or unit-price bid amount for which such Work is appurtenant thereto. PART 2-MATERIALS 2.1 ., GENERAL All materials shall be those of current manufacture and shall meet all applicable regulations, for the application and intended service. All coats of any particular coating system shall be of the same manufacturer, and shall be approved by the manufacturer for the intended service. In the event that a product specified herein is no longer manufactured or does not meet current regulations, the Contractor shall provide a substitute, currently manufactured product of at least equal performance which meets all applicable regulations subject to Engineer's approval, at no additional cost. . All materials shall be delivered to the Project Site in their original, unopened containers bearing the manufacturer's name, brand, and batch number. Standard products of manufacturers other than those specified will be accepted when it is proved to the satisfaction of the Engineer they are equal in composition, durability, usefulness and ; convenience for the purpose intended. Paint listed in the system refers to products of the , following manufacturers and distributors: Ameron Corrosion Control Division, Brea, CA ^ , I.C. Devoe, Louisville, KY . Engard Coating Corporation, Long Beach, CA I. DuPontde Nemours & Company, Los Angeles, CA Tnemec Company, Inc., Kansas City, MO 64141 All surfaces to be coated or painted shall be in the proper condition to receive the material specified before any coating or painting is done. No more sandblasting or surface preparation than can be coated or painted in a normal working day will be permitted. All sharp edges, burrs, and weld spatter shall be removed. All concrete and masonry surfaces shall cure 30 days prior to coating or painting. Surface preparation, prime coatings, and finish coats for the various systems are specified herein. Unless otherwise noted, all intermediate and finish coats shall be of contrasting colors. It is the intent that the coating alternates specified herein serve as a general guide for the type of coating desired. 2.2 VALVES '•;. A. Exterior Coating: Coat metal valves located above ground, in vaults or in structures the same as the adjacent piping. If the adjacent piping is not coated, then coat valves per this Specification section unless otherwise noted. Apply the specified prime coat at the place of manufacture. Apply intermediate and finish coats in the field. Finish coat shall match the color of the adjacent piping. Coat handwheels and floor stands the same as the valves. Coat the exterior of buried metal valves at the place of manufacture per this specification. , JUNE 2004 2 Of 9 ' SECTION 09900 Painting and Coating B. Coating (Devoe Alternate): Prime coat shall be BarRust 231 or Devran 200 applied at 2 /*p»\ to 3 mils dry-film thickness. Intermediate coat shall be Devran 224H Epoxy applied at 2 ( ) to 4 mils dry-film thickness. Finish coat shall be 379 Urethane applied at 2 to 3 mils dry- ^^^ film thickness. C. Interior Lining: Valves 4-inches and larger shall be coated on their interior metal surfaces excluding seating areas and bronze and stainless-steel pieces. Sandblast surfaces in accordance with SSPC-SP-10 (near white blast cleaning). Remove all protuberances which may produce pinholes in the lining. Round all sharp edges to be coated. Remove any contaminants which may prevent bonding of the lining. Coat the interior ferrous surfaces using one of the following methods: 1. Apply powdered thermosetting epoxy per the manufacturer's application recommendations to a thickness of 10 to 12 mils. 2. Apply two coats of polyamide epoxy to a dry-film thickness of 10 to 1-2 mils total. Follow the manufacturer's application recommendations including minimum and maximum drying time between the required coats. 3. Apply two coats of Tnemec Series 140 (for potable water) or Series 69 (for non- potable water), or equal, to a dry film thickness of 10 to 12 mils total. Follow manufacturer's application recommendations including minimum and maximum drying time between required coats. .•""'... 4. Apply two coats of Devoe Bar-Rust 233H Epoxy applied to a dry-film thickness of 6 to 8 mils, each. Total dry-film thickness shall be 10 to 12 mils minimum. All epoxy lining shall be applied at the factory by the manufacturer of the valve, and shall meet current Volatile Organic Compound (VOC) content regulations. Epoxy lining for potable water valves shall also be listed by National Sanitation Foundation (NSF) for contact with potable water. Test the valve interior linjngs at the factory with a low-voltage holiday detector. The lining shall be holiday free. . ......... 2.3 METAL, INTERIOR AND EXTERIOR, NORMAL EXPOSURE A. General: The Contractor shall paint all exposed steelwork, non-galvanized handrails, exposed pipework, fittings, all mechanical equipment, pumps, motors, doors, door frames and window sash with this coating system. All metalwork previously given a shop prime coat approved by the Owner's Representative shall be touched up as required in the field with Tnemec Series 4 Versare Primer or equal. B. Surface Preparation: All exterior metal surfaces which are to be painted shall be commercial blast cleaned per Specification SP-6 (commercial blast cleaning) except as otherwise specified, in locations where sandblasting would damage previously coated surfaces and installed equipment, and in locations where dry sandblasting is prohibited. The above locations in which SP-6 commercial sandblasting is not possible shall be , given a SP-3 power tool cleaning. This sandblasting shall be done not more than 8 hours ahead of the painting, subject to humidity and weather conditions between the time of sandblasting and painting operations. If any rusting or discoloration of sandblasted surfaces occurs before painting/such rusting or discoloration shall be removed by additional sandblasting. Sandblasted surfaces shall not be left overnight before painting. JUNE 2004 3 of 9 SECTION 09900 Painting and Coating C. Coating (Tnemec Alternate): Prime coat or spot prime coat as required shall be Tnemec Series 4 Versare primer applied to a dry-film thickness of 2 to 3.5 mils. Two or more finish coats of Tnemec Series 2H Tneme-Gloss enamel shall be applied to a thickness of 1.5 to 3.5 mils. Total dry-film thickness of the complete system shall be 7 mils, minimum. D. Coating (Devoe Alternate): Prime coat or spot prime as required shall be 4140 Q.D. Alkyd Primer. Two or more finish coats of Devshield 4328 Alkyd applied to a dry-film thickness of 1.5 to 2 mils, each. Total dry-film thickness of the complete system shall be 5 mils, minimum. 2.4 METAL, SUBMERGED OR INTERMITTENTLY SUBMERGED A. General: All submerged metalwork, gates, equipment, valves, exposed pipework and all other metalwork within areas which will be submerged, except as noted hereinafter, shall be painted with this coating system. B. Surface Preparation: All metal surfaces shall be field sandblasted according to SSPC- SP-10 (near white blast cleaning). ':'• C. Coating (Tnemec Alternate): Prime coat shall be Tnemec Series 69 Epoxoline II - applied to a dry-film thickness of 4 to 6 mils. Two finish coats of Tnemec Series 69 Epoxoline II shall be applied to a dry-film thickness of 4 to 6 mils each coat. Total try- film thickness of the complete system shall be a minimum of 12 mils. D. Coating (Devoe Alternate): Apply two coats of Bar-Rust 233H Epoxy applied to a dry- ".->'. film thickness of 6 to 8 mils each coat. Total dry-film thickness of the complete system shall be a minimum of 12 mils. 2.5 METAL, SEVERE EXPOSURE TO MOISTURE OR CHEMICAL FUMES A. Surface Preparation: All metal surfaces shall be field sandblasted according to SSPC- SP-10 (near white blast cleaning). B. Coating (Tnemec Alternate): Prime coat shall be Tnemec Series 104 H.S. Epoxy to a ...','•• dry-film thickness of 6 to 10 mils. One or more finish coats of Tnemec Series 104 H.S. Epoxy topcoat shall be applied. Totaldry-film thickness shall be a minimum of 12 mils. - - • v • • :,C. Coating (Devoe Alternate): Prime coat shall be Catha-Coat 304V Zinc, 2 to 3 mils dry- film thickness. Intermediate coat shall be Devran224H Epoxy applied at 4 to 6 mils dry- film thickness. Finish coat shall be Devthane 379 Urethane applied at 2 to 3 mils dry- film thickness.Total dry-film thickness shall be 8 mils minimum. 2.6 METAL, HIGH-TEMPERATURE EXPOSURE A. General: Engine mufflers, exhaust systems and other metal surfaces subjected to high temperatures shall be coated with this system. B. Surface Preparation: Surface shall be field sandblasted in accordance with SSPC-SP- 10 (near white blast cleaning). JUNE 2004 4 of 9 SECTION 09900 Painting and Coating C. Coating (Tnemec Alternate): One coat of Tnemec Series 90-96 Tneme-Zinc to a minimum total dry-film thickness of 2 to 3.5 mils. D. Coating (Devoe Alternate): One coat of Catha-Coat 304V Zinc to a dry-film thickness of 2 to 4 mils. 2.7 METAL, GALVANIZED, ALUMINUM, COPPER, OR BRASS A. Surface Preparation: Surfaces shall be solvent cleaned in accordance with SSPC-SP-1 (solvent cleaning) and SSPC-SP-2 (hand tool cleaning). B. Coating: Pre-treatment prime coat shall be Tnemec Series 32-1215 Theme-Grip or Sinclair 7113 Wash Primer applied at D mil dry-film thickness. Next, apply recommended coating or paint for the particular surface to be coated. C. Coating (Devoe Alternate): Pre-treatment prime coat shall be Devoe BarRust 231 primer applied at 3 mil dry-film thickness. Next, apply recommended coating or paint for the particular surface to be coated. 2.8 METAL, BURIED A. General: The Contractor shall coat all buried metal which includes valves, bolts, nuts, structural steel and fittings. It does not include steel storage reservoirs. B. Surface Preparation: Sandblast to SSPC-SP-6 (commercial blast cleaning) • • , . - • - - - . . ..-..-••• - • / C. Coating (Tnemec Alternate): Prime none. Finish with two coats of Tnemec Series 46- 465 H.B. Tnemecol or equal at 10 to 12 mils dry-film thickness, each. Total dry-film thickness shall be 20 mils minimum. D. Coating (Devoe Alternate): Prime with Devtar 221 (5A) Epoxy applied at 8 mil dry-film thickness. Two coats of Devtar (5A) Epoxy applied at 8 mils dry-film thickness, each. Total dry-film thickness shall be 24 mils, minimum. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 GENERAL The Contractor shall arrange with the Owner's Representative so that all surface preparation may be inspected and approved prior to the application of any coatings. The Contractor is hereby notified that the Engineer will inspect the Work prior to the expiration of the warranty period and all defects in workmanship and material shall be repaired by the Contractor, at his own expense. - o JUNE 2004 5 of 9 SECTION 09900 Painting and Coating 3.2 WORKMANSHIP It is the intent of the Specifications that finishes shall be provided which meet standards for best grades of painting. Drop cloths shall be placed where required to protect floors, surfaces and equipment from spatter and dropping, not to receive paint or coatings. The Contractor shall take all necessary precautions to protect all adjacent Work and all surrounding property and improvements from any damage whatsoever as a result of the painting and coating operation. Only good, clean brushes and equipment shall be used and all brushes, buckets, and spraying equipment shall be cleaned immediately at the end of each painting period. Each coat of paint shall be of the consistency as supplied by the manufacturer, or thinned, if necessary, and applied in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. Each coat shall be well brushed, rolled or sprayed to obtain a uniform and evenly applied finish. Work shall be free from "runs", "bridges", "shiners", or other imperfections due to faulty intervals. Particular care shall be taken to obtain a uniform unbroken coating over all bolts, threads, nuts, welds, edges and corners. Paint shall not be applied in extreme heat, in dust or smoke laden air, or in damp or humid weather, unless written permission of the Engineer is obtained. If paint is applied by spray, the air pressure used shall be within the ranges recommended by both the paint and spray equipment manufacturers. Spray painting shall be conducted under controlled conditions and the Contractor shall be fully responsible for any damage occurring from spray painting. Care shall be exercised not to damage adjacent Work during sandblasting operations. Stainless steel need not be sandblasted. Blasted surfaces shall not be left overnight before coating. All dust shall be removed from the surface following sandblasting. 3.3 APPLICATION PROCEDURES A. Surfaces to be Coated: All surfaces of materials furnished and constructed are to be painted or coated per the Specifications except as indicated below. B. Surfaces Not To Be Coated: The following surfaces shall not be coated unless otherwise noted on the Plans and shall be fully protected when adjacent areas are . painted. Aluminum grating Grease fittings Nameplates on Aluminum surfaces Hardware machinery Bearings Lighting fixtures Machined . Pipe interior* Brass and copper tubing, surfaces Shafts, submerged* Metal letters Stainless steel Buried pipe Mortar-coated pipe and fittings Switch plates Couplings . * unless specifically required on the Plans or elsewhere in the Specifications C. Protection of Surfaces Not To Be Coated: Surfaces not intended to be painted shall be removed, masked, or otherwise protected. Drop cloths shall be provided to prevent paint materials from falling on or marring adjacent surfaces. Working parts of mechanical and electrical equipment shall be protected from damage during surface preparation and painting process. Openings in motors shall be safely masked to prevent paint and other materials from entering the motors. All masking materials'shall be completely removed and surfaces cleaned at completion of painting operations. JUNE 2004 6 of 9 SECTION 09900 Painting and Coating D. Weather Conditions: Paint shall not be applied in the rain, wind, snow, mist, and fog or ^^ when steel or metal surface temperatures are less than 5°F above the dew point. ( j Paint shall not be applied when the relative humidity is above 80%, the air temperature is above 90°F, or the temperature of metal to be painted is above 125°F. . Alkyd, chlorinated rubber, inorganic zinc, silicone aluminum, or silicone acrylic paints shall not be applied if air or surface temperature is below 50°F or expected to be below 50°F within 24 hours. Epoxy, coal tar epoxy, acrylic latex, and polyurethane paints shall not be applied on an exterior or interior surface if air or surface temperature is below 50°F or expected to drop below 50°F within 24 hours. 3.4 SURFACE PREPARATION A. General: Sandblast or prepare only as much surface area as can be coated in one day. All sharp edges, burrs, and weld spatter shall be removed. Epoxy-coated pipe that has been factory coated shall not be sandblasted. B. SSPC Specifications: Wherever the words "solvent cleaning", "hand tool cleaning", ••• •'• "wire brushing", or "blast cleaning" or similar words are used in the Specif ications or in , paint manufacturer's specifications, they shall be understood to refer to the applicable SSPC (Steel Structures Paint Council, Surfaces Preparation Specifications, ANSI A159.1) Specifications listed below: , . SP-1 Solvent Cleaning SP-6. Commercial Blast Cleaning SP-2 Hand Tool Cleaning SP-7 Brush-Off Blast Cleaning SP-3 Power Tool Cleaning SP-8 Pickling SP-5 White Metal Blast Cleaning SP-10 Near White Blast Cleaning Oil and grease shall be removed from aluminum and copper surfaces in accordance with SSPC SP-1 using clean cloths and cleaning solvents. Weld spatter and weld slag shall be removed from metal surfaces. Rough welds,: beads, peaked corners, and sharp edges including erection lugs shall be ground • ' smoothly in accordance with SSPC SP-2 and SSPC SP-3. Welds shall be neutralized with a chemical solvent that is compatible with the specified coating materials using clean cloths and chemical solvent. C. Abrasive Blast Cleaning: Dry abrasive blast cleaning shall be used for metal surfaces. Do not recycle or reuse contaminated blast particles. Dry clean surfaces to-be coated by dusting, sweeping, and vacuuming to remove residue from blasting. Apply the specified primer or touch-up coating within the period of an 8-hour working day. Do not apply coating over damp or moist surfaces. Reclean prior to application of primer or touch-up coating any blast cleaned surface not coated within said 8-hour period. : Prevent damage to adjacent coatings during blast cleaning. Schedule blast cleaning and coating such that dust, dirt, blast particles, old coatings, rust, mill scale, etc., will not damage or fall upon wet or newly coated surfaces. JUNE 2004 7 of 9 SECTION 09900 , Painting and Coating 3.5 PROCEDURES FOR THE APPLICATION OF COATINGS . The recommendations of the coating manufacturer shall be followed, including thes selection of spray equipment, brushes, rollers, cleaners, thinners, mixing, drying time, temperature and humidity of application, and safety precautions. Coating materials shall be kept at a uniform consistency during application. Each coating shall be applied evenly, free of brush marks, sags, runs, and other evidence of poor workmanship. A different shade or tint shall be used on succeeding coating applications to indicate coverage where possible. Finished surfaces shall be free from defects or blemishes. Only thinners recommended by the coating manufacturer shall be used. If thinning is allowed, dp not exceed the maximum allowable "amount of thinner per gallon of coating material. Apply a brush coat of primer on welds, sharp edges, nuts, bolts, and irregular surfaces prior to the application of the primer and finish coat. The brush coat shall be done prior to and in conjunction with the spray coat application. Apply the spray coat over the brush coat. Apply primer immediately after blast cleaning and before any surface rusting occurs, or any dust, dirt, or any foreign matter has accumulated. Reclean surfaces by blast cleaning that have surface colored or become moist prior to coating application. A. Paint Mixing: Multiple-component coatings shall be prepared using all the contents of each component container as packaged by the paint manufacturer. Partial batches shall not be used. Multiple-component coatings that have been mixed beyond their pot life shall not be used. Small quantity kits for touch-up painting and for painting other small areas shall be provided. Only the components specified and furnished by the paint manufacturer shall be mixed. For reasons of color or otherwise, additional components shall not be intermixed, even within the same generic type of coating. B. Field Touch Up of Shop-Applied Prime Coats: Organic Zinc Primer: Surfaces that are shop primed with inorganic zinc primers shall receive a field touch up of organic zinc primer to cover all scratches or abraded areas. Organic zinc coating system shall have • -. a minimum volume solids of 54% and a minimum zinc content of 14 pounds per gallon. Coating shall be of the converted epoxy, epoxy phenolic, or urethane type and shall be manufactured by the prime coat and finish coat manufacturer. Other Primers: Surfaces that are shop primed with other than organic zinc primer shall receive a field touch up of the same primer used in the original prime coat. 3.6 DRY-FILM THICKNESS TESTING AND REPAIR A. Special Instructions to the Contractor: The Contractor shall furnish to the Owner at no charge for use during execution of the Work, necessary dry-film thickness gauge and electrical flaw detection equipment. The Contractor shall perform the holiday (pinholes) inspection in the presence of the Owner's Representative, and the Contractor shall monitor wet film measurements throughout the application of each coat of coating. JUNE 2004 8 of 9 . SECTION 09900 ; Painting and Coating B. Coating Thickness Testing: Coating thickness specified for steel surfaces shall be measured with a magnetic-type dry-film thickness gauge. Dry-film thickness gauge •shall be provided as manufactured by Mikrotest or Elcometer. Each coat shall be checked for the correct dry-film thickness. Measurement shall not be made until a minimum of eight hours after application of the coating. Non-magnetic surfaces shall be checked for coating thickness by micrometer measurement of cut and removed coupons. Contractor shall repair coating at all locations where coupons are removed. C. Holiday Testing: The finish coat (except zinc primer and galvanizing) shall be tested by • the Contractor in the presence of the Engineer for holidays and discontinuities with an electrical holiday detector of the low-voltage, wet-sponge type. Detector shall be provided as manufactured by Tinker, Rasor, K-D Bird Dog, or approved equal. D., Repair: If the item has an improper finish, color, insufficient film thickness, or holidays, the surface shall be cleaned and top-coated with the specified paint material to obtain the specified color and coverage. Visible areas of chipped, peeled, or abraded paint shall be hand or power-sanded, feathering the edges. The areas shall then be primed . and finish coated in accordance with the Specifications. Work shall be free of runs, bridges, shiners, laps, or other imperfections. 3.7 CLEANUP Upon completion of all painting and coating Work, the Contractor shall remove all surplus materials and rubbish. The Contractor shall repair all damage and shall leave the premises in a clean and Orderly condition. - -. • END OF SECTION JUNE 2004 9 of 9 SECTION 09900 Painting and Coating o SECTION 09902 PETROLATUM WAX TAPE COATING PART1- GENERAL 1.1 SCOPE This section covers the work necessary to furnish and install petrolatum wax tape - coating on pipe, pipe flanges, fittings or other buried pipeline appurtenances, complete, as indicated on the drawings and specified herein. 1.2 SUBMITTALS DURING CONSTRUCTION Submit manufacturer's technical product data, details, installation instructions and general product recommendations. . 1.3 PRODUCT IDENTIFICATION The use of a manufacturer's name and model or catalog number is for the purpose of establishing the standard of quality and general configuration desired only. Products of other manufacturers will be considered in accordance with the Contract Documents. PART 2-MATERIALS 2.1 GENERAL Wrap all exposed surfaces of buried ferrous pipe, flanges, couplings and other pipeline appurtenances (including bolts, nuts, etc.) with petrolatum wax tape, unless another corrosion protection system (other than a factory-installed paint coating) is otherwise specified or indicated by the Contract Drawings. Exposed piping shall be wrapped only where specifically called out on the Drawings. Ductile iron pipe encased with polyethylene sheathing shall not be wrapped with this product. 2.3 PRIMER Exposed surfaces shall be prime coated with a blend of petrolatum, plasticizer, and corrosion inhibitor having a paste-like consistency. The material shall have the following properties: : Pour Point 400-100° F FlashPoint 350° F minimum Approximate Coverage 1 gal/100 square feet Color Brown ,' • The primer shall be Trenton Wax-Tape Primer or equivalent. JUNE 2004. 1of2 SECTION 09902 Petrolatum Wax Tape Coating 2.3 WAX TAPE Two types of petrolatum wax tape shall be available from the manufacturer: one type for buried installations and another type for above-ground installations. 2.3.1 BURIED INSTALLATIONS The covering material shall'-be a plastic-fiber felt tape, saturated with a blend of petrolatum, plasticizers, .and corrosion inhibitors that is easily formable over irregular surfaces. The tape shall have the following properties: Color: Brown . Saturant Pour Point 115°-125°F Thickness 70-90 mils . Dielectric Strength 170 volts/mil Tape Width 6 inches Wax tape shall be Wax-Tape #1 as manufactured by The Trenton Corporation (Ann Arbor, Michigan), or approved equal. 2.4 OUTER COVERING The primed and wax-tape wrapped surface shall be wrapped with a plastic tape covering consisting of three (3) layers of 50 gauge, clear, polyvinylidene chloride, high, cling membranes wound together as a single sheet. The material shall have the following properties: • Width 6 inches Thickness •. 1.5 mils - Dielectric Strength 2000 volts/mil Water Absorption Negligible. . Color Clear The outer covering shall be Trenton Poly-Ply or approved equal. 2.5 OTHER PETROLATUM WAX TAPE SYSTEM COMPONENTS Any components not listed above, but required for a complete petrolatum wax tape coating system as recommended for this application by the manufacturer shall be provided at no additional cost to Owner. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 GENERAL The petrolatum wax tape system shall be installed in conformance with the manufacturer's recommendations. END OF SECTION o JUNE 2004 2 of 2 SECTION 09902 , Petrolatum Wax Tape Coating SECTION 15000 GENERAL PIPING SYSTEM AND APPURTENANCES PARTt GENERAL ( 1.1 DESCRIPTION This Section. describes the requirements and procedures for piping systems and appurtenances that apply to a number of other complimentary Specification Sections. The items are listed in this Section to avoid repetition in Sections elsewhere. This Section includes* but is not limited to: Temporary above ground piping (high line), wet taps, flexible pipe couplings, grooved and shouldered end couplings, joint restraint system, field touch up, bolts, nuts, polyethylene wrap, warning/identification tape, tracer wire, gate well and extension stems, meter boxes, abandonment and removal of existing facilities, and salvage. * 1.2 REFERENCE STANDARDS The publications listed below form part of this specification to the extent referenced and are referred to in the text by the basic designation only. Reference shall be made to the latest edition of said standards unless otherwise called for. A. . American National Standards Institute (ANSI) B. American Society for Testing :and Materials (ASTM) ",' ' 1.3 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE CMWD Standard Drawings . 1.4 SUBMITTALS Submit manufacturers' catalog data showing dimensions, materials of construction by ASTM reference and grade and coatings.. 1.5 LINING CONTAMINATION PREVENTION Volatile organic compounds present in the linings of items in contact with potable water or recycled water shall not exceed concentrations allowed by the latest requirements of the State Office of Drinking Water and Department of Health Services. Some products and materials may also require proof of NSF certification on the lining materials to be used. . 1.6 TEMPORARY ABOVEGROUND PIPE (HIGH LINE) High line piping, where shown on the Approved Plans or required by the District Engineer, shall be furnished, installed, disinfected, connected, maintained, and removed by the Contractor. Bacteriological sampling and testing shall be performed by a State of California Certified testing laboratory. The Contractor shall provide a submittal to the District showing pipe layout, materials, sizing, flow calculations, schedule and duration of use, and disinfection for all high line piping. The submittal shall be reviewed .and approved by the Engineer prior to ordering or delivery of any materials. : .JUNE 2004 1 of15 SECTION 15000 -.-.'_•• General Piping System and Appurtenances 1.7 PIPE TAPPING (WET TAP) All pipe tap (wet tap) connections to existing pipelines, whether for mainline extensions or service laterals, shall be performed by the Contractor under the inspection of the District. The Contractor shall provide materials and labor to excavate, pour thrust block, backfill, compact, and repair pavement as indicated in this Section. " 1.8 JOINT RESTRAINT SYSTEM , Joint Restraint Systems may be used for PVC or ductile-iron pipe only with prior approval of the District Engineer. Joint restraint systems shall be used in the place of, or • in conjunction with, concrete thrust blocks as directed. Contractor shall submit shop . :-; drawings, calculations, and catalog data for joint restraint systems, r Splined gaskets, also known as joint restraint gaskets, may be used for PVC or ductile- iron pipe located within casings, or for PVC pipe casings, only. '•••'- 1.9 POLYETHYLENE ENCASEMENT Polyethylene encasement shall be used for all ferrous metal materials not otherwise protectively coated. .-.,... . . \ A. Polyethylene wrap shall be used for the protection of .buried ductile-iron fittings and valves. B. . Polyethylene sleeves shall be used for the protection of buried ductile iron pipe. C. Polyethylene wrap or sleeves may also be installed around buried PVC pipe for recycled water identification. 1.10 WARNING/IDENTIFICATION TAPE Warning/identification tape shall be used to identify location of underground utilities and to act as a warning against accidental dig-ins of buried utilities. Warning/identification tape shall be used on all underground water and recycled water mains, potable and recycled water irrigation systems, sewer mains, and all related appurtenances. , Warning/identification tape shall also be used on cathodic protection wiring systems and .tracer wire brought into and out of access ports. •••••,;•• : 1.11 GATE WELLS Gate Wells shall be used for buried valves 50mm (4") and larger, unless otherwise indicated on the Standard Drawings. Gate well box and lid shall be used on all gate wells. . : ' •" • ;, , . " .- '' , •,""'","" ,".''*" - •' • 4 " ' ' ' 1.12 VALVE STEM EXTENSION Valve Stem Extensions shall be installed when the valve operating nut is more than 1.5m (51) below grade. Stem extensions shall be of sufficient length to bring the operating nut to a point between 300mm (12") and 450mm (18") below the gate well lid. JUNE 2004 2 of 15 ' SECTION 15000 ,.-•;• -. General Piping System and Appurtenances 1.13 METER BOXES A. Meter boxes shall be used for 25mm (1") and 50mm (2'%water meters. B. Meter boxes shall be sized for the specific meter size or size as indicated on the Standard Drawings. 1.14 RECYCLED WATER IDENTIFICATION Facilities installed for the use of recycled water shall be identified with purple color coating, identification labels, or signs. 1.15 CURB IDENTIFICATION MARK FOR SERVICES The Contractor shall mark the location of all potable water, recycled water and sewer laterals at the curb crossing by stamping the face of the curb in 50mm (2") high letters as described below: A. Potable water laterals shall be stamped with a letter "W". B. Recycled water laterals shall be stamped with a letter "RW". C. Sewer laterals be stamped with a letter "S". PART 2 MATERIALS 2.1 TEMPORARY ABOVEGROUND PIPE (HIGH LINE) High line piping layout, materials and appurtenances shall be as indicated on the approved submittal. 2.2 FLEXIBLE PIPE COUPLINGS Flexible pipe couplings* shall be in accordance with the Approved Materials List and as described below: A, . Steel Couplings shall have middle rings made of steel conforming to ASTM A 36/A 36M, A 53 (Type E or S), or A 512 having a minimum yield strength of 207 MPa (30,000 psi). Follower rings shall be ductile-iron per ASTM A 536, or steel per ASTM A 108, Grade 1018 or ASTM A 510, Grade 1018. Minimum .:: middle ring length shall be 175 mm (7") for pipe sized 150 mm (6") through 600 mm (24"). ' -.•'--' B. Sleeve bolts shall be made of stainless steel per ASTM A193 and shall have a minimum yield strength of 276 MPa (40,000 psi), an ultimate yield strength of 414 MPa (60,000 psi), and shall conform to AWWA C111. JUNE2004 . . 3of15 SECTION 15000 : ; General Piping System and Appurtenances 2.3 GROOVED END OR SHOULDERED COUPLINGS FOR DUCTILE IRON OR STEEL PIPE Groove end or shouldered couplings shall be in accordance with the Approved Materials List and as described below: A. Use square-cut shouldered or grooved ends per AWWA C606. Grooved-end couplings shall be malleable iron per ASTM A 47, or ductile iron per ASTM A 536. Gaskets shall be per ASTM D 2000. B. Bolts in exposed service shall conform to ASTM A 183, 69 MPa (10,000 psi) tensile strength. 2.4 JOINT RESTRAINT SYSTEM Joint Restraint Systems shall be ductile-iron and shall consist of a split-ring restraint with machined (not cast) serrations - on the inside diameter, a back-up ring, and connecting bolts, and shall be selected from the Approved Materials List. Splined gaskets, also known as joint restraint gaskets, shall be a rubber-ring type with stainless steel locking segments vulcanized into the gasket. 2.5 FIELD TOUCH-UP APPLICATIONS All surfaces of metallic appurtenances in contact with potable water and not protected from corrosion by another system shall be shop-coated by the manufacturer. Appurtenances with damaged coatings shall be repaired or replaced as directed by the Engineer. Touch-up of damaged surfaces, when allowed by the Engineer, shall be performed in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations. 2.6 BOLTS AND NUTS Bolts and nuts shall be as indicated below. A. Cadmium-plated or zinc-plated bolts and nuts shall be used for the installation of , pipelines up to 500mm (20") diameter and shall be carbon steel conforming to ASTM A307, Grade A, unless otherwise indicated on the approved drawings. Bolts shall be standard ANSI B1.1, Class A coarse threads. Nuts shall be ' standard ANSI B1.1, Class 2H coarse threads. B. Stainless steel bolts and nuts shall be used for the installation of pipelines 600mm (24") diameter and larger and for submerged flanges. Bolts and nuts shall be Type 316 stainless steel conforming to ASTM A193, Grade B8M for bolts, and Grade 8M for nuts. Use lubricant for stainless steel belts and nuts. Lubricant shall be Husky Lube "O" Seal by Husk-ITT Corporation or equal C. All bolt heads and nuts shall be hexagonal, except where special shapes are required. Bolts shall be of such length that not less than 6.4mm (1/4") or more than 12.7mm (1/2") shall project past the nut in tightened position. D. Provide a washer under each nut and under each bolthead. Use washers of the same materials as the nuts. JUNE 2004 4 of 15 SECTION 15000 General Piping System and Appurtenances 2.7 POLYETHYLENE ENCASEMENT Polyethylene encasement shall be as indicated below and shall be selected from the Approved Materials List. Polyethylene materials shall be kept out of direct sunlight exposure. A. Polyethylene sleeves shall be a minimum 0.305mm (0.012" or 12 mil) thick polyethylene plastic in accordance with AWWA C105. B. Polyethylene wrap shall be a minimum 0.203mm (0.008" or 8 mil) thick polyethylene plastic in accordance with AWWA C105. C. Polyethylene wrap and sleeves shall be clear for use with potable water and purple for use with recycled water. D. Polyethylene or vinyl adhesive tape a minimum of 50mm (2") wide or plastic tie straps shall be used to secure polyethylene encasement. 2.8 WARNING/IDENTIFICATION TAPE Warning/identification tape shall be as indicated below and in accordance with the Approved Materials List. A. Tape shall be an inert plastic film or metallic formulated for prolonged underground use that will not degrade when exposed to alkalies, acids and other 1 destructive substances commonly found in soil. B. Tape shall be puncture-resistant and shall have an elongation of two times its original length before parting. C. Tape shall be colored to identify the type of utility intended for identification. Printed message and tape color shall be as follows: - Printed Message Tape Color Caution: Waterline Buried Below Blue Caution: Recycled Waterline Buried Below Purple Caution; Cathodic Protection Cable Buried Below Red Caution: Electric Line Buried Below Red : Ink used to print messages shall be permanently fixed to tape and shall be black in color with message printed continuously throughout. D. Tape shall be minimum 0.1 Q2mm (0.004" or 4 mil) thick x 150mm (6") wide with a printed message on one side. Tape used with the installation of onsite' potable and recycled water irrigation systems shall be a minimum of 75mm (3") wide. JUNE 2004 5 of 15 SECTION 15000 General Piping System and Appurtenances 2.9 INSULATING UNIONS & COUPLINGS A. For insulating unions, use a molded nylong sealing sleeve mounted in a three- piece malcable-iron body (ASTM A47 or A197). Use thread ends when connecting to steel piping, and copper solder joint when connecting to copper piping. Minimum working pressure shall be 150 psi. B. Threaded insulating couplings shall provide dielectric protection from electrolytic corrosion at points where piping of dissimilar metals is joined. 2.10 GATEWELLS < Valve gate wells shall be as indicated below in accordance with the Approved Materials List. A. .Valve gate well size and material shall be as follows: B. Valve Size Larger than 100mm (4") Gate Well Size and Material 200mm (8") diameter Class 150, C-900 PVC 1. 2. PVC gate wells for use in recycled water system applications shall be white. PVC gate wells for use in potable water system applications shall be white or blue. Gate well lids shall be as indicated below in accordance with the Approved Materials List. . 1. Gate well box lids shall be circular ductile-iron, and shall include a skirt for a close fit inside the upper portion of the gate well. Lids shall be cast with the AGENCY NAME (CMWD) and the word WATER for use on potable water systems, and Recycled Water for recycled water systems. 2. Lids shall be Brooks 4TT with long skirt or approved equal. 3. Normally closed potable water valves and recycled water valves shall use box lids by Brooks 3RT or approved equal. 4. Lid sizes shall be as follows: . , Valves Larger than 100mm (4") where the .. speed limit is 56 km/h (35 mph) or greater Gate Well Lid Machined ductile-iron frame and 200mm (8") lid with 150mm (6") long skirt o JUNE 2004 6. of 15 SECTION 15000 General Piping System and Appurtenances 2.11 VALVE STEM EXTENSIONS Stem extensions shall be complete with operating nut, location ring, and lower socket to fit valve-operating nut. The configuration of the extension stem nut shall match that of the valve it operates. .""-,- A. Stem extensions shall be square fiberglass tubing glued together to make a continuous one-piece unit used to a maximunri length of 2.4m, eight feet (8')v B. Steel stem extensions shall be used where the maximum length of the extension exceeds 2.4m (81) or at the request of the District Engineer. Steel stem extensions may be round or square hot-dipped galvanized .steel tubing of solid design (no pinned couplings permitted) with guides. 2.12 METER BOXES Meter boxes shall be polymer-type boxes with lids selected from the Approved Materials List. :•;•'•' A. Meter box sizes shall be as follows: < Meter Box Size 250mm x 500mm (1 2" x 20") 425mm x 750mm (1 7" x 30") / Meter Box Uses 25mm (1") water services 50mm (2") water services • '.•-.-•' . ' - . . • A '. • • ' B. Meter box lids for use in potable water system applications shall be gray. C. Meter box lids for use in recycled water system applications shall be purple. 2.13 RECYCLED WATER IDENTIFICATION Materials used to identify pipe and appurtenances used for recycled water, not manufactured in purple color, shall be as described in Carlsbad Reclamation Rules & Regulation for Construction of Reclaimed Water Mains. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 TEMPORARY ABOVEGROUND PIPE (HIGH LINE) ' ' • • - ' , v A. All high line piping, fittings, and service connections shall be furnished, installed, and maintained by the Contractor, and the Contractor shall make connections to a water source designated by the District Engineer. B. All pipe, valves, fittings, hose and connections furnished by the Contractor shall be of good quality, clean, and suitable for conveying potable water in the opinion of the District Engineer. C. The high line pipe shall be installed in such a manner that it will not present a hazard to traffic arid will not interfere with access to homes and driveways along its route. JUNE 2004 7 of 15 SECTION 15000, General Piping System and Appurtenances D. Valves shall be installed at 60m (2001) intervals or as directed by the District Engineer. The use of-pressure reducing valves (PRV) may be required as directed by the District Engineer. E. The Contractor shall be responsible for disinfecting all high lines, connections, and flushing. • F. 'Following disinfection and acceptance of the high line as a potable water system, the Contractor shall maintain continuous service through the high line piping to all : consumers normally served both directly-and indirectly by the pipeline. G. Upon completion of the work, the Contractor shall remove the high line piping and appurtenances. H. If progress in making repairs to the high line is inadequate, the District Engineer, may order necessary corrective measures. Corrective measures may consist of "-"• directing District personnel or another contractor to complete the work. All costs for corrective measures shall be borne by the Contractor. 3.2 CONNECTION TO EXISTING FACILITIES (WET TAPS AND CUT-IN INSTALLATIONS) The Contractor shall furnish the tapping sleeve or tee, valves and all other materials as ^r called for in the Standard Specifications in accordance with the Approved Materials List. The Contractor shall provide all equipment and labor required for the excavation and installation of the connection including, but not limited to, backfill and pavement replacement. In certain circumstances the Contractor may be required to provide a water truck, high line, and fittings; as part of the equipment for making the connections. In addition, the Contractor shall assist the District in alleviating any hardship incurred during a shutdown for connections. Emergency standby equipment or materials may be required of the Contractor by the District Engineer. Wet taps or cut-in tee and valve installations shall be performed as follows: A. Prior to construction, Contractor shall pothole the existing pipe at the location of the proposed connection. The District shall inspect the pothole prior to Contractor's repair of trench. Refer to Section 01000 for protection of existing facilities. Contractor shall record the following information on as-built drawings: 1. Pipe size, outside diameter. , 2. Pipe type such as ACP, PVC, Ductile-Iron or Steel. 3. Pipe class and/or pressure rating. 4. Elevation, grade, and alignment. ••••"-' 5. Location of collars, pipe bells, fittings or couplings, if found. '; Note: Collars, bells, fittings, or couplings shall not be within 18-inches of the outer dimension of the tapping saddle. 6. Potential conflicts with existing utilities. JUNE 2004 8 of 15 SECTION 15000 General Piping System and Appurtenances B. To facilitate the proposed connection and allow for slight adjustments in alignment, the Contractor shall leave a minimum 3.0m (10') gap between the new pipe installation and the proposed connection point at the existing water main. The Contractor shall leave a gap longer than 3.0m (10') if conditions warrant, or if directed by the Engineer. ••••''; '"* •' • . ••.'.''" C. The new pipeline shall have successfully passed pressure testing in accordance with Section 15044 and disinfection and bacteriological testing in accordance with Section 15041 prior to proceeding with the connection to the existing pipeline. D. After the City Engineer has given approval to proceed with the connection, the ; Contractor shall schedule with the District for the wet tap or cut-in installation. 1. Shutdowns will be scheduled at the convenience of the District. Shutdowns may be scheduled for nights or weekends if required. , 2. The Contractor shall give the District a minimum of 5 working days notice prior to any proposed excavation or shutdown of existing mains or services. Scheduling shall be subject to approval by the District Engineer. 3. The District may postpone or reschedule any shutdown operation if, for any reason, the District Engineer believes that the Contractor is improperly prepared with competent personnel, equipment, or materials to proceed with the connection. • 4. If progress in completing the connection within the time specified is inadequate, the Engineer may order necessary corrective measures. Corrective measures may consist of directing District personnel or another contractor to complete the work. All costs for corrective measures shall be borne by the Contractor. E. Contractor may proceed with excavation only after potholing has been completed, materials have been approved and delivered, and wet tap or cut-in installation has been scheduled with approved Connection Permit. 1. The Contractor shall saw-cut pavement, excavate and provide and install shoring and steel plating, when necessary, one day prior to the wet tap or cut-in installation. 2. The Contractor, shall provide lights, barricades and traffic control in accordance with the agency of jurisdiction and as deemed necessary for the excavation by the Engineer. • 3. The Contractor shall de-water existing mains in full compliance with NPDES standards where cut-in installations are required and shall be done in the presence of the Engineer and in accordance with Section 15041. Only District personnel are authorized to operate existing valves. The Contractor shall be responsible for any and all damage resulting from unauthorized operation of existing District facilities. JUNE 2004 9 of 15 SECTION 15000 - - General Piping System and Appurtenances : 4. The Contractor under the inspection of the City shall perform the following ; . work for wet taps and cut-in installations: > a. Wet taps: Disinfect and install and tapping, saddle and tapping valve and perform tapping operations. b. Cut-ins: Cut and remove portions of existing mains, and disinfect • and install tees, valves, couplings, and appurtenances required to . ; complete the closure. The Contractor shall discard pipe and appurtenances removed from service in accordance with this Section. 5. After the Contractor has performed tapping or cut-in operations, and the Engineer has given approval to proceed, the Contractor shall complete the installation as shown on the Approved Plans in accordance with the . Standard Specifications including, but not limited to: - " a. Disinfecting and installing, the pipe section(s) necessary to make . • the closure to the new system. . b. Installing and setting the valve gate well(s) in accordance with the •r . Standard Drawings. - ..-.'••• - • • • . ' :'••'• : c. Installing thrust and anchor blocks in accordance with Section 03000. _o. v d. Completing all backfill and compaction of the trench in accordance ^-^ ' with Section 02223. , ,"'*"'"." ,'.-:- ,. ' ' - T' • e. Repairing or replacing pavement as necessary. 3.3 FLEXIBLE PIPE COUPLINGS Flexible pipe couplings shall be installed in accordance with the manufacturers recommendations and as described below: A. Use plain-end pipe with flexible couplings per AWWA C200. Provide joint harnesses per AWWA M11 for aboveground applications or where indicated on the Approved Plans. B. *. Flexible couplings may be used only where indicated on the drawings. C. Clean oil, scale, rust, and dirt from the pipe ends and touch-up the epoxy coatjng and allow time for curing before installing the coupling. Clean the gaskets before installing. D. Follow the manufacturer's recommendation for installation and bolt torque using a . ; ' properly calibrated torque wrench. E. Lubricate the bolt threads with graphite prior to installation. JUNE 2004 10 of 15 SECTION 15000 ,• . . General Piping System and Appurtenances 3.4 GROOVED-END OR SHOULDERED COUPLINGS FOR DUCTILE IRON OR STEEL PIPE """'• Grooved-end or shouldered couplings shall be installed in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations and as described below: A. Grooved-end or shouldered joint couplings shall be installed per AWWA C606 and the manufacturer's recommendations. B. Clean loose scale, rust, oil, grease, and dirt from the pipe or fitting groove arid touch-up the epoxy coating as necessary, allowing time for curing before : . installing the coupling. C. Clean the gasket before installation. Apply a lubricant selected from the Approved Materials List to the gasket exterior including lips, pipe ends, and housing interiors. • D. Fasten the coupling alternately and evenly until the coupling halves are seated. Follow the manufacturer's recommendation for bolt torque using a properly calibrated torque wrench. 3.5 JOINT RESTRAINT SYSTEM Joint Restraint Systems shall be installed in accordance with the manufacturers ' recommendations and as described below: A. Length of pipe to be restrained on each side of bends, fees, reducers and other fittings shall be determined by the Private Engineer or manufacturer of the restraint device. B. Split ring restraint shall be installed on the spigot end of pipe, connected to a back-up ring which seats behind the bell of the adjoining pipe or fitting. -C. Restraint devices can be installed prior to lowering pipe into the trench. D. Splined gaskets, also known as joint restraint gaskets, shall be installed in ; accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations. 3.6 BOLTS AND NUTS A. All bolts and nuts shall be new and unused. B. Bolts and nuts shall be cleaned, if needed, by wire brushing and lubricated prior to assembly. C. Tighten nuts uniformly and progressively. ••'""" ' r ' D. Buried bolts and nuts shall receive a heavy coat of protective non-oxide grease coating selected from the Approved Materials List prior to being wrapped with polyethylene. JUNE 2004 11 Of 15 , SECTION 15000 ' General Piping System and Appurtenances E. All stainless steel bolts shall be coated with an anti-seize compound selected from the Approved Materials List. • '.' F. Bolts and nuts shall not be reused once tightened. Used bolts and nuts shall be discarded and removed from the job. ••-,.-• 3.7 POLYETHYLENE ENCASEMENT A. Polyethylene encasement shall completely encase and cover all metal surfaces. : Pipe: All ductile-iron pipe shall be encased with polyethylene sleeves in accordance with Method A described in AWWA C105, or with polyethylene wrap in accordance with Method C described in AWWA C105. • Fittings: Fittings such as tees; bends and reducers shall be encased with polyethylene wrap in accordance with AWWA C105. •••'..•; Valves: Valves shall have only the stem and operating nut exposed and the wrap : shall be attached so that valve operation will not disturb the wrapping or break the seal. B. Polyethylene sleeves shall be secured with polyethylene or vinyl adhesive tape or plastic tie straps at the ends and quarter points along the sleeve in a manner that will hold the sleeve securely in place during backfill;-Polyethylene wrap shall be secured with polyethylene or vinyl adhesive tape in a manner that will hold the wrap securely in place during backfill. 3.8 WARNING/IDENTIFICATION TAPE Warning/Identification Tape shall be installed as described below in accordance with the Standard Drawings. A. Tape shall be placed at the top of the pipe zone 300mm (12") above and centered over the utility intended for identification. Tape used with onsite potable and recycled water irrigation systems shall be installed at 150mm (6") above the ; pipe. B. Tape shall be installed with the printed side up and run continuously along the entire length of the utility intended for identification. Tape shall be installed on the main piping and all appurtenant laterals, including blowoffs, air valve assemblies, fire hydrants, and services. Tape splices shall overlap a minimum of 600mm (24") for continuous coverage. C. Tape shall be installed prior to placement of the Trench Zone Backfill. o JUNE 2004 12 of 15 SECTION 15000 .-•...' , , General Piping System and Appurtenances 3.9 GATE WELLS AND VALVE STEM EXTENSIONS Gate wells shall be installed as shown on the Standard Drawings and as described below: A. Gate wells shall be installed as shown on the Standard Drawings and as • ; described below: B. Gate wells shall be color coated to identify the type and use of the valve installed. 1. The inside portion of the gate well lid and interior portion of PVC gate well . '_ shall be identified with a minimum 50mm (2") diameter painted identification marking. Paint color shall be as follows: Color Gate Well Lid and PVC' Gate Well for: - Red Normally Closed System Valves (NCV) White Resilient Wedge Gate Valves (RWGV) Green Butterfly Valves (BFV) 2. The top exterior portion of the gate well lid and ring shall be coated in accordance with Section 09910. C. Valve Stem Extensions shall be installed when the valve operating nut is more than 1.5m (51) below grade. Stem extensions shall be of sufficient length to bring the operating nut to a point between 300mm (12") and 450mm (18") below the gate well lid. Valve stem extensions shall be installed in accordance with the Standard Drawings. 3.10 METER BOX INSTALLATION Meter boxes shall be installed at the elevations and locations shown on the Approved Plans and in accordance with the Standard Drawings. Near the completion of the '••.••- project, a final meter box adjustment to finish grade may be required. Water meters shall hot be installed until final adjustments are made to the meter box and approved by the District. . . 3.11 ABANDONMENT OR REMOVAL FROM SERVICE OF EXISTING FACILITIES " • " '-\ ' ~ ' • ' _ * _ - . Before excavating for new mains that are to replace existing pipes or services, the Contractor shall make provisions for the continuation and maintenance of service to customers as directed by the District Engineer. : . Abandonment or removal from service of existing mains, appurtenances or water services shown on the Approved Plans or as called for by the District Engineer shall be as directed by the District Engineer. JUNE 2004 , 13 of 15 SECTION 15000 General Piping System and Appurtenances Abandonment or removal from service of existing mains, appurtenances or water services shown on the Approved Plans or as calied for by the District Engineer shall be as indicated below and in accordance with the Standard Drawings: A. Abandonment in place: 1' f- '., •' . '•'.:•.. *".'-,-. ' \ ,- 1. Existing pipe 100mm (4") and smaller shall have a, short section of pipe removed and pipe ends encased in concrete. 2. Existing pipe 150mm (6") through 350mm (14"j shall be cut and plugged with concrete or shall be pressure-grouted at intervals of 60m (2001) as recommended by the Engineer. 3. Existing pipe 400mm (16") and larger shall be entirely filled by pressure- grouting or by blown sand as determined by the Engineer. 4., . Existing pipe ends shall be filled with concrete. 5. All valves shall be removed with remaining pipe or fittings permanently . sealed with blind flange or concrete plug. 6. Gate wells shall be cut 600mm (24") below grade and filled with 1-2 slurry , sack concrete or removed and replaced with compacted backfill. "•"„•'«"," . . " • , * .,. ' . -- ' >•'". :,.• 7. Water service corporation stops shall be closed. Meter boxes and curb stops shall be removed. Service laterals shall;be cut back a minimum of 24-inches below the finish grade. - v, 8. Water services to be abandoned that are connected to pipelines that will remain in service shall be abandoned in-place. 9., Sewer laterals shall be cut and plugged with concrete or capped at the main as directed by the Engineer for the specific circumstance and material type identified. ...•*• 10. Sewer access holes shall have the cover and frame, concrete ring, grade . rings and cone.section removed. Inlet and outlet piping shall be plugged with concrete, manhole void shall be filled with sand, and a 300mm (12") thick, reinforced concrete slab shall be poured over the top of remaining ,-. . manhole. The Contractor shall backfill hole to ground surface with compacted select fill. .•_:.! B. Removal by excavation: -. '.. . . , ^ 1. Existing pipe and appurtenances shall be removed from.the ground as indicated on the Approved Plans or as directed by the District Engineer. o JUNE 2004 l 14 of 15 SECTION 15000 •-.;..-... General Piping System and Appurtenances 2. Contractor shall provide measures that allow for the removal of existing sewer mains 'and appurtenances with ho leakage of raw sewage. Transportation of sewer mains and appurtenances removed from service shall be in waterproof trucks to prevent raw sewage from leaking on -'.'..' public streets. 3. Removal of asbestos-cement pipe (ACP) and sewer mains and appurtenances shall be in accordance with all applicable State and Federal requirements/Legal disposal is the responsibility of the Contractor. Obtain approval from the agency having disposal jurisdiction with respect to disposal sites. 4. Backfill, compaction, and surface repair of all excavations for removal of pipe and appurtenances shall be made in accordance with the Approved Plans, Section 02223 of the Standard Specifications, and the Standard Drawings. . 3.12 SALVAGE When the Contractor is required to remove existing pipe and appurtenances, or portions thereof, from the ground, such material may, at the discretion of the Engineer, be considered salvage. All materials identified as salvage are considered property of the District. . A. The Contractor shall remove and temporarily stockpile all materials identified as salvage in a safe location that will not disrupt traffic or shall deliver salvage to the District's Field Operations Yard as directed by the District Engineer. B. The Contractor shall legally dispose of all other materials in an appropriate manner. Disposal is the responsibility of the Contractor. Obtain concurrence from the agency having disposal jurisdiction with respect to disposal sites and transportation methods. 3.13 RECONNECTIONS A. The Contractor may encounter unused service laterals or appurtenant piping connected to an existing pipeline being replaced. Laterals and appurtenance piping that will not be connected to the new pipeline shall be abandoned as described in section 3.11. . B. Existing service laterals or appurtenances to be connected to new pipelines shall be installed as shown on the Approved Plans or as directed by the District Engineer in accordance with the Standard Drawings. ; END OF SECTION JUNE 2004 15 of 15 SECTION 15000 General Piping System and Appurtenances SECTION 15041 DISINFECTION OF PIPING PART1 GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION This section describes requirements for disinfection by chlorination of potable and recycled water mains, services, pipe appurtenances and connections. 1.2 REFERENCED STANDARDS The publications listed below form part of this specification to the extent referenced and are referred to in the text by the basic designation only. Reference shall be made to the latest edition of said standards unless otherwise called for. A. American Water Works Association (AWWA). B300 Standard for Hypochlorites B301 Standard for Liquid Chlorine C651 Disinfecting Water Mains 1.3 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE CMWD Standard Specifications 15000,15044,15056,15057, 15061, and 15064 1.4 SERVICE APPLICATION A. All water mains and appurtenances taken put of service for inspection, repairs, or other activity that might lead to contamination shall be disinfected before they are returned to service. = - . B. All new water mains and temporary high lines shall be disinfected prior to , ... connection to the District's existing system. C. All components incorporated into a connection to the District's existing system shall be disinfected prior to installation. 1.5 SUBMITTALS A. A written disinfection and dechlorination plan signed by a certified chlorinator shall be submitted,to the Engineer for review and approval prior to starting disinfection or dechlorination operations. Plan for disinfection method and procedure shall include equipment used to inject the chlorine solution, gauges or scales to measure the rate at which chlorine is injected, qualifications of personnel, testing location and schedule, source of water and water disposal locations. Personnel performing the disinfection shall demonstrate a minimum of five years experience in the chlorination and dechlorination of pipelines. B. Qualification of certified testing laboratory. C. Four copies of bacteriological test results to the Engineer upon completion of each test. D. Emergency Response Plan. JUNE 2004 1 of 6 SECTION 15041 , Disinfection of Piping o O 1.6 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING Chlorination and dechlorination shall be performed by competent individuals knowledgeable and experienced in the operation of the necessary application and safety equipment in accordance with applicable Federal, State and Local laws and regulations. The transport, storage and handling of these materials shall be performed in accordance with Code of Federal Regulations (CFR) 1910.120 Hazardous Waste Operations and Emergency Response, CFR 49.172 Hazardous Materials Regulations, and the General Industry Safety Orders of the California Code of Regulations, Title 8, Section 5194. 1.7. CONCURRENT DISINFECTION AND HYDROSTATIC TESTING The specified disinfection of the pipelines may be performed concurrently with the hydrostatic testing in accordance with Section 15044. In the event repairs are necessary, as indicated by the hydrostatic test, additional disinfection may be required by the Engineer in accordance with this specification. 1.8 CONNECTION TO EXISTING MAINS Prior to connection to existing mains, disinfection and bacteriological testing shall be performed in accordance with this specification, and hydrostatic testing shall be performed per Section 15044. A District Connection Permit is required authorizing connection.to an existing system shall and be given only on the basis of acceptable hydrostatic, disinfection and bacteriological test results. Connection to existing mains shall be performed in accordance with Section 15000. ...•'.' PART 2 MATERIALS 2.1 CHLORINE (GAS) A. Liquid chlorine contains 100-percent available chlorine and is packaged in steel containers in net weights of 68:1 kg (150 Ib.) or 907.2kg (1 ton). B. Liquid chlorine shall be used with appropriate gas flow chlorinators, heaters, and injectors to provide a controlled, high-concentration solution feed to the water. The chlorinators and injectors shall be the vacuum-operated type. 2.2 SODIUM HYPOCHLORITE (LIQUID) Sodium hypochlorite is available in liquid form in glass or plastic containers, ranging in size from 0.95 L (1 Qt.) to 18.93 L (5 Gal.). The solution contains approximately 10% to 15% available chlorine. 2.3 TABLET OR GRANULAR HYPOCHLORITE Tablet or granular hypochlorite may be used if a solution container is utilized to provide a continuous feed method. JUNE 2004 2 of 6 SECTION 15041 Disinfection of Piping PART3 EXECUTION 3.1 GENERAL A. Disinfection of pipelines shall not proceed until all appurtenances and any necessary sample ports have been installed and the Engineer provides authorization. B. Every effort shall be made to keep the water main and its appurtenances clean and dry during the installation process. C. All piping, valves, fittings, and appurtenances which become contaminated during installation shall be cleaned, rinsed with potable water, and then sprayed or swabbed with a 5 percent sodium hypochlorite disinfecting solution prior to installation. ' ,; . : : D. Water mains under construction that become flooded by storm water, runoff, or groundwater shall be cleaned by draining and flushing with metered potable water until clear water is evident. Upon completion, the entire main shall be disinfected using a method approved by the Engineer.. . • 3.2 METHODS A. Chlorine (Gas) 1. Only vacuum-operated equipment shall be used. Direct-feed chlorinators, which operate solely from gas pressure in the chlorine cylinder, shall not be permitted. The equipment shall incorporate a backflow prevention device at the point of connection to the potable water source used to fill the line being tested. 2. The chlorinating agent shall be applied at the beginning of the system to be chlorinated and shall be injected through a corporation stop, a hydrant, or other approved connection to ensure treatment of the entire . system being disinfected. 3. Only a certified, licensed chlorination and testing contractor shall perform gas chlorination work. The chlorination contractor must also possess a Grade II Treatment Plant Operator Certification from the State of California if required by the Engineer. ' * '"> .-•"". ' ' '> "" ' '" ...-'""• ., "'•. " B. Sodium Hypochlorite Solution (Liquid) 1. Sodium hypochlorite solution shall be used for cleaning and swabbing piping and appurtenances immediately prior to installation and for disinfecting all."components .of connections to the District's existing system. , JUNE 2004 3 of 6 SECTION 15041 Disinfection of Piping 2. Sodium hypochlorite solution may be used for the initial disinfection of newly installed water mains. The solution shall be applied at a terminus of the system to be chlorinated using an injector which can adjust the amount of solution being injected into the piping system. The solution shall be injected in the appropriate concentration to achieve the specified concentration range of chlorine throughout the entire piping system. Where pumping equipment is used in conjunction with an injector,, an integral backflow prevention device shall be used and connected to the potable water supply. . 3. Water trucks, pumping equipment, piping, appurtenances and all other v equipment in contact with potable water shall be disinfected prior to use. 4. Sodium hypochlorite solution may also be used to increase the total chlorine residual if the concentration from the initial chlorination of the system is found to be low. The solution shall be added to the system in sufficient amounts at appropriate locations to ensure that the disinfecting solution is present at a concentration within the specified range throughout the piping system. 3.3 PROCEDURE FOR DISINFECTING WATER MAINS AND APPURTENANCES A. The pipeline shall be filled at a rate not to exceed 1,135 liters per minute (300 GPM) or a velocity of 0.3m per second (1 foot per second), whichever is less. B. Disinfection shall result in a total chlorine concentration of not less than 25-mg/l. This concentration shall be evenly distributed throughout the system to be disinfected, using a continuous feed method of chlorination. C. All valves shall be operated with the disinfection solution present in the pipeline. All appurtenances such as air-vacuum relief valves, blowoffs, hydrants, backflow prevention devices, and water service laterals shall be flushed with the treated water a sufficient length of time to ensure a chlorine concentration within the specified range in all components of each appurtenance. (Note the limitations for discharge of chlorinated water outlined below.) D. The Engineer will verify the presence of the disinfection solution throughout the system by sampling and testing for acceptable chlorine concentrations at the various appurtenances and/or at the test ports provided by the Contractor. Areas . of the system found to be below the specified chlorine concentration level shall receive additional flushing as noted above and/or additional disinfection solution as necessary. (Note the limitations for discharge of chlorinated water outlined below.) Addition of disinfection solution after the initial charging of the line shall , be made by either the liquid chlorine (gas) method, or the sodium hypochlorite method as directed by the Engineer. JUNE 2004 4 of 6 SECTION 15041 Disinfection of Piping •: E. The chlorinated water shall be retained in the system for a minimum of 24 hours. The District Engineer will test the total chlorine residual. The system shall contain a total chlorine residual of not less than 80% of the initial total chlorine residual before the 24-hour soaking period began. If the total chlorine residual has decreased more than 20%, the system shall be soaked for an additional 24-hour period. If the total chlorine residual has not deceased after this additional 24-hour period; the system shall be flushed in accordance with the procedure detailed herein. If the total chlorine residual has decreased, the system shall be flushed in accordance with the procedure detailed herein; and shall be re-disinfected. F. Following a successful retention period as determined by the District Engineer, the chlorinated water shall be flushed from the system at its extremities and at each appurtenance, using potable water from a source designated by the District Engineer. The minimum water velocity during flushing shall be 0.9 meters per second (3 feet per second) or as directed by the Engineer. Flushing shall continue until the replacement water in the new system is equal in chlorine residual to the potable source of supply as verified by the District. (Note the limitations for discharge of chlorinated water outlined below.) G. The Contractor shall contract with a State certified sampling laboratory to perform sampling, transport samples and perform bacteriological sampling and testing as specified herein. 3.4 DISCHARGE OF CHLORINATED WATER A. Indiscriminate onsite disposal or discharge to sewer systems, storm drains, ~ • • . drainage courses or surface waters of chlorinated water is prohibited. \ B. In locations where chlorine neutralization is required, the reducing agent shall be applied to the water as it exits the piping system. The Developer shall monitor the chlorine residual during the discharge operations. Total residual chlorine limits in these locations, and for the discharge of chlorinated water from the testing of pipelines to surface waters of the San Diego Region are as follows: Total Residual Chlorine Effluent Limitations 30-Day Average - 0.002 mg/l Average Daily Maximum - 0.008 mg/l Instantaneous Maximum - 0.02 mg/l The various methods of dechlorination available can remove residual chlorine to concentrations below standard analytical methods of detection, 0.02 mg/l, which will assure compliance with the effluent limit. The Developer will perform all necessary tests, keeping and providing records to the Engineer to ensure that the total residual chlorine effluent limitations listed above are met. C. In locations where no hazard to the environment is evident based on the joint examination described above, the chlorinated water may be broadcast for dust control on the surface of the immediate site. Care shall be exercised in broadcasting the water to prevent runoff. o o 'JUNE 2004 5 of 6 SECTION 15041 / Disinfection of Piping 3.5 BACTERIOLOGICAL TESTING The Contractor shall employ a State certified laboratory to perform bacteriological sampling and testing of all new system installations. The testing methodology employed by the District shall be as set forth in "Standard Methods for the Examination of Water and Waste Water" (current edition). Testing requirements are as set forth in the California Domestic Water Quality and Monitoring Regulations and commensurate with current requirements for surface water testing. The testing laboratory will analyze the samples for the presence of coliform bacteria and heterotrophic-type bacteria (heterotrophic plate count). The evaluation criteria employed by the District for a passing test sample is as follows: A. Coliform bacteria: no positive sample, and B. Heterotrophic plate count (HPC): 500 colony forming units/ml or less. 3.06 REDISINFECTION ' ' .-•".' ' s If the initial disinfection fails to produce satisfactory bacteriological test results, the pipeline system shall be re-flushed and re-sampled. If the second set of samples does not produce satisfactory results, the pipeline system shall be re-chlorinated, flushed, and re-stamped. The chlorination, flushing, and sampling procedure shall continue until satisfactory results are obtained. Re-disinfection and retesting shall be at the Contractor's expense. 3.07 DISINFECTING TIE-INS AND CONNECTIONS Pipes, fittings, valves and all other components incorporated into connections with the District's existing system shall be spray disinfected or swabbed with a liquid chlorine solution in accordance with AWWA C651 and as specified herein. Upon connection to the main, the line shall be flushed as directed by the District Engineer. Disinfection by this method is generally limited to assemblies of 6m (20') or less . in length. Alternate methods such as "predisinfection" prior to installation in accordance with • AWWA C651 may be required at the discretion of the District Engineer. END OF SECTION <i JUNE 2004 6 of 6 SECTION 15041 : Disinfection of Piping SECTION 15044 - HYDROSTATIC TESTING OF PRESSURE PIPELINES PART1 GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION this section describes the requirements arid procedures for pressure and leakage testing of all pressure mains. 1.2 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE CMWD Standard Drawings CMWD Standard Specifications 15000, 15041,15056,15061, and 15064 1.3 REQUIREMENTS PRIOR TO TESTING A. Provide testing procedure submittal including testing pressure, testing schedule, : : : test bulkhead locations, and water supply details. B. All piping, valves, fire hydrants, services, and related appurtenances shall be installed prior to testing. C. The pipe trench shall have trench zone backfill placed and compacted with a minimum of 0.76m (2.51) of material over the pipe. ...-,-. .........'• . , 'D. All concrete anchor blocks shall be allowed to cure a sufficient time to develop a minimum strength of 13.79 MPa (2,000 psi) before testing. E. Pressure tests on exposed and aboveground piping shall be conducted only after V , the entire piping system has been installed and attached to pipe supports, hangers or, anchors as shown on the Approved Plans. F. Steel pipelines shall not be tested before the mortar lining and coating on all pipe lengths within the line have been in place for a minimum of fourteen (14) days. Cement-mortar lined pipe shall not be filled with water until a minimum of eight hours has elapsed after the last joint has been mortared. 1.4 CONCURRENT HYDROSTATIC TESTING AND DISINFECTION OF PIPELINES Hydrostatic testing of pipelines shall be performed prior to or concurrently with the disinfection operations in accordance with Section 15041. In the event repairs are necessary, as indicated by the hydrostatic test, the District may require additional disinfection in accordance with Section 15041. 1.5 CONNECTION TO EXISTING MAINS Hydrostatic testing shall be performed prior to connections to existing mains. A District Connection Permit authorizing connection to the existing system shall be given only on the basis of acceptable hydrostatic, disinfection and bacteriological test results. Connection to existing mains shall be performed in accordance with Section 15000. JUNE 2004 •••-••', tof-4 . SECTION 15044 , , ..',:<„ .:• • Hydrostatic Testing of Pressure Pipelines PART 2 MATERIALS 2.1 WATER ^ A. Potable water shall be used for hydrostatic testing of potable and recycled water mains. B. Potable water shall be supplied by a District-approved source. Make-up water for testing shall also be potable water. C. A chlorinated water solution, in accordance with Section 15041, shall be used to , .'•. charge the line and for make-up water when hydrostatic testing and disinfection operations are combined. D. Meet all applicable state and local requirements for disposal of testing water. 2.2 CONNECTIONS A. Testing water shall be supplied through a metered connection equipped with a backflow prevention device in accordance with Section 15112 at the point of connection to the potable water source used. . B. The Contractor shall provide any temporary piping needed to deliver potable water to the piping that is to be tested. Temporary piping shall be in accordance . with Section 15000. , , : PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 GENERAL A. AH water systems shall be pre-tested to insure passage of test prior to scheduling official test with inspector. . B. The Contractor shall provide the District with a minimum of 48 hours'notice prior to the requested date and time for hydrostatic tests. C. The Contractor shall furnish all labor, materials, tools, and equipment for testing. D. Temporary blocking during the tests will be permitted only at temporary plugs, caps or where otherwise directed by the District. E. All valves and appurtenances shall be operated during the test period. The test . shall be conducted with valves jn the open position. The Contractor is not. permitted to operate any valves on the District's system. - " . ' ' ' _ . / • ' • . - F. At the onset of testing, all valves, air vacuum assemblies, blowoffs, and services shall be monitored for possible leakage and repairs made, jf necessary, before the test proceeds. The appurtenances shall be monitored through the duration of . the testing. .'"... JUNE 2004 2 of 4 . SECTION 15044 ,, . Hydrostatic Testing of Pressure Pipelines G. For pipe with porous lining, such as cement mortar, the pipe shall be filled with water and placed under a slight pressure for a minimum of forty-eight (48) hours prior to the actual hydrostatic test. H., Testing shall be made before connecting the new line with the existing District pipes and mains. I. The pipeline should be filled at a rate such that the velocity of flow is less than 1 • . •'•> . •.' fps. • • • • •.••..-. " .•••••' J. Maximum length of pipe to be included in any one (1) test shall not exceed 2,500 linear feet or vertical elevation difference of 58 feet. 3.2 FIELD TEST PROCEDURE A. Before applying the specified test pressure, care shall be taken to release all air within the pipe and appurtenances to be tested. Air shall be released through services, fire hydrants, air release valves, or other approved locations. i . -•_'"., The leakage shall be considered as the total amount of water pumped into the pipeline during the test period. Apply and maintain the test pressure by means of a hydraulic force pump. Maintain the test pressure for the fpllowing duration by restoring it whenever it falls an amount orSpsi: ' Pipe Diameter finches) B. C. D. E. 18 and less 20 to 36 Greater than 36 After the test pressure is reached, use a meter to measure the additional water added to maintain the pressure. This amount of water is the loss due to leakage in the piping system. The allowable leakage for various sizes of PUC & DIP with rubber gaskets are shown in the following table: TYPE OF PIPE: CLASSES: Pipe Sizes . (inches) . 4" 6" 8"' 10" 12" , 14" 16" 18" 20^ 24" " P.V.C. & D.I.P. 150 & 200 Allowable Leakage Gals/4 hrs/1000' of pipe .33 Gals .50 Gals . .66 Gals .83 Gals. .99 Gals. 1.16 Gals. 1.32 Gals. 1.49 Gals. 1.66 Gals. 1.98 Gals. o o o JUNE'2004 3 of 4 SECTION 15044 Hydrostatic Testing of Pressure Pipelines <l F. The allowable leakage for welded steel pipe shall be zero gallons. G. The allowable leakage for piping having threaded, brazed, or welded (including solvent welded) joints shall be zero gallons. H. Repair and retest any pipes showing leakage rates greater than that allowed in the above criteria. 3.3 TEST PRESSURE Pipe sizes in excess of 16" diameter shall be tested at a pressure based on hydraulic gradient elevation (H.G.L) as shown on the drawings. If no test H.G.L. is shown, the pipeline at the low point in test section shall be pumped to a hydrostatic test pressure of 75 p.s.i. in excess of the pressure class of pipe. Pressure shall be maintained for a duration shown in section 3.2 and shall be repumped when it falls an amount of 5 p.s.i. Pipe sizes 16" diameter and less shall be tested at 75 p.s.i. in excess to the pressure class of the pipeline. Pressure shall be maintained for a duration shown in section 3.2 and shall be repumped when it falls an amount of 5 p.s.i. The test pump gauge and meter shall be connected to the water main at a location other than the highest point in the line, in order to allow release of air from the high point. Means shall be provided for accurately measuring the quantity of water pumped through a meter and pumped into the pipe immediately, during and after the test period in order to maintain or restore the initial test pressure. All pipe, fittings, valves, services and appurtenances shall be subjected to the hydrostatic test and irrespective of the measured quantity of leakage, all detectable leaks shall be repaired by the Contractor at the contractor's expense and no cost to Carlsbad Municipal Water district. If a tested system is damaged or a leak occurs after official test the entire system or portion of system will be retested as directed by Inspector. END OF SECTION JUNE2004 •,-•' , 4of4 SECTION 15044 , Hydrostatic Testing of Pressure Pipelines SECTION 15056 DUCTILE-IRON PIPE AND FITTINGS PART1 GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION This section includes materials and installation of ductile-iron pipe and fittings for potable water systems. 1.2 REFERENCE STANDARDS , - . • • . .- ' ,":._ k The publications listed below form part of this specification to the extent referenced and are referred to in the text by the basic designation- only. Reference shall be made to the latest edition of said standards unless otherwise called for. ANSI B16.42 Ductil iron pipe flanges and flanged fittings, classes 150 and 300. ASTMA536 Specification for ductile iron castings. , AWWA C104 Cement mortar lining for ductile iron pipe and fittings for water AWWA C105 Polyethylene encasement for ductile iron pipe systems AWWA C111 Rubber-gasket joints for ductile iron pipe AWWA C600 Installation of ductile iron water mains and their appurtenqehces 1.3 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE CMWD Standard Drawings • , . CMWD Standard Specif ications 09910,15000, 15044,15061, 15064 and 15108. 1.4 SERVICE APPLICATION : v Ductile-iron pipe shall be used only in specific areas, locations, and uses allowed by the District. ' - . '• • •> • 1.5 DESIGN REQUIREMENTS A. General: 1. Ductile-iron pipe and fittings shall be manufactured per AWWA €110, C111, C115, C150, C151, and C153. Gray-iron and cast-iron fittings or flanges shall not be used. 2. Ductile-iron fittings manufactured per AWWA C153 shall be installed on mains 300mm (12") and smaller only. 3. Joints for ductile-iron pipe and fittings shall be mechanical, flanged, or push-on in accordance with AWWA C110, C111, and C153. 4. Except as amended herein, or otherwise shown on the Approved Plans, joints for ductile-iron pipe and ductile-iron fittings shall have a pressure rating equal to or greater than the adjacent piping. JUNE 2004 1 of 8 SECTION 15056 Ducile-lron Pipe and Fittings o 5. Joints in buried piping may be of the push-on, flanged or mechanical-joint type per AWWA C111 except where particularly specified on the Approved Drawings. ^ 6. Joints that are aboveground, within structures, or submerged shall be - flanged unless otherwise shown on the Approved Plans. B. Unless otherwise specified, ductile-iron flanges shall be in accordance with AWWA C115, rated at a working pressure of 1,724 KPa (250 psi). Where .required in order to connect to the flanges of 1,724 KPa (250 psi) butterfly valves, or as otherwise shown on the approved plans, ductile-iron flanges shall be compatible with AWWA C207, Class "F". Maximum working pressure of flanges shall be as specified in AWWA or ASME/ANSI. Flanges shall be integrally cast per AWWA C110 or shop-threaded per AWWA C115. Flanges shall be solid. Hollow-back flanges are not permitted. Gray-iron or cast-iron flanges are not permitted. Threading of flanges in the field is not permitted. - Where threaded flanges are used, the pipe or spool piece to which they are connected will be hydrostatically tested in the presence of the Engineer prior to installation. The pipe section or spool piece shall be hydrostatically tested for 15 minutes at the pressure rating of the flanges. No leaks shall be permitted. C. Plain ends shall conform to the requirement of AWWA C151 and to the dimensions included within AWWA C110 to accept a mechanical joint, push-on . joint, flanged coupling adaptor, flexible coupling, or grooved coupling. Refer to Section 15000 for coupling descriptions. D. The exterior surfaces of all pipe and fittings shall be factory coated with a minimum one-(1) mil thick petroleum asphaltic material per AWWA C110 and C151. E. All pipe and fittings shall be cement-mortar lined in accordance with AWWA C104, using the double thickness requirements indicated in said standard. Type il or Type V Portland cement per ASTM C 150 shall be used. 1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. , The manufacturer of each shipment of pipe shall be required to .supply a statement certifying that each lot or load of pipe and fittings has been subjected to and met the tests specified for ductile-iron pipe and fittings per AWWA C110, C111, C115, C150, C151, and C153, as applicable. B. AH pipe shall have a home mark on the spigot end to indicate proper penetration when the joint is made. C. Ductile-iron pipe shall bear indelible identification markings as required by AWWAC151. JUNE 2004 2 of 8 SECTION 15056 Ducile-lron Pipe and Fittings 1.7 SUBMITTALS -P. The following items shall be submitted and reviewed by the District prior to shipping of • ductile-iron pipe and fittings: A. An affidavit of compliance with AWWA C104, C110, C111, C115, C150, C151, C153, and the requirements of this specification. B. . Typical joint details. . C. , Typical details and description of lining and coating. D. Calculations supporting selected wall thickness. E. Calculations demonstrating that each proposed restrained joint arrangement can resist the applied forces. . F. Cathodic protection materials. 1.8 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING Delivery, storage, and handling of ductile-iron pipe and fittings shall follow the recommendations of AWWAC600 and as specified herein: A. , Handling of pipe shall be performed with lifts, cranes, or other suitable equipment and devices. Slings, hooks, or pipe tongs shall be padded and used in such a manner as to prevent damage to the pipe, linings, and coatings. The pipes shall not be dropped or dragged. . , B. During transport, the pipe shall be supported and secured against movement using padded devices in such a manner to prevent damage. C. Stored pipe shall be protected from damage and kept free from dirt and foreign materials by closing the ends of the pipe. Other pipeline materials shall be protected by appropriate packaging or wrapping. Gaskets shall be stored in a cool location out of direct sunlight. Bolts, nuts, and washers shall be handled and stored in a dry location in a manner that will ensure proper use with respect to types and sizes. , D. Pipe laid out for installation shall be placed on earth berms or timber cradles adjacent to the trench in the numerical order of installation. E. Maintain plastic end caps on all pipe and fittings in good condition until the pipe is ready to be installed in the trench. Periodically open the plastic end caps and spray clean potable water inside the pipe for moisture control. , F. Under no circumstances shall ropes or other devices be attached through the fitting's interior for handling. JUNE 2004 3 of 8 SECTION 15056 ; . Ducile-lron Pipe and Fittings o <l 1.9 RECYCLED WATER IDENTIFICATION Ductile-iron pipe and fittings for recycled water shall be identified with purple-colored coating, purple polyethylene sleeves, identification labels or signs in accordance with Section 15151. 1.10 POLYETHYLENE ENCASEMENT Polyethylene encasement shall be installed for buried ductile-iron pipe and fittings in accordance with Section 15000. 1.11 TRACERWIRE Tracer wire shall be installed for ductile-iron pipe and fittings in accordance with Section 15000. . 1.12 WARNING/IDENTIFICATION TAPE Warning/Identification tape shall be installed for ductile-iron pipe and fittings in accordance with Section 15000. PART 2 MATERIALS 2-1 DUCTILE-IRON Ductile-iron pipe and appurtenant components and materials shall be selected from the Approved Materials List in accord with the Standard Drawings. 2.2 GASKETS A. Mechanical joint rubber gasket configuration and materials shall comply with AWWA C111, and according to the applicable joint type and pressure rating of . the piping system. B. Flange gaskets shall be 3.2mm (1/8") thick acrylic or aramid fibers bound with nitrile for all sizes of pipe. Gaskets shall be full-face type with pre-punched holes. Ring gaskets extending to the inner edge of the bolt circumference may be used only upon approval of the District Engineer. C. Push-on joint rubber gaskets shall be per AWWA C111. D., If organic solvents or petroleum products are encountered during the course of the work, alternate gasket materials or joint treatment may be required by the Engineer. 2.9 BOLTS AND NUTS FOR FLANGES Bolts and nuts shall be in accordance with Section 15000 and shall be selected from the Approved Materials List. 2.10 WARNING/IDENTIFICATION TAPE „'" Warning/Identification tape materials shall be in accordance with Section 15000 and : selected from the Approved Materials List. . .JUNE 2004 ; 4 of 8 SECTION 15056 . Ducile-lron Pipe and Fittings PART3 EXECUTION 3.1 GENERAL At all times when the work of installing pipe is not in progress, including worker break times, ends of the pipe shall be closed with a vermin-proof and child-proof cap or plug. Do not permit trench water to enter the pipe. Do not place tools, clothing, or other materials in the pipe. The Contractor shall maintain the interior of the pipe in a sanitary condition free from foreign materials. 3.2 TRENCHING, BACKFILLING AND COMPACTING Trenching, backfilling and compacting shajl be performed in accordance with SSPWC. 3.3 DEWATERING , ; The Contractor shall provide and maintain at all times during construction ample means and devices to promptly remove and dispose of all water from any source entering trench excavations or other parts of the work. Any damage caused by flooding of the trench shall be the Contractor's responsibility. Dewatering shall be performed by methods that will maintain a dry excavation, . .. .. preservation of the final lines and grades and protection of all utilities. If flooding of the trench does occur, the Contractor shall immediately dewater and restore the trench. Damaged or altered pipeline appurtenances or trench materials shall be repaired or replaced as directed by the Engineer. , f™*\ 3.4 PIPE INSTALLATION When the work requires and the size of the pipe allows entry of personnel into the pipe, the Contractor shall comply with all Federal and State regulations for confined space entry. Work inside pipelines shall not be undertaken until all the tests and safety provisions of the Code of Federal Regulations 1910.146, and the General Industry Safety Orders of the California Code of Regulations, Titje 8, Section 5159 for confined space entry have been performed and the area is verified as safe to enter. The Contractor shall furnish and install all pipe, specials, fittings, closure pieces, valves, supports, bolts, nuts, gaskets, jointing materials, and all other appurtenances as shown on the Approved Plans and as required to provide a complete and workable installation. Install pipe in the trench as follows: A. Inspect each pipe and fitting before lowering the pipe or fitting into the trench. Inspect the interior and exterior protective coatings. Patch damaged areas in the field with material recommended by the protective coating , manufacturer. Thoroughly clean the ends of the pipe. Remove foreign matter and dirt from inside of the pipe and keep pipe clean during,and after installation. B. Install pipe according to the manufacturer's approved order of installation. Install pipes uphill if the grade exceeds 10%. Lower the pipe onto the bedding at the proper lines and grades. JUNE2004 5of 8 SECTION 15056 <•; • Ducile-lron Pipe and Fittings C. The manufacturer's printed installation guide outlining the radius of curvature that can be negotiated with pipe sections of various lengths shall be followed, except they shall not exceed the deflections allowed in AWWA C600 according to joint type. Combined deflections at rubber gasket or flexible coupling joints shall not exceed that recommended by the manufacturer. D. The pipe shall have firm bearing along its full length, and bell holes shall be provided at each joint to permit visual inspection of the joint and prevent the pipe from being supported by the bell end or coupling. E. Pipe Assembly: '-.'.-•'. - • . ' • 1. Push-On Type: Assemble the pipe joint using a lubricant selected from the Approved Materials List. .Insert the spigot end into the bell or coupling to the proper insertion mark. Check that the elastomeric ring has not left the groove during assembly by passing a feeler gauge around the completed joint. Drive spigot ends of the pipe into bell ends in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations. Stabbing shall not bepermitted. ;"•'.•.., 2. Mechanical Joint Type: Assembly of mechanical joint fittings shall be in ..•'•. accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations regarding installation. F. During installation operations, do not place tools, clothing, or other materials in the pipe. G. When pipe installation is not in progress, including worker break times, ends of the pipe shall be closed with a vermin-proof and child-proof cap or plug. Do not permit trench water, animals, or foreign material to enter the pipe. 3.5 POLYETHYLENE ENCASEMENT Polyethylene encasement shall be used for the buried installation of ductile iron pipe and fittings and shall be installed in accordance with Section 15000. 3.6 FLANGED PIPE AND FITTINGS Flanged connections shall be installed where indicated on the Approved Drawings. A. Bolt holes shall straddle the horizontal and vertical centerlines. B. The bolts, nuts and flange faces shall be thoroughly cleaned by wire brush prior to assembly. c C. Bolts and nuts shall be lubricated with a District-approved anti-seize compound. D. Nuts shall be tightened in an alternating "star" pattern to the manufacturer's recommended torque. E. Coat the exterior of exposed flanges, bolts and nuts located aboveground or within vaults in accordance with Section 09910. JUNE 2004 6 of 8 SECTION 15056 . Ducile-lron Pipe and Fittings 3.7 MECHANICAL JOINT CONNECTIONS ^. A, Install mechanical joint connections per AWWA C600 and the manufacturer's recommendations. . B. Prior to installation of the mechanical joint, clean the socket and plain end of the . ..... pipe. Lubricate both the gasket and plain end of the pipe with an approved lubricant per AWWA C111 immediately prior to slipping the gasket onto the plain end of the pipe. C. tighten the bolts to the normal range of bolt torque per the manufacturer's recommendations and AWWA C600k, Table 3, as follows: . Pipe Diameter Bolt Size Range of Torque 75rnm(3") , ,,,; . 16 mm (5/8") - 61 -81 N-M (45-60 ft.-lb.) . , 100-600 mm (4-24") ' 19 mm (3/4") 102-122 N-M (75-90 ft.-lb.) 750-900 mm (30-36") 25mm(1") . .136-163 N-M (100-120 ft.-lb.) 3.8 CROSSES .-'•._..'•• A. Each flanged ductile-iron cross shall be installed with flanged ductile-iron pipe spools between the cross and the valves. The spools are included to position the valves a sufficient distance from the cross to allow installation of the thrust blocks without conflicting with the valve actuators. B- , The spools shall be 450mm (18") long for pipe sizes 200mm (8") through 300mm (.12"), and 600mm (24") long for pipe sizes 400mm (16") and larger. C. The spools shall be equal in class to the adjacent pipe. 3.9 JOINT BONDING AND CATHODIC PROTECTION Bonding of joints to provide continuity, flange insulation kits, internal epoxy linings, and other cathodic protection items and materials shall be installed where shown on the Approved Plans in accordance with the Standard Drawings and Section 13110. 3.10 COUPLINGS FOR DUCTILE-IRON PIPE Mechanical type flexible joints shall be installed where shown on the Approved Drawings. Grooved couplings shall be used in vaults and above ground. Flexible couplings may be used, where indicated on.the drawings, below ground, but may also be used above ground with restrained joints. Flanged coupling adapters shall be used for buried pipelines, where allowed by the District. A. Grooved joint couplings shall be installed per AWWA C606 and as indicated in Section 15000. B. Flanged coupling adapters, where allowed by the District, shall be installed per the manufacturer's recommendations.o JUNE 2004 7 of 8 SECTION 15056 Ducile-lron Pipe and Fittings C. Flexible couplings shall be installed per Section 15000 and the manufacturer's recommendations. D. All couplings for ductile-iron pipe shall be shop-coated in accordance with Section 15000. 3.11 CONCRETE Concrete thrust and anchor blocks shall be installed in accordance with SSPWC and the Standards Drawings. 3.12 WARNING/IDENTIFICATION TAPE • • • Warning/Identification tape shall be installed in accordance with Section 15000 and the Standard Drawings. . 3.13 DISINFECTION AND BACTERIOLOGICAL TESTING Disinfection, bacteriological testing, and flushing shall be performed in accordance with Section 15041. 3.14 HYDROSTATIC TESTING : Field hydrostatic testing shall be performed in accordance with Section 15044. ENDOFSECTION JUNE 2004 8 of 8 SECTION 15056 Ducile-lroh Pipe and Fittings SECTION 15057 COPPER TUBING, BRASS AND BRONZE PIPE FITTINGS PART1 GENERAL , 1.1 DESCRIPTION This section includes materials and installation of copper tubing, brass and bronze pipe 1 fittings and appurtenances. .; ••' 1.2 REFERENCE STANDARDS The publications listed below form part of this specification to the extent referenced and are referred.to in the text by the basic designation only. Reference shall be made to the latest edition of said standards unless otherwise called for. { ANSIB1.20.1 Pipe treads, geheralpurpose * •" : ' ANSI B16.18 Case copper alloy solder joint pressure fittings 1.3 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE CMWD Standard Drawings CMWD Standard Specifications 15000,15041, 15044,15056,15061 and 15064 1.4 SERVICE LATERAL WET TAP CONNECTIONS , Contractor shall perform all wet tap connections to existing pipelines in accordance with Section 1500. 1.5 RECYCLED WATER IDENTIFICATION Copper Tubing, Brass, and Bronze Pipe Fittings for recycled water shall be identified with purple color coating, purple polyethylene sleeve, identification labels or signs in accordance with Section 15151. 1.6 WARNING/IDENTIFICATION TAPE Warning/Identification Tape shall be used for all copper tubing, except that which is bored or jacked, in accordance with Section 15000. PART 2 MATERIALS 2.1 COPPER TUBING Copper tubing shall conform to the requirements of ASTM B 88 Type K or ASTM B 88 M (Metric) Type A seamless copper water tube. Copper tubing up to 25mm (1") diameter shall be soft; 50mm (2") may be soft or rigid. Components shall be selected from the Approved Materials List in accordance with the Standard Drawings. JUNE 2004 > lot 3 SECTION 15057 Copper Tubing, Brass and Bronze Pipe Fittings o <l 2.2 BRASS PIPE, NIPPLES, AND FITTINGS Threaded nipples, brass pipe and fittings shall conform to ASTM B 43, regular wall thickness. Threads shall conform to ANSI B1.20.1. Fittings shall be flared or silver soldered pr CMWD Standard Drawings W3 and W4. 2.3 BRONZE APPURTENANCES A. Corporation stops, curb stops, meter and angle meter stops, meter flange adapters, and bronze-bodied service saddles shall be selected from the Approved Materials List in accordance with the Standard Drawings. B. Fittings shall be flared type or silver soldered. : C. All items specified herein shall be manufactured of bronze conforming to ASTM B 62. D. Service saddles shall be the double strap type. Service saddles shall be used on ---'• all service and appurtenance connections on PVC piping. For piping materials •••••'•- other than PVC, service and appurtenance connections shall be performed in accordance with the Approved Drawings. .•••••,- 2.4 BOLTS AND NUTS FOR FLANGES Bolts and nuts shall be in accordance with Section 15000 and the Approved Materials List. , 2.5 WARNING/IDENTIFICATION TAPE Warning/Identification Tape materials shall be in accordance with Section 15000 and shall be selected from the Approved Materials List. PARTS EXECUTION 3.1 COPPER TUBING AND FITTINGS A. Trenching, bedding, backfilling and compacting shall be performed in accordance with CMWD Standard Drawings. Provide a minimum cover of 760mm (30") below finished street grade. B. Cut tubing true and square and remove burrs. C. Bends in soft copper tubing shall be long sweep. Shape bends with shaping tools. Form bends without flattening, buckling, or thinning the tubing wall at any point. , D. Assemble copper tubing and fittings per the manufacturer's recommendation in accordance with the Standard Drawings. ^ JUNE 2004 . 2 of 3 • \ SECTION 15057 ; , Copper Tubing, Brass and Bronze Pipe Fittings E. Install warning/identification tape in accordance with Section 15000 and the Standard Drawings. F. All fittings shall be soldered or flared as shown on the Approved Plans and Standard Drawings. . 3.2 SERVICE SADDLES A. Service saddles shall be located a minimum of 600mm (24") from any pipe joint : "•.;.• -orfittings, v , • B. Service saddles for connections shall be located a minimum of 600mm (24") from other saddles. Additionally, multiple service saddles for connections that are installed on the same side of a single pipe length shall be alternately staggered between 10o and 30o to prevent a weak plane in the pipe. C. The surface of the pipe shall be clean and all loose material shall be removed to ''•:•. '.'•' provide a hard, clean surface. '•'.'"* "'V, • . .' •, . - - D. The service saddle shall be tightened in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations to ensure a tight seal, using care to prevent damage or distortion of the service saddle or corporation stop due to over-tightening. E. The tap into the pipe shall be made in accordance with the pipe manufacturer's recommendation. Tapping tools and shell cutters with internal teeth or double slots that will retain the coupon shall be used. 3.3 DISINFECTION AND BACTERIOLOGICAL TESTING .Disinfection, bacteriological testing, and flushing shall be performed in accordance with Section 15041. , x 3.4 HYDROSTATIC TESTING Field hydrostatic testing shall be performed in accordance with Section 15044. o END OF SECTION JUNE 2004..3 of 3 SECTION 15057 Copper Tubing, Brass and Bronze Pipe Finings SECTION 15061 CEMENT-MORTAR LINED AND COATED STEEL PIPE AND SPECIALS PART1 GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION This section includes materials, design, fabrication, and installation of cement-mortar lined and coated steel pipe and specials, 1.2 REFERENCE STANDARDS The publications listed below form part of this specification to the extent referenced and are referred to in the text by the basic designation only. Reference shall be made to the latest edition of said standards unless otherwise called for. AWWAC200 Steel Water Pipe 6-inches and Larger AWWA C205 Cement-Mortar Protective Lining and Coating AWWA G206 Field Welding of Steel Water Pipe AWWAC207 Steel Pipe Flanges AWWA C208 Dimensions for Fabricated Fittings AWWA C209 Cold Applied Tape Coating for the Exterior of Special Sections, Connection and Fittings for Steel Water Pipelines AWWAC210 Coal-tar Epoxy Coating System for Interior and Exterior of Steel Water Pipelines AWWA C213 Fusion-Bonded Epoxy Coating for the Interior and Exterior of Steel Water Pipelines/ AWS Standard Qualification Procedure for Manual Welding Operators ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code AWWAC214 Tape Coatings Systems for the Exterior of Steel Water Pipeline 1.3 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE CMWD Standard Drawings CMWD Standard Specifications 15000,15041,15044, 15074,15100, 15102 and 15108. 1.4 SERVICE APPLICATION Cement-mortar lined and coated steel pipe and specials shall be used only for specific purposes as shown on the Approved Plans. Generally, cement-mortar lined and coated steel pipe shall be used for transmission mains of 24" or larger. 1.5 SPECIALS A special is defined as any piece of pipe other than a normal full length of straight pipe. This includes, but is not limited to, elbows, short pieces, reducers, tees, crosses, spools, sections with outlets, beveled sections and access holes. 1.6 SUBMITTALS JUNE 2004 1pf18 SECTION 15061 • Cement-Mortar Lined and Coated Steel Pipe and Specials O. ....... anop urawing. ouommais are required ror me lunowing: A. Submit Shop Drawings, material lists, manufacturer's literature and catalog cuts of, but not limited to, the following: ; Shop Drawings Fabrication Details Layout Schedule -,.'•-• Dimensional Checks Manufacturer's tests Protective Coatings Mill Reports or Plant Test Reports Welding Rods for Field Welding - Shop Drawings shall be submitted and approved prior to manufacture of pipe. The layout schedule shall indicate the order of installation, the length and location of each pipe section and special, the station and elevation of the pipe invert at all changes in grade, and all data on curves and bends for both horizontal and vertical% alignment. . . * '•.('• B. Submit data used by the Contractor in manufacture and quality control. C. Test reports showing the physical properties of the rubber used in the gaskets shall be submitted. ; • /• 1.7 PAYMENT A. Payment for the Work in this section shaHbe included as part of the lump-sum or unit-price bid amount for which such Work is appurtenant thereto. B. Payment by the linear foot shall be for each diameter and for each pipe strength • designation measured horizontally over the pipe centerline. 1.8 QUALITY ASSURANCE - A. Cement-mortar lined and coated steep pipe shall be inspected at the supplier's manufacturing plant by the District Engineer. Developer shall be responsible for District Engineer's expenses, including travel, time, meals and overnight accommodations. Overnight accommodations and air travel may be required, at the discretion of the Engineer, if the manufacturing plant is more than f 100 miles from the District Engineer's off ice. • B. In addition to the shop, hydrostatic testing performed on pipe cylinders required per AWWA C200, all welds of specials and attachments (i.e., joint rings and nozzles) shall be tested by a dye-penetrant process. Certification of such testing shall be submitted to the District. C. Field welders shall be certified under Section IX, Part A of the ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code or in accordance with AWWA C2Q6, Section 3. Welders shall present a copy of their certification to the District prior to performing any field welding. Certifications shall be dated within three (3) years of the job to be performed. JUNE 2004 2 of 18 SECTION 1506.1 , ' , Cement-Mortar Lined and Coated Steel Pipe and Specials D. Plainly mark each length of straight pipe and each special at the bell end to identify the proper location of the pipe item by reference to the layout schedule. E. The top of all pipe and specials shall be clearly identified by marking the top with "T.O.P." for easy identification in the field. 1.9 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING Delivery, storage, and handling of the pipe and specials shall be as follows: A. Pipe and fittings shall be carefully handled and shall be protected against damage to linings and coatings due to impact shocks. Pipe shall .not be placed directly on rough ground but shall be supported in a manner which will protect the pipe against injury whenever stored at the site or elsewhere. Pipe shall be handled and stored per these requirements and in accordance with the Manufacturer's recommendations, B. Temporary internal bracing shall be installed in all pipe 600mm (24") and larger prior to shipment to the job site. Temporary internal bracing shall be 100mm x 100mm (4" x 4") wooden struts installed in both the horizontal and vertical directions. Each set of struts shall be nailed together as a unit. Wooden wedges may be used to maintain the proper tight fit of the internal bracing. The bracing shall be located 300mm (12") in from each end of the pipe section for all pipe, and additionally at the mid-point for piping 800mm (30") and larger. Maintain internal bracing as specified under Pipe Installation. C. Transport pipe to the job site on padded bunks with nylon tie-down straps or padded bonding to protect the pipe. , D. Pipes and specials shall only be handled with appropriate spreader bars and wide nylon slings. Chains or wire rope slings shall not be used. Under no circumstances shall pipe or specials be pushed or dragged along the ground. All pipe sections over 6m (20') in length shall be lifted at the quarter points from each end. E. „ Store pipe on earth berms or timber cradles adjacent to the trench in the numerical order of installation. Place the supports at about one-quarter point from the pipe ends. - F. Maintain plastic end caps on all pipe and specials in good condition until the pipe is ready to be installed in the trench. Periodically open the plastic end caps and '•;•'• spray potable water inside the pipe for moisture control. JUNE 2004 ; sons SECTION 15051 Cement-Mortar Lined and Coated Steel Pipe and Specials PART 2 MATERIALS 2.1 PIPE DESIGN REQUIREMENTS Pipe manufacturing shall be the product of one company in the business of designing and manufacturing cement-mortar lined, tape wrapped and mortar coated steel pipe. The pipe shall consist of the following components: A welded steel cylinder with joints formed integrally with the steel cylinder or with steelN joint rings welded to the ends; A centrifugally-cast cement-mortar lining; A self-centering bell and spigot joint with a circular preformed elastomeric gasket, so designed that the joint will be watertight under all conditions of service; Tape wrapping of the cylinder over a dielectric coating; A dense, concentric, steel reinforced exterior cement-mortar coating. : The Plans indicate the elevations and alignment of the pipeline, the nominal inside diameter of the lined pipe, and the minimum steel cylinder thickness or design pressure (adjusted to satisfy transient conditions). Design soil cover shall be as stated on the Plans or Specifications or, if none is stated, the amount of cover shall be scaled from the Plans.. . Minimum thickness of the steel cylinder shall be as shown on the Plans or, if not shown on the Plans, as determined by the following formula, except that steel thickness shall not be less than 10 gauge (0.1345-inch). . • ; t= Pd Where P = Design pressure, in psi plus 50 psi minimum 2S S = Steel stress at design pressure, i.e., 16,500 psi t = Steel cylinder thickness, in inches d := ODof steelcylinder, in inches . 2.2 STEEL CYLINDERS Materials used in fabricating steel cylinders shall be hot rolled carbon steel sheets conforming to the requirements of ASTM A53, Grade B, ASTM A570 Grade 36 or Grade 33, or steel plates conforming to the requirements of ASTM A36. The method of testing shall conform to the requirements of ASTM A570. : / ".'''.' Full penetration welds will be required. Welds may be straight or spiral seam, i The circumferential stress in the steel shall not exceed 16,500 psi at the design pressure. Remove the exterior weld bead along the entire exterior surface of the pipe. The exterior weld bead shall be flush with the exterior surface of the pipe with a tolerance of plus 1/32-inch. O" JUNE2004 4 of 18 SECTION 15061 . Cement-Mortar Lined and Coated Steel Pipe and Specials 2.3 CEMENT Cement for mortar lining and coating shall be Portland Cement Type II and conform to ASTM C150, unless otherwise specified. Admixtures containing chlorides shall not be :used. 2.4 STEEL BAR OR WIRE REINFORCEMENT Circumferential steel bar or wire reinforcement shall conform to ASTM A615, Grade 40, "Specifications for Billet-Steel Bars for Concrete Reinforcement". Wire fabric reinforcing for cement-mortar coatings and linings of fittings shall conform to ASTM A185, "Specifications for Welded Steel Wire Fabric," or ASTM A497, "Specifications for Welded Deformed Steel Wire Fabric." Spiral-wire reinforcement for cement-mortar coatings shall conform to ASTM A82. 2.5 STEEL FOR JOINT RINGS Steel for bell rings shall conform to ASTM A575, "Specification for Merchant Quality Hot Rolled Carbon Steel Bars." Steel for spigot rings shall conform to ASTM A576, "Specification for Special Quality Hot-Rolled Carbon Steel Bars." 2.6 DIMENSIONS The steel pipe sizes shown on the Plans or otherwise referred to shall be the nominal inside diameter. Unless otherwise specified, the nominal diameter shown on the Plans . shall be considered to be the inside diameter after lining. 2.7 MANUFACTURER'S TESTS Each steel cylinder with joint rings attached and cylinders for specials shall be ; hydrostatipally tested to a circumferential stress of at least 22,000 psi, but not more than 25,000 psi. If leaks develop during testing, the cylinder, shall be repaired by welding and retested until all leaks are eliminated. The seams in short radius bends and special fittings shall be tested by the air-soap method using air at a pressure of 5 psi or by the dye-check method. However, if the fitting is fabricated from cylinders which have been previously hydrostatically tested, no further test will be required on seams so tested. Hydrostatic testing of fittings to 150% of the design pressure may replace the tests described above. Any defects revealed by any of the alternate test methods shall be repaired by welding and the fitting retested until all defects have been eliminated. 2.8 FABRICATION DETAILS Each special and each length of straight pipe shall be plainly marked at the bell end to identify the design pressure and the proper location of the pipe or special by reference to layout schedule. ' Exposed portion of joint rings shall be protected from corrosion by the manufacturer's standard coating. •'•..', .,..-... The pipe shall be fitted with devices shown on the Plans to permit continuous electrical bonding of the various joints following field installation. . JUNE 2004 5 of 18 SECTION 15061 Cement-Mortar Lined and Coated Steel Pipe and Specials 2.9 PROTECTIVE COATINGS AND LININGS All exposed metal surfaces shall be painted or coated as specified in Section 09870 and 09900, Painting and Coating, except where other coatings are specified elsewhere and in this section. All steel pipe and fittings shall be cement-mortar lined in accordance with AWWA C205 and C602. Linings shall be in accordance with table below. Ail steel pjpe and fittings for underground service shall be cement-mortar lined, taped wrapped and cement-mortar coated in accordance with AWWA C205, C214 and C602 and Section 09870 unless otherwise specified on the Plans. For the following nominal inside diameters, the lining thickness and minimum cement-mortar coating thickness shall be as follows: . . LINING COATING Nominal Pipe Size Thickness Tolerance Thickness • Tolerance (inches) finches) (inches) (inches) (inches) 4-10 1/4 -1/32+1/32 1/2 +1/8 . 12-18 3/8 :-1/16+1/8. 5/8 " +1/8 20-44 1/2 -1/16+1/8 3/4 +1/8 45-58 ••• ' 3/4 -1/16+1/8 1 = '• +1/8 60 and over 3/4 -1/16+1/8 .11/4 +1/8 •2.1.0 STEEL PIPE AND SPECIALS Stee| pipe and specials shall conform to the requirements of the AWWA C200 and C205, and AWWA M11, except as modified herein. A. Steel for fabricated cylinders shall conform to ASTM A 36/A 36M, ASTM A 283/A 283M, Grade D, or ASTM A 570/A 570M, Grade 36. Other steel grades may be •:.••' used only upon approval of the District Engineer. . . B. Cement-mortar coating shall be reinforced in accordance with AWWA C205. G; Cement mortar grout for field joints shall consist of a mixture of 1-1/2 to 2 parts sand to 1 part Type II or Type V Portland Cement with enough clean, potable water to permit packing and troweling without crumbling. The sand shall be washed, well-graded sand such that all will pass a No. 8 sieve. The quantity of water to be used in the preparation of, grout shall be the minimum required to produce a mixture sufficiently workable for the purpose intended. Grout shall attain a minimum compressive strength of 12.4 MPa (1,800 psi) in 28 days. D. In certain circumstances, rapid-setting mortar may be required. Acceleration admixtures may be used in the mix as permitted by the District Engineer. Calcium chloride shall not be used in the mix. JUNE 2004 6 of 18 SECTION 15061 -; . '. •..•'• . Cement-Mortar Lined and Coated Steel Pipe and Specials 2.11 PAINTING AND COATING A. Paint and coating products for exterior surfaces of all pipe and appurtenances not otherwise mortar-coated shall be in accordance the Approved Materials List. B. Paint and coating products for areas in contact with potable water such plain ends of pipe, grooved and shouldered ends of pipe and exposed inside surfaces or threaded outlets and blind flanges shall be in accordance with Section 15000 and selected from the Approved Materials List. 2.12 BOLTS AND. NUTS FOR FLANGES Bolts and nuts shall be in accordance with Section 15000 and the Approved Materials List. ; -. 2.13 GASKETS A. Rubber-ring gaskets shall comply with AWWA C200 according to the applicable joint type and pressure rating of the piping system. B. Flange gaskets shall comply with AWWA C207. Flange gaskets shall be 3.18mm (1/8") thick acrylic or aramid fibers bound with nitrile for all sizes of pipe. Gaskets shall be full-face type with pre-punched holes or ring-type extending to the inner edge of the bolt circumference of the flange. C. In the event of encountering organic solvents or petroleum products during the course of the work, alternate gasket materials or joint treatment will be required as directed by the District Engineer. . 2.14 CEMENT-MORTAR CURING The pipe shall be cured by water curing, steam curing or a combination of both. Water curing and steam curing may be used interchangeably on a time ratio basis of four hours water curing to one hour of steam curing. Where steam curing is used; the pipe shall be kept in steam maintained at a temperature of 100 F to 150 F for the specified period and, where water curing is used, the pipe shall be kept continually moist by spraying or other means for the specified periods. The pipe shall not be allowed to dry either on the inside or outside surfaces during the curing period. Where water curing is used, the pipe shall be kept continuously moist for seven days at a temperature of not less than 40 F before being moved to the trench site. Cement-mortar lining and coating of special pipe and fitting? may be cured in accordance with the above provisions or by prompt application of a white-pigmented sealing compound conforming to ASTM C309. Sealing compound shall not be applied at joint ends where compound will interfere with the bond of joint mortar. JUNE 2004 7 Of 18 : SECTION 15061 Cement-Mortar Lined and Coated Steel Pipe and Specials 2.15 SPECIAL PIPE AND FITTINGS The manufacturer shall furnish all fittings and special pieces required for closures, curves, bends, branches, manholes, outlets, connections for mainline valves, and other appurtenances required by the Plans. Special fittings shall be fabricated of welded steel sheet or plate, lined and coated with cement-mortar of the same type as the adjoining pipe and applied as specified for lining and coating of specials in AWWA C205 and as modified herein. Butt welding shall be used, unless otherwise indicated on the Plans. Minimum centerline radius of an elbow or bend shall be as follows. The maximum deflection at a mitered girth seam shall be 22-1/2 degrees. Pipe Size finches) Minimum Centerline Radius 30-48 2-1/2 times ID 51-60 10-feet Over 60 . 2 times ID The circumferential stress in the sheet or plate shall not exceed 13,500 psi at the design pressure. .The minimum thickness of sheet or plate shall be as follows: Fitting Diameter Range Minimum Thickness of Sheet or Plate (Inches) ' ; :~ 18 and under 10 gauge 20-24 3/16" or 7 gauge _, ' - >••.- 26-36 ' •••••'-. ,. ' .' 1/4" - . f) - 38-45 •--: •.-.-... 5/16" . ^-^ 48-54 . 3/8" 57-60 7/16" 63-72 1/2" ^ 75-84 5/8" Outlets at special fittings shall be reinforced with collars or crotch plates. If collar ., reinforcement is used, the outlet diameter shall not exceed 69% of the ID of the fitting. The diameter of outlets reinforced with crotch plates may equal the fitting diameter. The effective shoulder width "W" of collars from the inside surface of the steel outlet to the outside edge of the collar measured on the surface of the cylinder shall be not less than one-third or more than one-half the ID of steel outlet. The thickness of the collar shall be not less than "T" as determined by: • • ' '•,•.',.*' . ," - ' '- , Pw x ID cvl. x ID outlet T= 36,000 xW where Pw is the design pressure in pounds per square inch, and all other dimensions are in inches. Collars may be oval in shape or rectangular with well-rounded corners. Outlets 3-inches in diameter and smaller may be installed without collars. The design of crotch plates shall be based upon the paper by Swanson, Chapton, Wilkinson, King, and Nelson, originally published in June 1955 issue of the Journal of the American Water Works Association and in conformance with AWWA M-11. JUNE 2004 8 of 18 SECTION 15061 Cement-Mortar Lined and Coated Steel Pipe and Specials 2.16 TAPE WRAP AND MORTAR SHIELD Tape wrap and mortar shield for concrete mortar lined steel pipe shall be in accordance with Section 09870. 2.17 HANDLING AND SHIPMENT Pipe and special fittings shall be handled carefully, and blocking and holddowns used during shipment shall prevent movement or shifting. Both ends of pipe and fittings on trucks or rail cars shall be bulkheaded or covered in order to prevent excessive drying of the interior lining. . " --i <••*,'. • . . s PARTS EXECUTION 3.1 GENERAL At all times when the work of installing pipe is not in progress, including worker break times, the ends of the pipe shall be closed with a vermin-proof and child-proof cap or plug. Do not permit trench water to enter the pipe. Do not place tools, clothing, or other materials in the pipe. The Contractor shall maintain the interior of the pipe in a sanitary condition free from foreign materials. 3.2 DEWATERING The Contractor shall provide, and maintain at all times during construction, ample means and devices to promptly remove and dispose of all water from any source entering trench excavations or other parts of the work in accordance with Section 02223. Any damage caused by flooding of the trench shall be the Contractor's responsibility. Contractor shall obtain a Discharge Permit as required by the Regional Water Quality Control Board. Dewatering shall be performed by methods that will maintain a dry excavation, preservation of the final lines and grades and protection of all utilities. If flooding of the , trench does occur, the Contractor shall immediately dewater and restore the trench. Damaged or altered pipeline appurtenances shall be repaired or replaced as directed by the Engineer. 3.3 PIPE INSTALLATION When the work requires and the size of the pipe allows entry of personnel into the pipe, the Contractor shall comply with all Federal and State regulations for confined space entry. Work inside pipelines shall not be undertaken until all the tests and safety provisions of the Code of Federal Regulations 1910.146, and the General Industry Safety Orders of the California Code of Regulations, Title 8, Section 5159 for confined space entry have been performed and the area is verified as safe to enter. Generally, the aforementioned safety provisions apply'to pipe 600mm (24") and larger. Note that for pipe less than 600mm (24") diameter, more stringent safety procedures apply. <JUNE2004 v 9of18- SECTION 15061 Cement-Mortar Lined and Coated Steel Pipe and Specials The Contractor shall furnish and install all pipe, specials, fittings, closure pieces, valves, supports, bolts, nuts, gaskets, jointing materials, and all other appurtenances as shown on the Approved Plans and as required to provide a complete and workable installation. Pipe installations shall be as shown on the Approved Plans and Shop Drawings in accordance with the following: A. .:. , No pipe shall bejnstalled where the linings or coatings show cracks that may be harmful as determined by the District Engineer. Such damaged linings and • coatings shall be repaired or new, undamaged pipe sections shall be provided. B. Pipe damaged prior to Substantial Completion shall be repaired or replaced by the Contractor. C. The Contractor shall inspect each pipe and fitting to ensure that there are no damaged portions of the pipe. The Contractor shall remove or smooth out any burrs, gouges, weld splatter, or other small defects prior to laying the pipe. D. Before placement of pipe in the trench, each pipe or fitting shall be thoroughly cleaned of any foreign substance which may have collected thereon and shall be kept clean at all times thereafter. For this purpose, the openings of all pipes and fittings in the trench shall be closed during any interruption to the work as noted above. E. Pipe shall be laid directly on the bedding material. No blocking will be permitted, . and the bedding shall be such that it forms a continuous, solid bearing for the full length ,of the pipe. Excavations shall be made as needed to facilitate removal of ; handling devices after the pipe is laid. Bell holes shall be formed at the ends of the pipe to prevent point loading at the bells or couplings and, to permit visual inspection of the joint. Excavation shall be made as needed outside the normal trench section at field joints to permit adequate access to the joints for field connection operations and for application of coatings on field joints. F. Installation Tolerances: Each section of pipe shall be laid in the order and position shown on the approved layout schedule to the proper lines and grades in accordance with the following: , 1. Each section of pipe having a nominal diameter less than 1200mm (48") shall be laid not to vary more than 0.2-ft horizontally or 0.1-ft vertically from the alignment and elevations shown on the Approved Plans. 2. . Each section of pipe having nominal diameter 1200mm (48") and larger , shall be laid not to vary more than five percent (5%) of the pipe diameter . horizontally or two and one half percent (2.5%) of the pipe diameter vertically. \ . . ' , • 3. In addition to the horizontal and vertical tolerances above, lay the pipe so •. . that no high or low points occur along the pipeline other than those shown on the approved layout schedule. ~ : JUNE 2004 . 10 of 18 SECTION 15061 :,;.,-.'•; , . : • ' Cement-Mortar Lined and Coated Steel Pipe and Specials G. Where necessary to raise'or lower the pipe due to unforeseen obstructions or other causes, the District Engineer may change the alignment and/or the grades. •'•••.. Such change shall be made by the deflection of joints, by the use of bevel adapters, or by the use of additional fittings. However, in no case shall the •;• deflection in the joint exceed seventy five percent (75%) of the maximum deflection recommended by the pipe manufacturer. No joint shall be deflected any amount that will be detrimental txfthe strength and water tightness of the : finished joint. In all cases the joint opening, before finishing with the protective mortar inside the pipe, shall be the controlling factor. H. Pipes shall be laid uphill on grades exceeding 10 percent. Pipe that is laid on a downhill grade shall be blocked and held in place until the following pipe section has been installed to provide sufficient support to prevent movement. I. Temporary internal pipe bracing shall be left in place in pipe' sizes larger than : 600mm (24") until pipe zone compaction has been completed. Bracing in pipe ; smaller than 600mm (24") may be removed immediately after the pipe has been laid into the trench. The Contractor shall employ a laboratory to monitor pipe \ deflection by measuring pipe inside diameter before bracing is removed and 24 hours after struts are removed. Pipe deflection shall not exceed 3 percent in 24 hours after the bracing has been removed. After the backfill has been placed, the struts shall be removed. . J. Cold Weather Protection: No pipe shall be installed upon a foundation onto which frost has penetrated or at any time that there is a danger of the formation of ice or penetration of frost at the bottom of the excavation. No pipe shall be laid " unless it can be established that the trench will be backfilled prior to formation of ice and frost. K. Pipe and Special Protection: The openings of all pipe and specials where the pipe and specials have been mortar-lined in the shop shall be protected with suitable bulkheads to maintain a moist atmosphere and to prevent unauthorized access by persons, animals, water, or any undesirable substance. The bulkheads shall be designed to prevent drying out of the interior of the pipe. The Contractor shall introduce water into the pipe to keep the mortar moist where moisture has . been lost due to damaged bulkheads. 3.4 RUBBER-RING JOINTS: SHALL ONLY BE USED AS SHOWN ON PLANS For pipe sizes smaller than 24-inches, the bell end shall be buttered with cement mortar in a manner and quantity that will completely fill the recess between the respective linings of the two joined sections of pipe. The spigot end shall then be entered into the bell end of the adjacent pipe section the distance shown on the Shop Drawings. Immediately after joining, the pipe interior shall be swabbed to remove all excess mortar by drawing a swab or squeegee through the pipe. The pipe interior shajl be inspected by a closed circuit television camera, to assure quality of internal mortar. JUNE 2004 11 of 18 SECTION 15061 Cement-Mortar Lined and Coated Steel Pipe and Specials For pipe sizes 24-inches and larger, the joint recess shall be pointed from the inside with . • , cement mortar after the-backfill has been placed and compacted and the pipe permitted ' to take any normal settlement. The mortar shall be mixed of one part cement to one and , one-half parts of sand and pointing accomplished in two or more lifts and finished off flush by troweling. Pipe shall be inspected visually by work persons within the pipe, to '-:.-.. assure internal mortar quality. Each pipe joint shall be bonded to provide electrical continuity along the entire pipeline. The bond shall be made by the proper welding of pipe joints together as indicated on the Plans. - The outside joint recess shall be grouted with cement mortar after a diaper has first been placed around the .joint and tightened securely to prevent leakage while the mortar is being poured. The diaper shall be made of moisture resisting paper or heavy duty sail - cloth of sufficiently close weave to prevent cement loss from the mortar. The diapers shall be hemmed on each edge and shall contain a metal strap within each hem sufficiently longer than the circumference of the pipe to allow a secure attachment of the diaper to the pipe. The diaper width will depend upon pipe size and design and shall be the width recommended by the manufacturer. Following installation of the diapers, the joints shall be poured and rodded from one side only until the mortar comes up to the top of the diaper on the opposite side. Approximately one hour subsequent to the pouring of the joint, the joint shall be rechecked and, if any settlement, leakage or shrinkage has taken place, the joint shall be refilled with mortar. Outside joints may be grouted before or after the placement of bedding and backfill . materials if those materials are to be mechanically compacted. If bedding and backfill •materials are to be hydraulically densified, grout shall be poured and allowed to set before applying water. In any case, joints shall be grouted before backfill is placed over the top of the pipe. 3.5 BUTT-STRAP CLOSURE JOINTS -.:-, Butt-Strap Closure Joints: Butt-strap closure joints shall be completed in the trench after the pipe has been laid to the alignment and grade shown on the Plans. They should be field welded by full-circumferential fillet welds or one of the edges may be shop welded and the other field welded. Welding shall be done in the same manner as specified for welded joints. The interior of the joints shall be filled with stiff plastic mortar and finished off smoothly with the inside of the pipe. Clean the inside steel surfaces by wire brushing or power brushing. Wire mesh, 2" x 4" x No. 13 gauge, clean, and free from rust, shall be applied to the interior of the joints so that the wires on the 2-inch spacing run circumferentially T around the pipe. The: wires on the 4-inch spacing shall be crimped in such a manner that the mesh will be held 3/8-inch from the metal joint surface. The mesh shall be lapped a minimum of 8-inches and shall be securely wired in position. Pack the cement mortar into the recess of the joint and steel trowel finish to match the adjoining pipes. The joint exterior shall be coated with mortar to a minimum thickness of 11/2-inches. Immediately prior to applying mortar to the interior or exterior of the joints, a cement wash shall be applied to the metal to be coated. JUNE 2004 12 of 18 SECTION 15061 Cement-Mortar Lined and Coated Steel Pipe and Specials 3.6 FIELD WELDED JOINTS A. Welded joints shall be completed after the pipe is in final position. Welded joints shall be a lap-welded slip joint as shown on the Plans. The minimum overlap of the assembled bell and 9 pigot section of lap joint shall be shown on the plans. , Any recess between the bell and spigot shall be caulked with a rod to facilitate the welding. Pipe of 30-inches in diameter or more may be welded from the inside. Joints shall be welded on the inside and outside where indicated on the Plans as "Double Welded Joints." Field Welding shall be in accordance with AWWA C206 and AWS D1.1, except as modified herein. Welders assigned to the Work shall be qualified under the AWS standard qualification procedure,1 : within the past three (3) years. ' B. Joints to be welded shall be cleaned, preferably prior to placing the pipe in the trench, of all loose scale, heavy rust, paint, cement, and grease. At least a 1/2-inch recess shall be provided between adjacent mortar-covered surfaces to place the weld. In all hand welding, the metal shall be deposited in successive layers and the minimum number of passes shall be 2. Preheat the joints to be welded where required in accordance with Table 1 of AWWA C206. C. All joints shall be visually inspected and shall undergo dye testing and hydrostatic testing, in accordance with AWWA C-206. D. After the joints have been welded, the interior joint shall be grouted with cement mortar. E. Welded joints shall be completed in the trench per AWWA C206. F. Both the bell and spigot ends shall be cleaned of foreign matter prior to welding. G. Welding electrodes shall be as recommended by the pipe manufacturer. Typically, electrodes shall be E6010 for root passes and for additional passes. Do not deposit more than 3,2mm (1/8") of throat thickness per pass. H. Weld material shall be deposited in successive layers. Complete and clean each pass around the entire circumference of the pipe before commencing the next '•. '••; '-•' pass.' • ;. • • : •.''..-'' •.•'•.. I. The minimum number of passes in the completed weld shall be as follows: Steel Cylinder Thickness Field Weld Minimum mm (inches) • Number of Passes 6.35 or less (0.2500 or %') 2 Greater than 6.35 (0.2500 or 1/i"j : '' 3 J. To minimize longitudinal stresses due to temperature variations, it is necessary to , leave unwelded one joint per each 120m (4001) of pipeline. This joint shall be left unwelded until all the joints on both sides of it are welded, and it shall be welded at the coolest time of the working day. The District Engineer shall decide if and when this procedure is warranted. JUNE 2004 • . 13 of 18 SECTION 15061 '""- -'.,-•' Cement-Mortar Lined and Coated Steel Pipe and Specials K. Tack-welding the joint may be permitted to hold the pipe in place. If the joint is to be circumferentially welded, sufficient time shall elapse to allow for an initial set of interior joint lining prior to proceeding with joint welding. Rapid-setting mortar . may be used in accordance .,with this Section. In some cases, the District Engineer may require hand holes. . -.;.... L Field welders shall be .certified in accordance with ASME Section 9 «-.-•... (pipe welders) or AWSD 1.1(plate welders). Welders shall present a copy of their :••••• •-.. certification to the District Engineer prior to performing any field welding. M. Prior to butt-strap welding, the pipe and pipe joint shaj'l be properly positioned in the trench using line-up clamps so that, in the finished joint, the abutting pipe sections shall not be misaligned by more than i .59mm (1/16"). : N. The pipe ends shall be cut straight on joints where butt straps are used for •-••"- realignment, adjustment, or deflection, and fillet welds shall be made as ' indicated. . : O. Inspection of Field Welded Joints: . • .- 1. . The District shall arrange for the welds to be inspected. Inspection of welds shall take place as soon as possible following the completion of the welds.... ^ 2. The Contractor shall coordinate and supply ventilation, lighting, and other equipment deemed necessary for inspection. The Contractor shall be • \ responsible for providing safe entry into and out of the trench, safety of inspection personnel, traffic control and other safety precautions deemed , :: necessary for the inspections. ...,- , , . ; 3.7 PREVENTING FOREIGN MATTER FROM ENTERING THE PIPE At all times when pipe laying is not in progress, the open end of the pipe shall be closed with a tight-fitting cap or plug to prevent the entrance of foreign matter into the pipe. ; These provisions shall apply during the noon hour as well as overnight.; |n no event shall the pipeline be used as a drain for removing water which has infiltrated into the trench. The Contractor shall maintain the inside of the pipe free from foreign; materials and in a clean and sanitary condition until its acceptance by the Owner's Representative. 3.8 HANDLING OF PIPE Refer to Section 09870 regarding handling of the concrete mortar lined and tape wrapped and mortar coated steel pipe. O JUNE 2004 .-•• 14 of 18 SECTION 15061 - . Cement-Mortar Lined and Coated Steel Pipe and Specials . •- • ' • '*•' " " I 3.9 INTERIOR JOINT FINISH - PIPE LESS THAN 600mm (24") Complete interior mortar joints for pipe sizes less than 600mm (24") by drawing through a tight-fitting swab or squeegee. Coat the face of the cement mortar lining at the bell with a sufficient amount of stiff cement mortar to fill the gap. Immediately after joining the pipes, draw the swab through the pipe to remove all excess mortar and expel it from the open pjpe end. Do not move the pipe after the swab has been pulled past the joint. See requirements under "Field Welded Joints" for these joints requiring welding. 3.10 INTERIOR JOINT FINISH - PIPE 600mm (24") AND LARGER A. Complete interior mortar joints for pipe sizes 600mm (24") and larger by the trowel method. Prior to applying interior mortar at the joints all backfill in the area shall be completed. After cleaning the interior joint, pack cement mortar into each joint. Finish the surface with a steel trowel to a smooth finish and equal thickness to match the adjoining pipe mortar. B. Where more than a 100mm (4") joint strip of mortar is required, place galvanized welded wire mesh reinforcement in 50mm x 100mm (2" x 4") pattern of No. 13 gauge over the exposed steel. Install the mesh so that the wires on the 50mm (2") spacing direction run circumferentially around the pipe. Crimp the wires on the 100mm (4") spacing to support the mesh 9.5mm (3/8") from the metal surface. Steel-trowel finish the interior mortar to match adjoining mortar-lined pipe sections. 3.11 EXTERIOR JOINT FINISH A. The outside annular space between pipe sections shall be completely filled with grout formed by the use of polyethylene foam-lined fabric bands. The grout space shall be flushed with water prior to filling so that the surfaces of the joint to be in contact with the grout will be thoroughly moistened when the grout is poured. The joint shall be filled with grout by pouring from one side only. Grout shall be rodded with a wire or other flexible rod or vibrated so that the grout completely fills the joint recess by moving down one side of the pipe, around the bottom of . the pipe and up the opposite side. Pouring and rodding the grout shall be . continued to allow completion of the filling of the entire joint recess in one operation. Care shall be taken to leave no unfilled space. Grouting of the outside joint spaces shall be kept as close behind the laying of the pipe as possible except that in no case shall grouting be closer than three joints of the pipe being laid. . B. The grout bands or heavy-duty diapers shall be polyethylene foam-lined fabric , with steel strapping of sufficient strength to hold the fresh mortar, resist nodding •.-•.„..• , of the mortar, and allow excess water, to escape. The foam plastic shall be 100 percent closed cell, chemically inert, insoluble in water and resistant to acids, , alkalis and solvents. Foam Plastic shall be Dow Chemical Company, ..Ethafoam 222, or equal. JUNE 2004 15 of 18 . SECTION 15061 Cement-Mortar Lined and Coated Steel Pipe and Specials The fabric backing shall be cut and sewn into 224mm (9") wide strips "with slots for the steel strapping on the outer edges. The polyethylene foam shall be cut into strips 150mm (6") wide and slit to a thickness of 6.35mm (1/4") that will expose a hollow or open-cell surface on one side. The foam liner shall be attached to the fabric backing with the open or hollow cells facing towards the pipe. The foam strip shall cover the full interior circumference of the grout band 1 - with sufficient length to permit a 200mm (8") overlap of the foam at or near the top of the pipe joint. Splices to provide continuity of the material will be permitted. The polyethylene foam material shall be protected from direct sunlight. The polyethylene foam-lined grout band shall be centered over the joint space with approximately equal widths extending over each pipe end and securely attached to the pipe with the steel straps. After filling the exterior joint space with grout, the flaps shall be closed and overlapped in a manner that fully encloses , the grout with polyethylene foam. C. Following grouting, the joint shall then be wrapped with two layers of polyethylene encasement in accordance with Section 15000. 3.12 BUTT STRAP JOINTS Butt strap closure joints shall be installed where shown on the Approved Plans in accordance with AWWA C206. , I, A. Butt straps shall be field welded to the outside plain end of the pipe along both edges with a full circumferential weld. A minimum of two weld passes shall be used. B. The interior of the joints shall be filled with a rapid-set mortar and finished off smoothly to match the pipe interior diameter. . • ' • '• " L '•••,"- . • ~. - _ ' . ' ' ' i C. Clean the butt strap with a wire brush and apply a cement and water wash coat prior to applying cement mortar. . D. Galvanized wire mesh, 50mm x 100mm (2" x 4") x No. 13 gauge shall be installed to the exterior of the joint prior to applying the mortar coating. E. Coat the exterior of the closure assemblies with mortar to cover all steel with a minimum of 32mm (1-1/4"). F. Seal weld the steep plug to the hand hole after the interior of the joint has been inspected and approved by the District Engineer. G. Following grouting, the joint shall then be wrapped with two layers of polyethylene encasement in accordance with Section 15000. JUNE 2004 16 of 18 SECTION 15061 - ' Cement-Mortar Lined and Coated Steel Pipe and Specials 3.13 FLANGED CONNECTIONS Flanged connections shall be installed .where indicated on the Approved Plans. A. Bolt holes shall straddle the horizontal and vertical centerlines. B. The bolts, nuts and flange faces shall be thoroughly cleaned by wire brush prior to assembly. / C. Bolts and nuts shall be lubricated with a District-approved anti-seize compound. • D. Nuts shall be tightened in an alternating "star" pattern to the manufacturer's recommended .torque. : . E. Slip-on type flanges intended for field fit-up and welding shall be welded inside , , and outside in accordance with AWWA C207. F. Coat the exterior of exposed flanges, bolts and nuts in accordance with Section 09910. 3.14 FLANGED COUPKLING ADAPTERS Flanged coupling adapters shall be installed in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations. Bolts shall be tightened with a torque wrench in the presence of the District Engineer to the torque recommended by the manufacturer. 3.15 JOINT BONDING/CATHODIC PROTECTION INSULATION Bonding of joints to provide continuity, flange insulation kits, internal epoxy linings, and other cathodic protection items and materials shall be installed where shown on the Approved Plans in accordance with the Standard Drawings and Section 13110. 3.16 WAX TAPE . Wax tape shall be installed as shown on the Approved Plans or as directed by the District Engineer in accordance with Section 09902 and the Standard Drawings. 3.17 CONCRETE Where required, concrete thrust and anchor blocks shall be installed in accordance with Section 03000 and as shown on the Approved Plans. Prior to filling the pipeline with water, refer to Section 03000 for the minimum concrete curing time required. 3.18 WARNING/IDENTIFICATION TAPE Warning/Identification Tape shall be installed in accordance with Section 15000 and the Standard Drawings. JUNE 2004 17 of 18 SECTION 15061 . Cement-Mortar Lined and Coated Steel Pipe and Specials 3.19 DISINFECTION AND BACTERIOLOGICAL TESTING Disinfection, bacteriological testing, and flushing shall be performed in accordance with Section 15041. 3.20 HYDROSTATIC TESTING Field hydrostatic testing shall be performed in accordance with Section 15044. 3.21 FIELD PAINTING AND COATING A. Exterior surfaces of all pipe and appurtenances not otherwise mortar-coated shall be field painted in accordance with Section 9900. B. Areas in contact'with potable water such plain ends of pipe, grooved and shouldered ends of pipe and exposed inside surfaces of threaded outlets and blind flanges shall be coated in accordance with Section 15000. END OF SECTION o JUNE 2004 18 of 18 SECTION 15061 . ' Cement-Mortar Lined and Coated Steel Pipe and Specials SECTION 15064 POLYVINYL CHLORIDE (PVC) PRESSURE PIPE AND FITTINGS (AWWAC900) PART1 GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION This section designates the requirements ,for the manufacture and installation of polyvinyl chloride, abbreviated PVC, pressure pipe, to be furnished and installed by the Contractor, at the location and to .the lines and grades shown on the Plans as herein specified. Specifications for related Work are as follows: AWWA C900 PVG Pressure Pipe ANSIA21.10 . Ductile Iron and Gray-Iron Fittings .-..-• AWWA C110 Ductile Iron and Gray-Iron Fittings AWWA C153 Ductile Iron Compact Fittings AWWA Manual M23 Pipe Design and Installation 1.2 RELATED WORK DESCRIBED ELSEWHERE The Contractor shall refer to the following Specification section(s) for additional requirements: A. Disinfection of Piping: 15041 B. Hydrostatic Testing of Pressure Pipeline: 15044 1.3 SUBMITTALS The Contractor shall furnish submittals in accordance with Section 2-5.3, Submittals : Shop Drawing. Submittals are required for the following: . A. Submit Shop Drawings, material lists, manufacturer's literature and catalog cuts and other information. B. Submit an affidavit from the pipe manufacturer that all delivered materials comply with the requirements of AWWA C900, the Plans and Specifications. 1.4 PAYMENT A. Payment for the Work in this section shall be included as part of the lump-sum or unit-price bid amount for which such Work is appurtenant thereto. B, Payment by the linear foot shall be for each diameter and for each pipe strength designation measured horizontally over the pipe centerline. JUNE 2004 1 of 5 SECTION 15064 Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Pressure Pipe and Fittings (AWWA C900) PART 2 - MATERIALS 2.1 GENERAL Material used to produce the pipe shall be made from Class 12454-A or B rigid polyvinyl chloride compounds in accordance with AWWA C900 Section 2.1 (Basic Materials), with an established hydrostatic design basis (HDB) equal to or greater than 4000 psi for water at 73.4 degrees F (23 C). Elastomeric gaskets shall comply with the requirements of AWWA G900 Sections 2.1.5 and 2.1.5.1 (Gaskets and Lubricants). 2.2 PIPE PVC pressure pipe, 4-inch through 12-inch, shall be manufactured in accordance with AWWA C900, and shall be of the sizes and pressure classes shown on the Plans. The pipe shall have integral bell and spigot joints with elastomeric gaskets in accordance with AWWA C900 Section 2.2 (Pipe Requirements). The pipe shall conform with the outside diameter of cast-iron pipe unless otherwise specified and shall conform with the wall thickness of DR series 14,18, or 25. The pipe shall be manufactured by J.M. Manufacturing Company, Certainteed Corporation, Pacific Western Extruded Plastics Company or approved equal. 2.3 FITTINGS All fittings for PVC pressure pipe shall be manufactured in accordance with ANSI A21.10, AWWA C110 or C153. All fittings shall be made of ductile iron and the letters "Dl" or "DUCTILE" shall be cast on them, unless otherwise specified. Bell size shall be for Class 150 and Class 200 cast-iron equivalent PVC pressure pipe, including the rubber-ring retaining groove. 2.4 SERVICES SADDLES Service saddles for PVC pressure pipe shall be made of silicone bronze or brass and shall be double banded or wide single band style. The band(s) and nuts shall be type 304 stainless steel and designed specifically for use with AWWA C900 PVC pipe. Each saddle shall accurately fit the contour of the pipe O.D. without causing distortion of the pipe. The saddle shall be securely held in place with stainless steel bolts and nuts. The service saddle shall have'a published working pressure at least equal to the pressure class of the pipe on which it is installed. All saddles shall be provided with torque information and installation instructions. Saddles shall be in accordance with Carlsbad Rules and Regulations for the Construction of Potable Water Mains. o o JUNE 2004 2 of 5 SECTION 15064 -'''•• Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Pressure Pipe and Fittings (AWWA C900) <l PARTS- EXECUTION 3.1 PIPE LENGTHS Laying lengths shall be 20-feet with the manufacturer's option to supply up to 15% random (minimum length 10-feet) sections. No deflections at bells, fittings or of the pipe will be allowed. The use of deflection collars shall be required. 3.2 MARKING Each pipe length shall be marked showing the nominal pipe size, O.D. base, the AWWA pressure class, and AWWA specification designation in accordance with AWWA C900 Section 2.6 (Marking Requirements). For potable water application, the pipe shall be white or blue in color and the seal of the testing agency that verified the suitability of the material for such service shall be included. . , 3.3 EARTHWORK Excavation and backfill, including the pipe bedding, shall conform to the provisions of •-. .SSPWC. . . ... . ..' ; ' 3.4 GENERAL INSTALLATIONS PROCEDURES AND WORKMANSHIP PVC pressure pipe and fittings shall be installed per AWWA Manual M23 "PVC Pipe-Design and Installation", and as herein specified. .- ': Proper care shall be used to prevent damage in handling, moving, and placing the pipe. Hoist pipe with fork lift or other handling equipment to prevent major damage or shorten its service life. A cloth belt sling or a continuous fiber rope shall be used to prevent scratching the pipe. The pipe shall be lowered and not dropped from the truck. Dropped pipe will be rejected. , . Prior to laying the pipe, the bottom of the trench shall be graded and prepared to provide uniform bearing throughout the entire length of each joint of pipe. Bell holes of ample dimension shall be dug in the bottom of the trench at the locations of each joint to .,,',' facilitate the joining. The trench shall have a flat or semi-circular bottom conforming to the grade to which the pipe is to be laid. . The pipe shall be accurately placed in the trench to the lines and grades on the Plans. Fittings shall be supported independently of the pipe. <l JUNE 2004 3 of 5 SECTION 15064 Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Pressure Pipe and -.••'• ....'•• : Fittings (AWWA C900) 3.5 LONGITUDINAL BENDING No longitudinal bending shall be allowed in the installation of PVC pressure pipe. All deflections shall be accomplished by the use of deflection collars or couplings .specifically designed for use with PVC C900 pipe and the deflections as installed shall not exceed the manufacturers written recommendations. 3.6 PIPE JOINT ASSEMBLY The spigot and bell shall slide together without displacement of the rubber gasket. The joint shall be dirt free. The best laying practice is with the bell facing in the direction of laying. Insert the rubber ring into the groove making sure the ring is completely seated. Lubrication of the spigot and instruction of use shall be supplied by the pipe manufacturer. The spigot shall be inserted into the bell and forced slowly into position by use of a large bar lever and a wood block across the pipe end. For large pipe, a come-along (with padding that will not scratch the pipe) may be used. 3.7 CONCRETE THRUST BLOCKS Concrete thrust blocks shall be placed as shown on the Plans and shall consist of Class B portland cement concrete containing not less than five sacks of portland cement per cubic yard and shall conform to SSPWC. Concrete blocks shallbe placed between the undisturbed ground and the fittings to be anchored. Quantity of concrete and the bearing area of the pipe and undisturbed soil shall be as shown on the Plans, unless otherwise determined by the Owner's Representative. The concrete shall be placed, unless specifically shown otherwise on the Plans, so that the pipe joints and fittings will be accessible to repairs. . 3.8 MECHANICAL THRUST RESTRAINT No mechanical thrust restraint devices which transfer forces from fittings to the PVC pipe wall shall be permitted. 3^ PREVENTING FOREIGN MATTER FROM ENTERING THE PIPE At all times when pipe laying is not in progress, the open end of the pipe shall be closed with a tight-fitting cap or plug to prevent the entrance of foreign matter into the pipe. These provisions shall apply during the noon hour as well as overnight. In no event shall the pipeline be used as a drain for removing water which has infiltrated into the trench. The Contractor shall maintain the inside of the pipe free from foreign materials and in a clean and sanitary condition until its acceptance by the Owner's Representative. JUNE 2004 4 of 5 SECTION 15064 .: •.... . Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Pressure Pipe and ••' :-..-.;• Fittings (AWWA C900) 3.10 LEAKAGETEST General: All pipelines shall be tested in accordance with Section 15044, Hydrostatic Testing of Pressure Pipe. . 3.11 DISINFECTION Disinfection shall be in accordance with Section 15041, Testing, Flushing and Disinfection of Piping. END OF SECTION JUNE 2004 5 of 5 SECTION 15064 Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Pressure Pipe and Fittings (AWWA C900) SECTION 15074 BLOW-OFF ASSEMBLIES PART1 GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION This section includes materials, testing, and installation of blowoff assemblies. 1.2 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE CMWD Standard Drawings CMWD Standard Specifications 09900, 15000, 15041, 15044, 15056, 15057, 15061, 15064, and 15100 1.3 SERVICE APPLICATION A. Blowoff assemblies shall be installed on potable and recycled water mains. B. Blowoff assemblies shall be sized and located as shown on the Approved Plans. In general, blowoff assemblies will be installed at low points of pipelines as shown below: 1. 50mm (2") blowoff assemblies or multiple 50 mm (2") blowoff assemblies will be required on pipelines 100mm (4"), thru 300mm (12"). 2. 100mm (4") blowoff assemblies will be required on pipeline sizes 300mm (12") thru 400mm (16"). 3. 150mm (6") blowoff assembly will be required on pipeline sizes 450mm (18") and larger. 1.4 WARNING/IDENTIFICATION TAPE Warning/Identification Tape shall be installed for blowoff assemblies in accordance with Section 15000. PART 2 MATERIALS 2.1 GENERAL Blowoff assemblies and appurtenant components and materials shall be selected from the Approved Materials List. 2.2 CONCRETE Concrete used for thrust or anchor blocks shall be in accordance with SSPWC. D JUNE2004 . ...„• 1of2 SECTION 15074 Blow-off Assemblies 2.3 WARNING/IDENTIFICATION TAPE Warning/Identification tape materials shall be in accordance with Section 15000 and the Approved Materials List. 2.4 FIELD PAINTING AND COATING Field painting and coating materials shall beJn accordance with Section 09900 and the Approved Materials List. - PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A; Blowoff assemblies shall be installed at locations shown on the Approved Plans or as directed by the District Engineer in accordance with the Standard Drawings. B. Blowoff assemblies shall be connected to water mains no closer than 600mm (24") to a bell, coupling, joint or fitting. . C. Locations of blowoff assembly shall be in accordance .with the Standard Drawings. . 3.2 CONCRETE Concrete thrust and anchor blocks shall be installed in accordance with the Standard Drawings. • • • .• 3.3 WARNING/IDENTIFICATION TAPE Warning/Identification Tape shall be installed in accordance with Section 15000 and the Standard Drawings. 3.4 DISINFECTION OF BLOWOFF ASSEMBLIES Blowoff assemblies shall be disinfected in accordance with Section 15041 in conjunction with disinfecting the main to which it is connected. Blowoff assembly valves shall be : operated and the assembly shall be flushed to completely disinfect all internal parts. 3.5 HYDROSTATIC TESTING • : , • Blowoff assemblies shall be hydrostatically tested in accordance with Section 15044 in conjunction with hydrostatically testing the pipeline to which it is connected. END OF SECTION JUNE 2004 2 of 2 SECTION 15074 ••'••'. '•'-'-•• Blow-off Assemblies SECTION 15092 MISCELLANEOUS COUPLINGS, PIPE AND APPURTENANCES PART1 GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION All valves, .couplings, and appurtenances shall conform to requirements of the standard dimensions and pressure classification of the immediately adjacent pipe, valve or appurtenance as specified. 1.2 RELATED WORK DESCRIBED ELSEWHERE The Contractor shall refer to the following Specification • section(s) for additional requirements: A. Painting and Coating: 09900 B. Petrolatum Wax Tape Coating: 09902 1.3 SUBMITTALS Contractor shall furnish submittals in accordance with the requirements of Section 2-5.3, Shop Drawing Submittals. The following submittals are required: A. Submit Shop Drawings for all miscellaneous couplings, pipe and appurtenances. Shop Drawings shall include listing of materials of construction, with ASTM (^^\ . • reference and grade, including lining and paint coating intended for use, with lining ^—' and coating manufacturers'and paint numbers listed. 1.4 PAYMENT Payment for the Work in this section shall be included as part, of the lump-sum or unit- price bid amount for which such Work is appurtenant thereto. PART 2-MATERIALS 2.1 GASKETS, NUTS, AND BOLTS ; Gaskets for flanged joints shall be "drop-in" type asbestos composition sheet packing, graphited on both sides, "drop-in" type, conforming to the requirements of ANSI B16.21 and shall be as manufactured by Crane Co., Garlock or approved equal. Bolts and studs for aboveground installations shall be cadmium plated and shall conform to ASTM A307, Grade B, "Steel Machine Bolts and Nuts and Tap Holes," when a ring gasket is used and shall conform to either ASTM A261, "Heat-Treated Carbon Steel Bolting Material" or ASTM A193, "Alloy-Steel Bolting Material for High Temperature Service," when a full-face gasket is used. Bolts and nuts shall be heavy hexagon series. Nuts shall conform to ASTM A194, "Carbon and Alloy Steel Nuts for Bolts for High Pressure and High Temperature Service" either in Grade 1, 2 or 2H. The fit shall be ANSI B1.1, "Unified Screw Threads," Class 2, except that Class 3 fit shall be used in /-"*\ holes tapped for studs. Threads may be made by either cutting or cold forming. v_y JUNE 2004 , 1of2 SECTION 15092 •• . • ••' Miscellaneous Couplings, Pipe and Appurtenances Between 1/4-inch and 3/8-inch shall project through the nut when drawn tight. Washers shall be provided for each nut and shall be the same material as each nut. Ail buried flanges, including bolts, nuts and washers, shall be encased in wax tape per Section 09902. All bolt threads shall be lubricated with non-oxide grease. Flanged faces shall be wire brushed and cleaned prior to joining each flange. 2.2 POLYETHYLENE ENCASEMENT• • ' • ' ' • . ' - ' ! Unless otherwise specified on the Plans, all couplings and appurtenances for underground installation shall be encased in wax tape per Section 09902. 2.3 PAINTING AND COATING All miscellaneous couplings, pipe and appurtenances referenced in this section shall be painted and coated, interior and exterior, in accordance with Section 09900, Painting and Coating. ; 2.4 FLEXIBLE COUPLINGS Joints for which flexible couplings are required, shall be made with Baker, Smith-Blair, or approved equal. Gaskets shall be plain rubber gaskets. Threads on bolts of compression collars shall be lubricated with non-oxide grease before assembling the. coupling. ' For cast-iron, ductile-iron or asbestos cement pipe sizes 2-inches through 16-inches, use Baker Series 228, Smith-Blair Series 413, or approved equal. Transition couplings shall be Baker Series 212, Smith-Blair Series 413, or approved equal. Flanged coupling adapters for cast iron or ductile iron pipe sizes 4-inches through 12-inches shall be Baker Series 601, Smith-Blair Series 912, or approved equal. Flanged coupling adaptors for cast or ductile iron pipe greater, than 12-inches shall be Baker Series 602 or Smith-Blair Series 913. 2.5 PIPE UNIONS Screw unions may be employed on pipelines 2-1/2-inches in diameter and smaller. Pipes and fittings made of non-ferrous metals shall be isolated from ferrous metals by nylon insulating pipe bushings, unions or couplings manufactured by Smith-Blair, Pipe Seal and Insulator Co. or approved equal. PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Applicable) .- . END OF SECTION JUNE 2004 2 of 2 SECTION 15092 Miscellaneous Couplings, Pipe and Appurtenances SECTION 15100 RESILIENT WEDGE GATE VALVES (RWGV's) PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION i This section includes materials, testing, and installation of manually operated resilient wedge gate valves (RWGV's). . ; 1.2 REFERENCE STANDARDS The publications listed below form part of this specification to the extent referenced and are referred to in the text by the basic designation only. Reference shall be made to the latest edition of said standards unless otherwise called for. 1.3 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE CMWD Standard Drawings CMWD Standard Specifications 15000, 15041, 15044,, 15056, 15057, 15061, 15064, 15074 and 15108. 1.4 SERVICE APPLICATION ' . - ' ^ ' ' ', ' • '• ' A. Resilient wedge gate valves (RWGV's) shall be installed on potable and recycled water mains and appurtenances in accordance with the Approved Plans and the Standard Drawings. =„ . \ B. Resilient wedge gate valves shall be used for open/closed operations, throttling . service,and frequent operation after long periods of no actuation. C. In general, resilient wedge gate valves shall be used when valves are required on pipelines and appurtenances 100m (4") through 400mm (16"). . D. Valves for pipelines sized 450mm (18") and larger generally require the use of butterfly valves (BFV) in accordance with Section 15102. 1.5 SUBMITTALS The following items shall be submitted for review and approval per Section 2-5.3, prior to ordering or delivery of resilient wedge gate valves. A. An affidavit from the valve manufacturer stating that valves have successfully passed hydrostatic tests in accordance with AWWA C509 and manufacturer's own coatings tests. B. The valve manufacturer's catalog data showing the size to be used, valve dimensions, pressure rating and materials of construction. C. Manufacturer's catalog data and proof of NSF certification for the lining materials to be used. JUNE 2004. :,. 1of5 SECTION 15100 " Resilient Wedge Gate Valves (RWGV's) 1.6 SIZING OF VALVES Valves shall be the same size as the line in which they are installed unless otherwise noted on the Approved Plans. 1.7 VALVE ENDS Valve ends shall be compatible with the piping system in which they are being installed in accordance with the Approved Plans or directed by the District Engineer. Ductile-iron flanges shall be in accordance with Section 15056. 1.8 VALVE TESTING Resilient wedge gate valves shall be hydrostatically tested and valve coatings shall be holiday detected prior to shipment to the field in accordance with the testing procedures shown in Appendix A. Valves delivered to the site prior to successful hydrostatic testing and holiday detection shall be subject to rejection. 1.9 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING Valves shall be delivered and stored in accordance with AWWA C550. The port openings shall be covered with plastic, cardboard or wood while in transit and during . storage in the field. These covers shall remain in place until valves are ready to be installed. Valves shall not be stored in contact with bare ground. Valves shall not be stacked. ' 1.10 RECYCLED WATER IDENTIFICATION 1.11 POLYETHYLENE WRAP Polyethylene wrap shall be used for the buried installation of resilient wedge gate valves in accordance with Section 15000. . PART2 MATERIALS 2.1 RESILIENT WEDGE GATE VALVES (RWGV's) A. Resilient wedge gate valves and appurtenant components and materials shall be selected from the Approved Materials List. B. RWGV's .shall be ductile-iron in accordance with AWWA C509 and C515 except as modified herein. C. Each valve shall have a smooth unobstructed waterway free from any sediment pockets. O. All RWGV's shall be leak-tight at their rated pressure. JUNE2004 2 of 5 - SECTION 15100 • ' . '..'•- , Resilient Wedge Gate Valves (RWGV's) E. RWGV's shall have a non-rising low-zinc bronze or stainless steel stem, opened by turning left (counterclockwise). F. Stem seals shall be the O-ring type incorporating a minimum of two rings as required by AWWA C509. G. Low-friction torque-reduction thrust washers or bearings shall be provided on the stem collar. . '•..-:'••••• H. Wedge (gate) shall be fully encapsulated with a bonded-in-place Nitrile elastomer covering. Minimum thickness of the rubber seating area shall be 6.35mm (1/4"). I. Valves for buried applications shall be provided with a 50mm (2") square operating nut, and valves located above ground or in structures shall be equipped with a hand wheel in accordance with AWWA C509 unless otherwise indicated on the Approved Plans. . J. RWGV interior and exterior surfaces (except, for the encapsulated disc) shall be coated as described below. K. All bolts and nuts used in the construction of RWGV's shall be Type 316 stainless steel. 2.2 EPOXY LINING AND COATING Epoxy linings and coatings for valves shall be provided in accordance with AWWA C210, (^^\ C213, and C550, with the following modifications: ^—s A. Epoxy lining and coating of valve surfaces shall be performed by the manufacturer in a facility with qualified personnel, where the environment can be controlled. Epoxy lining and coating of valves in the field is prohibited. B. Repairs made to manufactures applied coatings shall be performed in a facility with qualified personnel, where the environment can be controlled: The facility shall be approved by the valve manufacturer. C. Surface preparation shall be as detailed in SSPC-SP5, White-Metal Blast Cleaning. D. Liquid epoxy lining and coating materials shall be listed in the NSF Listing for Drinking Water Additives, Standard 61, certified for use in contact with potable water. , ,. E. The minimum dry film thickness for epoxy linings shallbe 0.203mm (0.008" or 8 mils). Liquid epoxy lining shall be applied in two (2) coats in accordance AWWA C210. F. Powder epoxy coating materials shall contain one hundred percent (100%) solids, in accordance with AWWA C213. JUNE 2004 3 of 5 SECTION 15100 Resilient Wedge Gate Valves (RWGV's) 2.3 GATE WELLS AND EXTENSION STEMS Gate wells and extension stems for buried valves shall be in accordance with Section 15000 and selected from the Approved Materials List. 2.4 CONCRETE Concrete used for anchor or thrust blocks shall be Class 560-C-3250. 2.5 POLYETHYLENE WRAP Polyethylene wrap shall be in accordance with Section 15000 and selected from the Approved Materials List. PARTS EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Install valves with the bolt holes straddling the vertical centerline of pipe and the operating nut in the vertical position unless otherwise noted on the Approved Plans. 1 , ' i B. Valves shall be installed in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations and the applicable section of these specifications for the piping material and joint type being used. C. Joints shall be cleaned and installed in accordance with Section 15056. 3.2 POLYETHYLENE WRAP Installation of polyethylene wrap for buried valves shall be in accordance with Section 15000.'--.'- •. ' . - . 3.3 CONCRETE Concrete thrust, anchor, and support blocks shall be installed in accordance the Standard Drawings. The concrete shall be placed so that valves and valve operators will be accessible for repairs or replacement. 3.4 GATE WELLS AND EXTENSION STEMS Gate wells and extension stems for buried valves shall be installed in accordance with Section 15000 and the Standard Drawings. . 3.5 DISINFECTION OF VALVES Disinfection and flushing of valves shall be in accordance with Section 15041, as part of the process of disinfecting the main pipeline. The valves shall be operated during the disinfection period to completely disinfect all internal parts. JUNE 2004 4 of 5 SECTION 15100 --.',- Resilient Wedge Gate Valves (RWGV's) 3.6 HYDROSTATIC TESTING **•x Valves shall be hydrostatically tested in conjunction with the pipeline in which they are installed in accordance with Section 15044. 3.7 FIELD PAINTING AND COATING / The exterior of valves installed above ground or exposed in vaults or enclosures shall be field painted in accordance with Section 09900. END OF SECTION o JUNE 2004 - 5 of 5 SECTION 15100 '.-,'->•• : Resilient Wedge Gate Valves (RWGV's) SECTION 15105 DIAPHRAGM ACTUATED CONTROL VALVES PART1 -GENERAL 1.1 Work Included A. This section includes materials, testing, and installation of diaphragm actuated control valves. ! 1.2 Related Work AT Section 01600: Material and Equipment B. Section 01700: Contract Closeout C. Section 09900: Painting and Coatings 1.3 System Description . A. Furnish and install complete operating diaphragm actuated control valves including appurtenant structural, mechanical and/or electrical mountings or connections and pilots required for compliance with manufacturer's installation requirements and compliance with applicable building codes and standards. B. Combination Pressure Reducing and Pressure Sustaining Valve (ClaVal Model 92-01) shall maintain constant operator-set downstream pressure regardless of fluctuating demand and shall sustain upstream pressure to an operator-set minimum. C. Valves shall be hydraulically actuated diaphragm type. Body shall contain removable seat insert, A resilient rubber disc shall form a drip-tight seal with the valve seat when pressure is applied above the diaphragm. Diaphragm assembly shall form a sealed chamber in the upper portion of the valve, separating operating pressure from line . pressure. In the event of valve failure, valves shall automatically close or shall remain in the closed position. D. Pilot control system shall include a fixed orifice and allmajor components of this system shall be manufactured by the same company that manufactures the main valve. Elastomers shall be Buna N, and the main diaphragm shall be vulcanized at the stem hole to ensure against wicking of the product within the diaphragm. Diaphragm shall not be used as a sealing surface. Guides shall be provided at both ends of stem. Bearing in valve cover and an integral bearing in the valve seat shall be provided, Repairs and modification other than replacement of the main valve body shall be possible without removing the main valve from service. 1.4 Quality Assurance . A. Use adequate numbers of skilled workmen who are thoroughly trained and experienced in the necessary trades and crafts and who are completely familiar with ,City of Carlsbad El Camino Real Water System Projects 06/06 (DBE) ' 15105-Diaphragm Actuated Control Valves-Page 1 of 6 the specified requirements and methods needed for proper performance of the work of this section. B.Factory testing shall include the following: ITEM Interior Lining TEST FOR Holidays and Lining •-. Thickness TEST STANDARD (ASTM OR OTHER TEST STANDARD) See Section 09900 FREQUENCY 1 each valve FIRST TEST PAID FOR BY Contractor RETESTS PAID FOR BY Contractor P 1.5 References A. ANSIB2.1 , B. ANSI B16.1 Cast Iron Pipe Flanges and Flanged Fittings C. ANSIB16.36 D. ANSIB16.42 E. ASTM A48 Gray Iron Castings F. ASTM A105 Forgings, Carbon Steel for Piping Components G. ASTM A276 Stainless and Heat-Resisting Steel Bars and Shapes H. ASTM A351 Castings, Austenitic, Austenitic-Ferritic (Duplex) for Pressure Containing - -. -.-. ... ' Parts. ,. , •. •..••• ..,. . .... . - • .. I. ASTM A536 Ductile Iron Castings J. ASTM B43 Seamless Red Brass Pipe, Standard Sizes . K. ASTM B62 Composition Bronze or Ounce Metal Castings L ASTM B75 Seamless Copper tube M. ASTM B88 Seamless Copper Water Tube N. AWWA C550 Protective Epoxy Interior Coatings for Valves and Hydrants O. SSPC SP5/NACE 1 White Metal Blast Cleaning •1.6 Submittals ; A. Furnish the following submittals. SUBMITTAL Shop Drawings ' • " • ? "••";' • ' * ' Catalog Data Installation , Instructions O & M Instructions Certificates of Compliance Engineering , Calculations Warranty DESCRIPTION Required for valves per valve and equipment shop drawing requirements. . • , Required for solenoid operated valves' under electrically controlled equipment shog drawing requirements. Required per catalog data requirements. Include manufacturer's maximum recommended flow and maximum operating pressure; Required per installation instruction requirements. Required per operation and maintenance instruction requirements. Submit certified report of testing of factory-applied linings Required for cavitation per engineering calculations '. requirements. Furnish 1 -year warranty from date of final acceptance City of Carlsbad 06/06 (DBE) El Camino Real Water System Projects 15105 - Diaphragm Actuated Control Valves- Page 2-of 6 B. Refer to Project Manual for definition of requirements for shop drawings, catalog data, installation instructions, O&M instructions, certificates of compliance, and engineering calculations. 1.7 Delivery. Storage and Handling A. Refer to Section 01600 for delivery storage and handling requirements. B. Manufacturer's instruction and warranty requirements for delivery, storage and handling of diaphragm actuated control valves shall be strictly followed. 1.8 Unit Prices • • • -. - ^ A. Payment for the Work in this section shall be included as part of the lump-sum or unit- price bid amount for which such Work is appurtenant thereto. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 Acceptable Manufacturers A. Acceptable manufacturers include the following: 2.2 ITEM Combination Pressure Reducing and Pressure Sustaining Valve Small Solenoid Valves1/*" through 1,%";. Epoxy Resin Lining MANUFACTURER Cla-Val Company Model 92-01 Approved equal ASCO Redhat Model 8210 or 8211 Approved equal Gilpon . Keysite 740 Approved equal MANUFACTURER LOCATION Newport Beach, CA .'•"''< Materials A. Refer to Section 01600 for basic requirements for products and materials. B. Unless otherwise stated, diaphragm actuated control valves shall be constructed of the following materials: ITEM Main valve body and cover MATERIAL Ductile iron SPECIFICATION ASTMA536 City of Carlsbad 06/06 (DBE) El Camjnp Real Water System Projects 15105 - Diaphragm Actuated Control Valves- Page 3 of 6 D. ITEM Flanges Flange Bolts and Nuts Bonnet Bolts and Nuts Main valve trim and seat Pilot control system Piping and tubing Epoxy Coating MATERIAL Cast Iron Various steels Various steels Type 303 Stainless Steel Cast bronze with Type 303 stainless steel trim Copper and brass Epoxy SPECIFICATION Raised or plain faced ANSI B 16.1 standard for cast-iron For 200 psi working pressure or ANS1 1 25 Ib drilling. flanges, less use See Section 02050 Section 2 See Section 02050 Section 2 ASTM A276 or A351 ASTMB62 ASTM B75, B88 (copper) and ASTM B43 (brass) AWWA C550 12 mil minimum DFT Do not coat sealing areas and bronze or stainless steel parts. o c.Solenoid valves 1 Vz inches and smaller shall be constructed of the following materials: ITEM Main valve body and cover Seats and seals Main valve trim MATERIAL Forged Brass or Bronze Teflon Type 302, 304 or 305 Stainless Steel SPECIFICATION ASTM B62 Alloy C23000 (brass) or ASTM B62 (bronze) ASTM A276 or A351 O The following product design criteria, options and accessories are required for diaphragm operated control valves: ITEM Ends - Valves 2 inches and smaller Ends - Valves larger than 2 inches Stem Cavitation Trim Opening and Closing Speed Control In Line Y strainer Position Indicator Solenoid Orifice on Pressure Relief Valve DESCRIPTION Threaded per ANSI B2.1 Flanged per ANSI B16.1 Flat face. Boltholes shall straddle horizontal and vertical centerlines of pipe run to which valves are attached. Dura'Kleen rifled stem KO Anti-Cavitation trim/Not required Required .. . - . . , • ( . Required Required 120 VAC actuator in NEMA Type IV enclosure Bore 6 inches City of Carlsbad 06/06 (DBE) El Camino Real Water System Projects 15105 - Diaphragm Actuated Control Valves- Page 4 of 6 PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 Preparation A. Make field measurements needed to install diaphragm actuated control valves before submitting shop drawings or ordering. Make minor changes in dimensions and alignments as needed to avoid utilities or structural conflicts. 3.2 Installation A. Refer to Section 15000 for basic execution and installation requirements. B. Install diaphragm actuated control valves according to manufacturer's installation and warranty requirements. Manufacturers' requirements for installation, application, connection, erection, maintenance, operating, cleaning, conditioning and startup of products shall be strictly followed. C. Refer variances between manufacturer's installation instructions and Contract Documents to Owner's Representative, f 3.3 Field Quality Control '(".. A. Valves shajl be tested at the same time that the connecting pipelines are pressure tested and in accordance with the sections of the Contract Documents covering testing. Valves, operators, or control and instrumentation elements whose pressure ; rating is less than the test pressure shall be protected or isolated during pressure testing. : • • ', . B. Field testing shall include the following: ITEM Diaphragm Actuated Control Valves TEST FOR Installation & Leakage Pressure Test Field Performance 1 1 month Warranty Inspection TEST STANDARD (ASTM OR OTHER TEST STANDARD) Visual inspection for drip tight finished installation under pressure. See sections of Contract Documents covering pressure tests Demonstrate compliance to Contract Documents and Manufacturers' printed Literature Demonstrate compliance to Contract Documents and Manufacturers printed Literature FREQUENCY 1 inspection 1 test 1 test 1 test FIRST TEST PAID FOR BY Owner Contractor Contractor Owner RETESTS PAID FOR BY Owner Contractor Contractor Contractor City of Carlsbad 06/06(DBE) El Camino Real Water System Projects 15105 - Diaphragm Actuated Control Valves- Page 5 of 6 C. Provide services of factory authorized representative on-site for,a minimum of two man-days (travel time excluded) to provide the following: 1. Installation assistance, inspection and startup of the complete diaphragm actuated control valve system. , , 2. Field testing and adjustment. ; 3. Instruction of Owner's personnel in operation and maintenance. END OF SECTION o o City of Carlsbad . . El Camino Real Water System Projects 06/06 (DBE) .: "15105-Diaphragm Actuated Control Valves- Page 6 of 6 SECTION 15108 AIR RELEASE VALVE, AIR AND VACUUM VALVE, AND COMBINATION AIR VALVE ASSEMBLIES PART1 GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION This section includes the materials and installation instructions for above ground air release valve, air and vacuum valve, and combination air valve assemblies. The term "air valve" is used generically in this specification to refer to requirements common to all of the specified air release valves, air and vacuum valves, and combination air valves. Otherwise, the various types of air valves are addressed by the individual designations commonly used in AWWA and industry standards. 1.2 REFERENCE STANDARDS The publications listed below form part of this specification to the extent referenced and are referred to in the text by the basic designation only. Reference shall be made to the latest edition of said standards unless otherwise called for. American Water Works Association (AWWA) C512 Standards for Combination Air Valve Assemblies 1.3 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE CMWD Standard Drawings CMWD Standard Specifications 09900, 15000, 15041, 15044, 15056, 15057, 15061, 15064, 15100, 16640 1.4 SERVICE APPLICATION A. Combination air valves are generally installed on all potable and recycled water mains at high points and where shown on the Approved Plans and in accordance with the Standard Drawings. B. Unless otherwise directed by the District Engineer, combination air valves will be required as indicated below: 1. 25mm (1") combination air Valve assemblies shall be installed on pipeline sizes 150mm (6") and 200mm (8"). 2. 50mm (2") combination air valve assemblies shall be installed on pipeline sizes 250mm (10") and 300m (12"). . 3. Multiple (2") 50mm combination air valve assemblies shall be installed on pipeline sizes 400mm (16") and 500mm (20"), unless shown on the plans. C. Air release valves and air and vacuum valves shall be installed in accordance with the Approved Plans or as directed by the District Engineer. JUNE 200.4 1of4 SECTION 15108 Air Release Valve, Air and Vacuum Valve, and Combination Air Valve Assemblies 1.5 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING Valves shall be delivered and stored in accordance with AWWA C550. The port openings shall be covered with plastic, cardboard, or wood while in transit and during storage in the field. These covers shall remain in place until the valve is ready to be installed. Valves shall not be stored in contact with bare ground. Valves shall not be stacked. » 1.6 RECYCLED WATER IDENTIFICATION , Air valve assemblies and enclosures used for recycled water shall be identified with purple-colored coating, identification labels or signs in accordance with Section 15151. 1.7 WARNING/IDENTIFICATION TAPE Warning/Identification tape shall be installed for air valve assemblies in accordance with Section 15000. PART 2 MATERIALS 2.1 COMBINATION AIR VALVES A. Combination air valves and appurtenant components and materials suitable for the system pressure shall be selected from the Approved Materials List. B. Combination air valves shall comply with AWWA C512 except as modified herein. ' C. 25m (1") and 50mm (2") combination air valves shall be the single-body type incorporating stainless steel internal components and National Pipe Threaded (NPT) inlet and outlet configurations. D. 100mm (4") and 150mm (6") Combination Air Valves shall be the single-body type. Valves shall ^incorporate stainless steel internal components, protective hood and flanged inlet. . E. Internal protective epoxy coatings shall be provided in accordance with AWWA C550. 1. Liquid epoxy lining and coating materials shall be listed in the NSF Listing for Drinking Water Additives, Standard 61, certified for use in contact with potable water. 2. The minimum dry film thickness for epoxy linings shall be 0.203m (0.008" or 8 mils). Liquid epoxy lining shall be applied in two (2) coats in accordance with AWWA C210. o JUNE 2004" 2 Of 4 SECTION 15108 . ..-.'•• Air Release Valve, Air and Vacuum Valve, and Combination Air Valve Assemblies 2.3 ENCLOSURES Air Valve Enclosures shall be selected from the Approved Materials List. 2.4 CONCRETE Concrete used for anchor or thrust blocks and equipment pads shall be in accordance with Section 03000. 2.5 BREAK-AWAY BOLTS Combination air valves, air release valves and air and vacuum valves located above ground sized 100mm (4") and larger shall be installed with break-away bolts in accordance with the Standard Drawings and selected from the Approved Materials List. 2.6 WARNING/IDENTIFICATION TAPE Warning/Identification Tape shall be in accordance with Section 15000 and selected from the Approved Materials List. 2.7 FIELD PAINTING AND COATING Field painting and coating materials shall be in accordance with Section 09900 and selected from the Approved Materials List. , PARTS EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Air valve assemblies shall be provided as shown on the Approved Plans. Additional air valve assemblies may be required in areas of potential air •';•• entrapment, at the discretion of the District Engineer. B. Air valve assemblies shall be installed relative to street improvements in accordance with the Standard Drawings. > C. Connections for the air valve assemblies shall be made within a section of the , main line no closer than 600mm (24") to a bell, coupling, joint or fitting. 3.2 CONCRETE Concrete thrust or anchor blocks and equipment pads shall be installed in accordance with the Standard Drawings. 3.3 WARNING/IDENTIFICATION TAPE Warning/Identification Tape shall be installed in accordance with Section 15000 and the Standard Drawings. JUNE2004 3of4 " SECTION 15108 • Air Release Valve, Air and Vacuum Valve, and Combination Air Valve Assemblies 3.4 DISINFECTION Air valve assemblies shall be disinfected in accordance with Section 15041 in conjunction with disinfecting the main to which it is connected. The assembly valves shall be operated and the assembly flushed to completely disinfect all internal parts. 3.5 HYDROSTATIC TESTING Air valve assemblies shall be hydrostatically tested in accordance with Section 15044 in conjunction with the pipeline to which they are connected. 3.6 FIELD PAINTING AND COATINGS A. Field repairs to the enclosure shall not be permitted. Enclosures requiring repairs to the coating shall be returned to the supplier or coating vendor for repairs or recoating in accordance with Section 09900. END OF SECTION o JUNE 2004 4 of 4 SECTION 15108 Air Release Valve, Air and Vacuum Valve, and Combination Air Valve Assemblies SECTION 15125 JACKED PIPE CASING PART1 GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION This section includes materials and installation of jacked pipe casings. Where the contractor proposes to install pipelines using directional drilling or boring, a complete submittal of the methods and materials shall be made to the District prior to the initiation of the work. 1.2 REFERENCE STANDARDS The publications listed below form part of this specification to the extent referenced and are referred to in the text by the basic designation only. References shall be made to the latest edition of said standards unless otherwise called for. 1.3 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE CMWD Standard Drawings . . CMWD Standard Specifications 15000,15056, 15061,15064, and 15065 1.4 SERVICE APPLICATION Generally, pipe casings are used for protection of utilities (carrier pipes) and'may be installed for future utility installations. Pipe casings shall be used in conjunction with the installation of potable water, recycled water, and sewer mains in areas shown on the Approved Plans or as directed by the District Engineer. . 1.5 PROTECTION OF EXISTING UTILITIES AND FACILITIES . The contractor shall be responsible for the care and protection of all existing utilities, facilities, and structures that may be encountered in or near the area of the work. 1.6 SAFETY AND PERMITTING REQUIREMENTS A. Pipe jacking and boring projects 750mm (30") in diameter or larger are required to be classified by the State of California. Department of Industrial Relations, Division of Occupational Safety and Health. B. Protection of workers in trench excavation shall be as required by the State of California Construction Safety Orders, the State of California State Health and Safety Code, the requirements of CAL-OSHA. C. All excavations shall be performed, protected, and supported as required for safety and in the manner set forth in the operation regulations prescribed by CAL-OSHA. JUNE 2004 1 of 6 . . SECTION 15125 Jacked Pipe Casing D. It shall be the Contractor's responsibility to obtain excavation permits, traffic control permits, or other applicable permits from the local agency which has jurisdiction. E. A pre-job safety conference with representatives of the Division of Occupational Safety, CAL-OSHA, the District, the Contractor and Contractor's employees shall be held before the work begins. F. Contractors performing this work are required to hold a current C-34 or General Engineering Contracting License from the State of California. 1.7 DESIGN REQUIREMENTS A. Pipe casing shall be provided for the carrier piping where shown on the Approved Plans or as required by the District Engineer. The sizes and material type for pipe casing shall be as detailed in Part 2 of this Section. B. The District Engineer may select a greater steel thickness and diameter as appropriate for the intended application. . 1.8 SUBMITTALS The contractor shall provide to the District and the agency, or agencies, of jurisdiction a drilling, boring, and jacking plan prior to commencing boring operations. The submittal shall include: ; A, Configuration of the jacking pits and jacking pit bracing or shoring. Pit excavations deeper than 6.1m (20') require the shoring system to be certified by a Registered Civil Engineer. B. The pipe casing material to be used. Include pipe material type, wall thickness, and welding details. C; Casing spacers and end seals. , D. Jacking plan and profile drawing detailing the placement of the jacked casing.' E. Installation procedure. F. Manufacturer and type of liquid epoxy paint, including proposed steel preparation and application methods to be used. G. The jacking machinery and jacking head proposed to be used. H. Summary of the backfilling method to be used. I. Worker Protection and Safety Plan. i J. Cathodic Protection. JUNE 2004 2 of 6 SECTION 15125 Jacked Pipe Casing 1.9 DELIVERY AND HANDLING •: Proper care shall be used to prevent damage in handling, moving and placing the pipe casing. All pipe-casing materials shall be lowered into the trench in a manner that prevents damage. The pipe casing shall not be dropped, dragged or handled in a manner that will cause dents, cracks, or other damage to the pipe casing. 1.10 CASING SPACERS AND END SEALS Casing spacers and end seals shall be used for all pipe installations with casings. If the carrier pipe is not installed within the casing, as a continuous operation, following completion of jacking, then bulkhead and portals and backfill the approach trenches. Bulkheads will be removed at a later time to allow for the installation of the carrier pipe. PART 2 MATERIALS 2;r PIPE CASINGS • Jacked pipe casings shall be steel. A. B. C. D. The minimum size and thickness of jacked steel pipe casings shall be as follows, unless otherwise required by the agency having jurisdiction over the road, utilities, or improvements. . Carrier Pipe Size 150mm (6") 200mm (8") -. .250mi10") 300mm (12") 400mm (16") 500mm (20") 600mmJ24") Minimum Casing Size 350mm {14") 400mm (16") 450mm (18") 500mm (20") 750mm (30") 900mm (36") 1,050mm (42") Win. Steel Casing Wall Thickness 9.53m (3/8") 9.53mm (3/8") 9.53mm (3/8") 9.53mm (3/8") 12.7m (1/2") 12.7m (1/2") . 12.7mm (1/2") Pipe casing for carrier pipe sizes larger than 600mm (24") shall be determined by the District Engineer. The Contractor may submit a greater steel thickness and diameter as appropriate for the method of work and loadings involved, as suitable for the site and as limited by possible interferences. The Contractor shall submit any deviations in the approved design to the District fourteen (14) working days in advance of jacking operations, and may not proceed with any work until the District Engineer has approved the alternate methods proposed. It is the Contractor's responsibility to choose a size of casing at or above the minimum specified, and to ensure that the jacking is done with a high degree of accuracy to permit installation of the carrier pipe to the lines and grades shown on the approved plans. JUNE 2004 3 of 6 SECTION 15125 Jacked Pipe Casing E. Steel pipe casings, unless otherwise approved by-the District, shall be butt- -/"""N welded sheets (spiral welding of pipe now allowed) conforming to ASTM A 36/A ( ) • •„.- , 36M, ASTM A 283/A 283M, Grade D, or ASTM A 570/A 570M, Grade 33. Other steel grades may be used upon approval of the District Engineer. F. Steel pipe casings shall include the installation of an anode in accordance with the Standard Drawings, unless otherwise directed by the District Engineer. 2.2 CASING SPACERS Casing spacers shall be stainless steel, centered-position type with PVC liner and non- metallic anti-friction runners in accordance with the Approved Materials List. 2.3 CASING END SEALS Casing end seals, in accordance with the Approved Materials List, shall wrap around the casing and carrier pipe to provide a barrier to backfill material and seepage. The casing end seal shall be a minimum 6.25mm (1/4") thick styrene butadiene rubber sheet attached to the carrier pipe and casing with 25mm (1") wide stainless steel bands. Zippered casing end seals with stainless steel bands may also be used. 2.4 WARNING/IDENTIFICATION TAPE Warning/Identification Tape materials shall be in accordance with Section 15000 and the Approved Materials List. PARTS EXECUTION 3.1 TRENCH EXCAVATION, BACKFILL AND COMPACTION Trenching, bedding, backfilling and compaction operations shall be performed in accordance with SSPWC. , " „ 3.2 JACKJNG PIT A. The approach trench for jacking or boring operations shall be adequately shored to safeguard existing substructures and surface improvements and to ensure against ground movement in the vicinity of the casing portal. B. Placement of equipment in the approach trench of the jacking pit shall be firmly bedded on the required line and grade using heavy timbers, structural steel, or - concrete cradles of sufficient length to provide accurate control of jacking ; alignment. Provide space to insert the casing lengths to be jacked. Anchor the timbers and structural steel sections to ensure action of the jacks in line with the ' axis of the casing. Place a timber 6r structural steel bearing block between the jacks and the end of the casing to provide uniform bearing upon the casing end evenly distribute the jacking pressure. C. After jacking equipment and debris from the tunnel have been removed from the approach trench of jacking pit, prepare the bottom of the jacking pit as a pipe foundation. Remove all loose and disturbed materials below pipe grade to undisturbed earth and re-compact the material in accordance with Section 02223. ^^ JUNE 2004 4 of 6 SECTION 15125 Jacked Pipe Casing 3.3 RIPE CASING INSTALLATION Installation of pipe casings shall be as described below and in accordance with the Standard Drawings. Only workers experienced in jacking operations shall be used in performing the work of jacking and boring. A. The Contractor's attention is called to the fact that extreme care is required in placing the casing so as to permit the installation of the carrier pipe to the lines and grades shown on the Approved Plans. B. Gravity flow pipelines are designed at grades that do not permit variance from the lines and grade as shown on the Approved Plans. C. Fit a sectional shield or steel jacking head to the leading section of the casing. The shield or head shall extend around the outer surface of the upper two-thirds of the casing and project at least 450mm (18") beyond the driving end of the casing. It shall not protrude more than 13mm (1/2") beyond the outer casing - '••-• surface. D. The leading section of casing shall be equipped with a jacking head securely anchored thereto to prevent any wobble or variation in alignment during the jacking operation. E. To avoid loss of ground outside the casing, carry out. excavation entirely within . the jacking head and not in advance of the head. In general, excavated materials shall be removed from the casing as jacking progresses and no accumulation of '. excavated material within the casing will be permitted. F. A jacking band to reinforce the end of the pipe receiving the jacking thrust will be required. ...'".. G. Control the application of jacking pressure and excavation of material ahead of the advancing casing to prevent it from becoming friction-bound or deviating from required line and grade. Do not encroach upon the minimum annular space detailed. Restrict the excavation of material to the least clearance to prevent binding in order to avoid settlement or possible damage to overlying structures or utilities. . H. Steel casing sections shall be full-circumference butt-welded in the field. It shall be the Contractor's responsibility to provide stress transfer across the joints capable of resisting the jacking forces involved. 3.4 CARRIER PIPE INSTALLATION A. , Carrier pipe shall be pushed into the casing incorporating the use of casing spacers as described below. ' ."" x , ' , . • . B. PVC or ductile-iron carrier pipe joints shall be restrained either by mechanical means or by use of splined gaskets. JUNE 2004 , , 5 of 6 SECTION 15125 , Jacked Pipe Casing C. Steel carrier pipe sections shall be lap joint welded in accordance with Section 15061. D. Upstream and downstream elevations of the carrier pipe shall be verified prior to installing the end seals. , E. The portion of carrier pipe installed within a casing shall have pressure, leakage, and infiltration testing completed .in accordance with Section 15043 and 15044 prior to installation of the end seals. " . F. The annular space between the carrier pipe and casing shall not be filled with any material unless otherwise noted on the Approved Plans. 3.5 CASING SPACERS / Casing spacers shall be used to prevent the carrier pipe bell from touching the casing and to maintain a uniform space between the carrier pipe and casing interior. Casing spacers shall be installed on the carrier pipe at intervals per the manufacturer's recommendations with a minimum of three spacers per pipe section equally spaced. 3.6 CASING END SEALS Casing end seals shall be installed in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations. ~ • Carrier pipe shall pass hydrostatic or leakage tests in accordance with Sections 15044 or 15043 prior to the installation of casing end seals or backfilling operations. END OF SECTION o JUNE 2004 6 of 6 SECTION 15125 •„••.•• Jacked Pipe Casing 4» SECTION 15139 FIRE HYDRANTS PART1 GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION This section includes the materials for and installation of fire hydrant assemblies. ; 1.2 REFERENCE STANDARDS , The publications listed below form part of this specification to the extent referenced and are referred to in the text by the basic designation only. Reference shall be made to the latest edition of said standards unless otherwise called for. 1.3 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE CMWD Standard Drawings CMWD Standard Specifications 09910, 15000, 15041, 15044, 15056, 15061, 15064, and 15100 - 1.4 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION A. Hydrant outlet sizes and configuration shall be as shown on the Approved Plans or as directed by the fire department of jurisdiction. B. Hydrants shall generally have the following number and size of outlets as directed by the fire department of jurisdiction: 1. . Residential: One 64mm (2-1/2") outlet and one 100mm (4") outlet 2. Commercial: Two 64mm (2-1/2") outlets and one 100mm (4") outlet 3. Industrial: One 64mm (2-1/2") outlet and two 100mm (4") outlets 1.5 SERVICE APPLICATION A. Fire hydrants shall be installed on potable water mains as shown on the approved drawings. B. Wet-barrel hydrants shall generally be used for pressures up to 1.38 MPa (200 psi). System pressures up to and including 1.03 MPa (150 psi) require standard wet-barrel hydrants, and pressures up to 1.38 MPa (200 psi) require high-pressure wet-barrel hydrants in accordance with the Approved Materials ' '. .. List- .' ' ' ."•'••'•• ' ..-,-:..'• • 1.6 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING Fire hydrants shall be delivered and stored in accordance with AWWA C210, AWWA C213, and AWWA C550. The port openings shall be covered with plastic, cardboard or wood while in transit and during storage in the field. These covers shall, remain in place until the valve is ready to be installed. Fire hydrants shall not be stored in contact with bare ground. Fire hydrants shall not be stacked. JUNE 2004\ 1of3 SECTION 15139 Fire Hydrants 1.7 WARNING/IDENTIFICATION TAPE Warning/Identification Tape shall be installed for fire hydrant assemblies in accordance with Section 15000. 1 . • "* PART 2 MATERIALS 2.1 HYDRANTS A. Fire hydrants and appurtenances shall be selected from the Approved Materials 1 " ' ' ' List- '•'"' '"•'• -. '';, - •" ' ' '•'.... •.! ,' ...'' , '. B. Wet-barrel fire hydrants shall comply with AWWA C503 and these specifications unless otherwise indicated on the Approved Drawings. G. All outlets shall be provided with National Standard Fire-Hose Threads. Outlets shall be equipped with plastic caps. . D. Wet-barrel fire hydrant flanges and appurtenant bury ells and spools shall incorporate a six-hole bolt pattern. 2.2 BOLTS AND NUTS A. Hydrant flange bolts and nuts shall be selected from the Approved Materials List. B. Wet barrel fire hydrants not equipped with break^off check valves shall be ^-^ installed with break-away flange bolts selected from the Approved Materials List. The hollow shafts of break-away bolts shall be filled with silicone sealant. Bolts and nuts shall be zinc-plated A307 carbon steel in accordance with Section 15000: 'v; 2.3 CONCRETE Concrete used for splash pads, thrust or anchor blocks shall be;in accordance with the Standard Drawings. 2.4 WARNING/IDENTIFICATION TAPE Warning/Identification Tape materials shall be in accordance with Section 15000 and the Approved Materials List. 2.5 FIELD PAINTING AND COATING , Field painting and coating materials shall be in accordance with Section 09910 in accordance with the Approved Materials List. JUNE 2004 ' 2 of 3 SECTION 15139 - Fire Hydrants (ft PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 GENERAL A. Fire hydrant assemblies shall be installed at locations shown on the Approved Plans or as directed by the fire department of jurisdiction in accordance with the Standard Drawings. B. The location and port orientation of the Fire Hydrant shall be in accordance with the Standard Drawings. C. Fire hydrant flange bolts shall be set with nuts on top. Torque nuts uniformly and progressively in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations. Fill the hollow bolt shafts of break-away bolts with silicone sealant. D. Depending on location, fire hydrant assemblies may require protection posts or concrete retaining walls. When required by the District Engineer, or when shown on the Approved Plans, protection posts or retaining walls shall be installed in . . accordance with the Standard Drawings. 3.2 CONCRETE Concrete thrust and anchor blocks shall be installed in accordance with the Standard Drawings. 3.3 WARNING/IDENTIFICATION TAPE Warning/Identification Tape shall be installed in accordance with Section 15000 and the Standard Drawings. 3.4 DISINFECTION OF FIRE HYDRANT The fire hydrant assembly shall be disinfected in accordance with Section 15041, as part of the process of disinfecting the main pipeline. The assembly valves shall be operated and the assembly flushed to completely disinfect all internal parts. 3.5 HYDROSTATIC TESTING Fire hydrant assemblies shall be hydrostatically tested in accordance with Section 15044 in conjunction with the pipeline to which it is connected. 3.6 FIELD PAINTING AND COATING The fire hydrant exterior shall be field painted in accordance with Section 09910. END OF SECTION JUNE2004 ' 3of3 SECTION 15139 Fire Hydrants SECTION 16000 GENERAL ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 GENERAL A. The CONTRACTOR shall provide all tools, supplies, materials, equipment, and all labor necessary for the furnishing, construction, installation, testing, and operation of all electrical work and appurtenant work necessary to provide a complete and operable electrical system, all in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents. B. The CONTRACTOR shall make all field connections and terminations to all motors, panels, control equipment and devices, instruments, and to all vendor-furnished packaged equipment as required by these Specifications. C. The CONTRACTOR shall furnish and install all materials and incidentals required to complete the electrical work as specified herein. Typical materials which may be incidentals shall not be limited to terminal lugs not furnished with vendor-supplied equipment, compression connectors for cables, splices, junction and terminal boxes, and all control wires required by vendor- furnished equipment to interconnect with other equipment all specifically shown on the Contract Documents. D. All concrete work required for encasement, installation, or construction of the work is included as a part of the work hereunder, and shall be 3,000-psi concrete conforming to the applicable requirements of Section 03300 - Cast- in-Place Concrete; provided, that the following exceptions and supplementary requirements shall apply: 1. Consolidation of encasement concrete around duct banks shall be by hand puddling, and no mechanical vibration shall be permitted. 2. A workability admixture shall be used in encasement concrete, which shall be a hydroxylated carboxylic acid type in liquid form. Admixtures containing calcium chloride shall not be used. E. All equipment furnished by the CONTRACTOR shall be listed by and shall bear the label of Underwriters' Laboratories, Incorporated, (UL) or of an independent testing laboratory acceptable to the local Code-enforcement agency having jurisdiction. O City of Carlsbad El Camino Real Water System Projects 06/06 (DBE) 16000 - General Electrical Requirements -1 of 18 F. The construction and installation of all electrical equipment and materials shall comply with all applicable provisions of the OSHA Safety and Health Standards (29CFR1910 and 29CFR1926, as applicable), State Building Standards, and applicable local codes and regulations. ' * • • 1.02 PUBLIC UTILITIES REQUIREMENTS A. the CONTRACTOR shall contact the serving agencies and verify compliance with their requirements before construction. B. Electrical service shall be as shown and as required by the Contract Documents. C. The CONTRACTOR shall verify, furnish, and install all service conduits, fittings, transformer pad, grounding devices, and all service wires not " :V furnished by the serving utility. D. The CONTRACTOR shall verify with the utility the exact location of each service point and type of service, and shall pay all charges levied by the serving utilities without additional cost to the OWNER. 1>03 PERMITS AND INSPECTION : , ,A. Permits shall be obtained and inspection fees shall be paid for as specified. B. The CONTRACTOR shall pay for any service charges required by the utility company for connection and turn-on. 1.04 CONTRACTOR SUBMITTALS A. Shop Drawings and Catalog Data: Shop drawings and catalog data submittals shall be in accordance with the General Requirements. B. The CONTRACTOR shall submit complete material lists for the work of this Section. Such lists shall state manufacturer and brand name of each item or class of material. *"''••.-, C. Shop drawings are required for materials and equipment listed in other sections. Shop drawings shall provide sufficient information to evaluate the suitability of the proposed material or equipment for the intended use, and for compliance with these Specifications. The following shall be included: 1. Front, side, rear elevations and top views with dimensional data. 2. Location of conduit entrances and access plates. City of Carlsbad El Camino Real Water System Projects 06/06 (DBE) 16000-General Electrical Requirements-2 of 18 : 3. Component data. 4. Connection diagrams, terminal numbers, internal wiring diagrams, conductor size, and cable numbers. 5. Method of anchoring, seismic requirement; weight. 6. Types of materials and finish. / 7. Nameplates. •;.. 8. Temperature limitations, as applicable. 9. Voltage requirement, as applicable. .. ; 10. Front and rear access requirements. 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Field Control of Location and Arrangement: The Drawings diagrammatically indicate the desired location and arrangement of outlets, conduit runs, equipment, and other items. Exact locations shall be determined by the CONTRACTOR in the field based on the physical size and arrangement of equipment, finished elevations, and other obstructions. Locations shown on the Drawings, however, shall be adhered to as closely as possible. B. All conduit and equipment shall be installed in such a manner as to avoid all obstructions. Where the Drawings do not indicate exact locations, such locations shall be obtained from the ENGINEER. Where equipment is installed without instruction and must be moved, it shall be moved without additional cost to the OWNER. C. Workmanship: All materials and equipment shall be installed in accordance with printed recommendations of the manufacturer which have been reviewed by the ENGINEER. The installation shall be accomplished by workmen skilled in this type of work and installation shall be coordinated in the field with other trades so that interferences are avoided. : ; ; D. All work, including installation, connection, calibration, .testing, adjustment, , and paint touch-up, shall be accomplished by qualified, experienced personnel working under continuous, competent supervision. The completed installation shall display competent work, reflecting adherence to prevailing industrial standards and methods. City of Carlsbad . El Cam ino Real Water System Projects 06/06 (DBE) ....-.- 16000-General Electrical Requirements -3 of 18 E. Protection of Equipment and Materials: The CONTRACTOR shall provide adequate means for and shall fully protect all finished parts of the materials and equipment against damage from any cause during the progress of the work and until acceptable by the ENGINEER. F. All materials and equipment, both in storage and during construction, shall be covered in such a manner that no finished surfaces will be damaged, marred, or splattered with water, foam, plaster, or paint. All moving parts shall be kept clean and dry. G. The CONTRACTOR shall replace or have refinished by the manufacturer, all damaged materials or equipment, including face plates of panels and switchboard sections, at no expense to the OWNER. H. Tests: The CONTRACTOR shall make all tests required by the ENGINEER or other authorities having jurisdictions. All such tests shall be performed in the presence of the ENGINEER. The CONTRACTOR shall furnish all necessary testing equipment and pay all costs of tests, including all replacement parts and labor necessary due to damage resulting from damaged equipment or from test and correction of faulty installation. The following testing shall be accomplished: < " 1. Testing for the ground resistance value specified under "Grounding," herein. 2. Insulation resistance tests as specified under "Wire and Cable," herein. 3. Operational testing of all equipment furnished and/or connected under Electrical, including furnishing of support labor for testing. 4. Standard test reports for mass-produced equipment shall be submitted along with the shop drawing for such equipment. Test reports on testing specifically required for individual pieces of equipment shall be submitted to the ENGINEER for review prior to final acceptance of the project. I. . Any test failure shall be corrected in accordance with the industry practices and in a manner satisfactory to the ENGINEER. 1.06 AREA DESIGNATIONS A. General: For purposes of delineating electrical enclosure and electrical installation requirements of this project, certain areas have been classified in the Contract Documents as defined below. Electrical installations within these areas shall conform to the referenced code requirements for the area involved. City of Carlsbad • El Camino Real Water System Projects 06/06 (DBE) 16000-General Electrical Requirements-4of 18 B. General Purpose Indoor Locations: Electrical work installed in areas which are not otherwise specifically classified shall be "General Purpose." Workmanship and enclosures shall comply with the general requirements of these Specifications. Electrical enclosures shall be NEMA Type 1. C. Outdoor Locations: In outdoor locations, raceway shall be rigid galvanized steel (GRS) conduit; entrances shall be threaded; and fittings shall have gasketed covers. Provisions shall be made to drain the fitting or conduit system. Threaded fastening hardware shall be stainless steel. Raceway supports such as hanger rods, clamps, and brackets shall be galvanized. Attachments or welded assemblies shall be galvanized after fabrication " ' ' • , ' D. Corrosive Locations: Corrosive locations shall have stainless steel threaded hardware; all other electrical hardware, fittings, and raceway systems shall be PVC-coated. Raceway supports such as hanger rods, clamps, and brackets shall be stainless steel or PVC-coated. Electrical enclosures shall be NEMA Type 4X stainless steel or fiber glass. Corrosive locations shall include, but not be limited to vaults. . 1.07 CLEANUP A. All parts of the materials and equipment shall be thoroughly cleaned. Exposed parts shall be thoroughly clean of cement, plaster, and other materials. All oil and grease spots shall be removed with a non-flammable cleaning solvent. Such surfaces shall be carefully wiped and all cracks and corners scraped out. Paint touch-up shall be applied to all scratches on panels and cabinets. Electrical cabinets or enclosures shall be vacuum- cleaned before final acceptance. B. During the progress of the work, the CONTRACTOR shall clean the premises and shall leave the premises and all portions of the site free of debris. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 GENERAL A. All equipment and materials shall be new, shall be listed by UL, and shall bear the UL label, where UL requirements apply. All equipment and : materials shall be the products of experienced and reputable manufacturers in the industry. Similar items in the project shall be products of the same manufacturer. All equipment and materials shall be of industrial grade and- standard of construction; shall be of sturdy design and manufacture; and shall be capable of reliable, trouble-free service. City of Carlsbad El Camino Real Water System Projects 06/06 (DBE) '" • ' 16000-General Electrical Requirements-5of 18 2.02 GROUNDING A.... General: All components of the grounding electrode system shall be manufactured in accordance with UL 467 and shall conform to the applicable requirements of National Electrical Code Article 250. B. Grounding cable shall be copper. Bare copper wire shall be annealed, No. 8 AWG minimum, if not called out in the drawings. C. Ground rods shall conform to ANSI/UL 467 and shall be 3/4-inch diameter copper-clad steel, sectional type, joined by threaded copper alloy couplings. •• •; 1, Grounding connectors shall be high-strength copper alloy suitable for direct burial. , 2. Welded connections shall be exothermic weld by Cadweld of Erico : Products, or approved equal. 3. Manufacturers of grounding materials shall be Copperweld, Blackburn, Burndy, or approved equal. 2.03 RACEWAYS s - - • ' ' • ~^_ - A. General: Raceway shall be manufactured in accordance with UL and ANSI standards and shall bear UL label as applicable. B. Galvanized Rigid Steel (GRS) Conduit: 1. Rigid steel conduits and fittings shall be full weight, mild steel, hot-dip . galvanized and zinc bichromate coated inside and outside after galvanizing. . 2. Rigid steel conduit shall be manufactured by Triangle PWC, Republic Steel, or approved equal. C. Rigid non-metallic conduit shall be Schedule 40 PVC. 1. Non-metallic conduits and fittings shall be UL listed, sunlight-resistant, and rated for use with 90 degrees C conductors. 2. Non-metallic conduits and fittings shall be manufactured by Carlon, Condux, or approved equal. City of Carlsbad •,. El Camino Real Water System Projects 06/06 (DBE) 16000-General Electrical Requirements-6 of 18 D. Flexible metallic conduit shall be fabricated from galvanized inter-locked steel strip. Liquid-tight flexible metallic conduit shall have an extruded PVC covering over the flexible steel conduit. For conduit sizes 3/4-inch through 1- 1/4 inch, flexible conduits shall have continuous built-in copper ground conductor. Flexible conduit shall be American Brass, Electroflex, or approved equal. E. ' PVC-coated raceway system. * * •-, •• ~ • ' ' * .- '. • . -1 ~- 1. The zinc surfaces of the conduits and fittings shall remain intact and undisturbed on both the inside and the outside of the conduit through the ; preparation and application processing. 2. A PVC coating shall be bonded to the galvanized outer surface of the conduit. The bond between the PVC coating and the conduit surface shall be greater than the tensile strength of the plastic. 3. The thickness of the PVC coating shall be a minimum of 40 mils.^, 4. A PVG jacketed coupling shall be furnished with each length of conduit. A PVC sleeve equal to the OD of the conduit shall extend 1 -1/2 inches from each end of coupling. —^••'••••••• o5. PVC-coated conduits shall be as manufactured by Robroy, Occidental -^ (OCCAL), or approved equal. 2.04 WIRE AND CABLE A. General: All conductors, including ground conductors, shall be copper. Insulation shall bear UL label and the manufacturer's trademark, type, voltage and temperature rating, and conductor size. Wire and cable shall be products of American, Rome Cable, Okonite, Cablec, or approved equal. B. Control Cables: All control cables shall be rated for 600 volts and shall meet the following requirements: 1. Control wires shall consist of No. 14 gage stranded copper conductors and shall be XHHW rated for 90 degrees C at dry locations and 75 degrees C at wet locations. 2. Control wires at panels and cabinets shall be machine tool grade type MTW, UL approved, rated for 90 degrees C at dry locations. C. Building Wire and Cable: Building wires and cables shall be rated at 600 volts and shall meet the following requirements: City of Carlsbad - El Camino Real Water System Projects 06/06 (DBE) • 16000-General Electrical Requirements-7of 18 1. Building wire shall be single conductor copper cable listed by UL as Type XHHW rated 75 degrees C in wet locations and 90 degrees C in dry locations. ; 2. Building wire No. 8 AWG and larger shall be stranded; size No. 10 AWG and smaller shall be solid or stranded. 3. No wire smaller than No. 12 AWG shall be used unless specifically ; indicated. D. Cable Terminations: Cable terminations shall be in accordance with the following: . 1. Compression connectors shall be Burndy "Hi Lug", Thomas & Betts • "Shure Stake", or approved equal. Threaded connectors shall be split bolt type of high strength copper alloy. 2. Spring connectors (wire nuts) shall be 3M "Scotch Lok," "Ideal Wing Nuts", or approved equal. , 3. Pre-insulated fork tongue lugs shall be "Thomas & Betts" RC Series, Burndy, or approved equal. 4. Gerieral purpose insulating tape shall be Scotch No. 33, Plymouth "Slip- knot", or equal. High temperature tape shall be polyvinylby Plymouth, 3M, or approved equal. 5. Epoxy resin splicing kits shall be 3M Scotchcoat 82 Series, Burndy Hy Seal, or approved equal. 2.05 PULL AND JUNCTION BOXES A. Outlet, switch, pull and junction boxes where surface mounted in exposed locations shall be cast ferrous boxes with mounting lugs, zinc or cadmium plating, and PVC coated. B. Control station, pull and junction boxes, including covers, for installation in ; corrosive locations shall meet the NEMA 4X requirements and shall be stainless steel or fiber glass-reinforced polyester and shall be furnished with mounting lugs. . City of Carlsbad El Cam ino Real Water System Projects 06/06 (DBE) 16000-General Electrical Requirements-8 of 18 2.06 CONDUIT FITTINGS A. "General: Fittings shall comply with the same requirements as the raceway with which they will be used. Fittings having a volume less than 100 cubic inches for use with rigid steel condujt, shall be cast or malleable non-ferrous metal. Such fittings larger than one inch shall be "mogul size." Fittings shall be of the gland ring compression type. Covers of fittings, unless in "dry" locations, shall be closed with gaskets. Surface-mounted cast fittings, housing wiring devices in outdoor and damp locations, shall have mounting lugs. Fittings used with PVC coated conduit shall be PVC coated. B. Insulated bushings shall be molded plastic or malleable iron with insulating ring, similar to O-Z Type A and B, equivalent types by Thomas & Betts, Steel City, Appleton, Efcor, O-Z/Gedney, or approved equal. C. Insulated grounding bushings shall be malleable iron with insulating ring and with ground lug, such as O-Z Type BL, equivalent types by T & B, Steel City, Efcor, O-Z/Gedney, or approved equal. D. Erickson couplings shall be used at all points of union between ends of rigid steel conduits which cannot be coupled. Running threads and threadless couplings shall not be used. Couplings shall be 3-piece type such as Appleton Type EC, equivalent types such as manufactured by T & B, Steel City, Efcor, O-Z/Gedney, or approved equal. 'E. . Liquid-tight fittings shall be similar to Appleton Type. ST, equivalent types such as manufactured by Grouse-Hinds, T & B, Efcor O-Z/Gedney, or approved equal. F. Hubs for threaded attachment of steel conduit to sheet metal enclosures, where required, shall be similar to Appleton Type HUB, equivalent types such as manufactured by T & B, Efcor, Myers Scrutite, or approved equal. G.1 Transition fittings to mate steel to PVC conduit, and PVC access fitting, shall be as furnished or recommended by the manufacturer of the PVC conduit. 2.07 WIRING DEVICES A. All wiring devices shall be a product of a single manufacturer and shall - conform to applicable NEMA Standards. Devices shall be as manufactured by General Electric, Hubbell, Sierra, Pass & Seymour, or approved equal. General purpose duplex receptacles and toggle switch handles shall be brown. o O City of Carlsbad El Camino Real Water System Projects 06/06 (DBE) . . 16000-General Electrical Requirements-9of 18 B. Receptacles: 1. General purpose duplex receptacles shall be grounding type, 125-volt, ac, 20-amperes, NEMA Configuration 5-20R, such as G.E. 4107-1 brown, Hubbell 5252, or approved equal. 2. Convenience receptacles for installation in outdoor and corrosive areas shall be NEMA 5-20R configured and shall have stainless steel or nickel plated parts and plastic parts of Melanine. 3. Receptacles at outdoor locations shall be UL-approved for weatherproof locations with plug inserted. 4. Receptacles at corrosive locations shall be Hubbell 52CM62 15 ampere, 53CM62 20 ampere, or approved equal. 5. Ground fault interrupter (GFI) receptacles shall be NEMA 5-20R configured and shall mount in a standard outlet box. GFI receptacles shall be capable of individual as well as "downstream" operation. GFI receptacles shall be Hubbell GF 5252, General Electric, or approved equal. 2.08 ELECTRICAL IDENTIFICATION A. Nameplates: Nameplates shall be fabricated from white-letter, black-face laminated plastic engraving stock, Formica type ES-1, or approved equal. Each shall be fastened securely, using fasteners of brass, cadmium plated steel, or stainless steel, screwed into inserts or tapped holes, as required. Engraved characters shall be block style of adequate size to be read easily at a distance of 6 feet with no characters smaller than 1/8-inch high. B. Conductor and Equipment Identification: Conductor and equipment identification devices shall be either imprinted plastic-coated cloth marking devices such as manufactured by Brady, Thomas & Betts, or approved equal, or shall be heat-shrink plastic tubing, imprinted split-sleeve markers cemented in place, or equal. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 GROUNDING A. General: Grounding cable shall be sized by the CONTRACTOR in accordance with code requirements when sizes are not specifically called for on the Drawings. The location of ground rods shall be as shown. The length City'of Carlsbad El Camino Real Water System Projects • 06/06(DBE) : : 16000 - General Electrical Requirements -10 of 18 of rods forming an individual ground array shall be equal in length and shall be of the quantity required to obtain a ground resistance of no more than 5 .--. : " ohms. •'•• B. Equipment Ground: Ground continuity throughout the facility shall be maintained by installing an electrically-continuous metallic raceway system, or a non-metallic raceway with a grounding conductor when non-metallic raceway is permitted in the Contract Documents. 1. Metallic raceway shall be installed with double lock nuts or hubs at enclosures. Non-metallic raceway containing dc conductors operating at more than 50 volts to ground, or any ac conductors, shall contain a copper grounding conductor either bare, or green if insulated. Such conductor shall be bonded to terminal and intermediate metallic enclosures. B. Grounding Electrode System: The CONTRACTOR shall install the grounding electrode system with all required components in accordance with National Electrical Code Article 250. 1. Connection to ground electrodes and ground conductors shall be exothermic welded where concealed and shall be bolted pressure type where exposed. Bolted connectors shall be assembled wrench-tight. 2. Insulated grounding bushings shall be employed for all grounding connections to steel conduits in switchboards, in motor control centers, in pullboxes, and elsewhere where conduits do not terminate at a hub or a sheet metal enclosure. Where insulated bushings are required, they shall be installed in addition to .double lock-nuts. 3. Copper bonding jumpers shall be used to obtain a continuous metallic ground. 3.02 RACEWAYS -.' • '-- \ '-:,,'. . • A. General: Raceways shall be installed as shown, however, conduit routings shown are diagrammatic. Raceway systems shall be electrically and mechanically complete before conductors are installed. Bends and offsets shall be smooth and symmetrical, and shall be accomplished with tools designed for the purpose intended. Factory elbows shall be used for all 3/4- inch conduit. Bends in larger sizes of metallic conduit shall be accomplished by field bending or by the use of factory elbows. All installations shall be in accordance with the latest edition of the National Electrical Code. B. Raceways shall be installed in accordance with the following schedule: City of; Carlsbad El Camino Real Water System Projects 06/06 (DBE) . : ?- 16000 - General Electrical Requirements -11 of 18 1. Rigid Schedule 40 PVC shall be used for concrete encased duct on earth. 2. PVC-cdated galvanized rigid steel raceways shall be used on exposed locations in corrosive areas. 3. Galvanized rigid steel (GRS) shall be used on exposed installations in general purpose areas. 4. Galvanized rigid steel (GRS) shall be used for conduits embedded in concrete slab on grade and above grade. . 5. Rigid Schedule 40r PVC shall be used for area lighting circuits and may not be concrete encased. 6. Galvanized rigid steel shall be used in exposed installations in outdoor areas. 7. Conduits shall be rigidly supported with clamps, hangers, and Unistrut channels. , 8. Intervals between supports shall be in accordance with the National Electric Code. C. Conduit Terminations: Empty conduit terminations not in pullboxes shall be plugged. Exposed raceway shall be installed perpendicular or parallel to buildings except where otherwise shown. Conduit shall be terminated with flush couplings at exposed concrete surfaces. Conduit stubbed up for floor- standing equipment shall be placed in accordance with approved shop drawings. Metallic raceways installed below-grade or in outdoor locations and in concrete shall be made up with a conductive waterproof compound . applied to threaded joints. Compound shall be Zinc Clads Primer Coatings No. B69A45, HTL-4 by Grouse-Hinds, Kopr Shield by Thomas & Betts, or approved equal. D. Conduit Installations: 1. Conduit may be cast integral with horizontal and vertical concrete slabs, providing one-inch clearance is maintained between conduit surface and concrete surface. If said clearance cannot be maintained, the conduit shall be installed exposed below elevated slabs; provided, that in the case of slabs on grade, conduit shall be installed below the slab and shall be encased with a minimum cover of 3 inches of concrete. Maximum size of conduit that can be cast in slab above grade shall be 3 inches, in slab on grade shall be 1-1/2 inches. City of Carlsbad El Camino Real Water System Projects 06/06 (DBE) 16000 - General Electrical Requirements.-12 of 18 2. Non-metallic conduit when specified may be cast integral with horizontal slabs with placement criteria as stated in the previous paragraph. Non- metallic conduit may be run beneath structures or slabs on grade, without concrete encasement. In these instances conduit shall be placed at least 12 inches below the bottom of the structure or slab. Non-metallic conduit may be buried 24 inches minimum below grade, with a 3-inch concrete cover, in open areas or where otherwise not protected by concrete slab or structures. Non-metallic conduit shall be permitted only as required by the Specifications and in concealed locations as described above. 3. Where a run of concealed PVC conduit becomes exposed, a transition to rigid steel conduit is required. Such transition shall be accomplished by means of a factory elbow or a minimum 3-foot length of rigid steel conduit, either terminating at the exposed concrete surface with a flush coupling. Piercing of concrete walls by non-metallic runs shall be accomplished by means of a short steel nipple terminating with flush couplings. 4. Flexible conduit shall be used at dry locations for the connection of equipment such as motors, transformers, instruments, valves, or pressure switches subject to vibration or movement during normal operation or servicing. Flexible conduit may be used in lengths required for the connection of recessed lighting fixtures; otherwise the maximum length of ^^ flexible conduit shall be 1 8 inches. (~j 5. Connections shall be made using flexible liquid-tight conduit. Equipment subject to vibration or movement which is normally provided with wiring leads, such as solenoid valves, shall be installed with a cast junction box for the make-up of connections. Flexible conduits shall be as manufactured by American Brass, Gablec, Electroflex, or approved equal. 6. Conduit penetrations on walls and concrete structures shall be performed in accordance with the following: a. Seal all raceways entering structures at the first box or outlet with oakum or suitable plastic expandable ^compound to prevent the entrance into the structure of gases, liquids, or rodents. b. Dry pack with nonshrink grout around raceways that penetrate concrete walls, floors, or ceilings aboveground, or use one of the methods specified for underground penetrations. c. Where an underground conduit enters a structure through a concrete roof or a membrane waterproofed wall or floor, provide an acceptable, malleable iron, watertight, entrance sealing device. When there is no raceway concrete encasement specified or indicated, provide such City of Carlsbad El Camino Real Water System Projects 06/06 (DBE) 16000 -General Electrical Requirements -13 of 18 device having a gland type sealing assembly at each end with pressure bushings which may be tightened at any time. When there is raceway concrete encasement specified or indicated, provide such a device with a gland type sealing assembly on the accessible side. Securely anchor all such devices into the masonry construction with one or more integral flanges. Secure membrane waterproofing to such devices in a permanently watertight manner. .. d. Where an underground raceway without concrete encasement enters a structure through a non-waterproofed wall or floor, install a sleeve made of Schedule 40 galvanized pipe. Fill the space between the conduit and sleeve with a suitable plastic expandable compound, or an oakum and lead joint, on each side of the wall or floor in such a manner as to prevent entrance of moisture. A watertight entrance sealing device as specified may be used in lieu of the sleeve. 3.03 WIRES AND CABLES A. Wire and Cables: 1. Conductors of No. 1 size and smaller shall be hand pulled. Larger conductors may be installed using power winches. Pulling tensions on the cables shall be within the limits recommended by the cable manufacturer. Wire pulling lubricant, where needed, shall be UL approved. 2. Wire in panels, cabinets, and gutters shall be neatly grouped using nylon tie straps, and shall be fanned out to terminals. B. Splices and Terminations: 1. The CONTRACTOR shall provide, install, and terminate the conductors - ' required for power and controls to electrical equipment and to interconnect incoming annunciator, instrumentation terminal cabinets, control and instrumentation equipment specified in any section of these specifications except as may be otherwise specified in other sections. There shall be no cable splices in underground manhole or pullboxes. 2. Control conductors shall be spliced or terminated only at the locations r shown and only on terminal strips or terminal lugs of vendor furnished equipment. "Control Conductors" are defined as conductors operating at 120-volts or less in circuits that indicate equipment status or that control v ' the electric energy delivered to a power consuming device. : 3. Solid conductors shall be terminated at equipment terminal screws with proper care that conductor is tightly wound around screw and does not City of .Carlsbad El Camino Real Water System Projects 06/06 (DBE) .. 16000-General Electrical Requirements-14of 18 protrude beyond screw head. Stranded conductors shall be terminated directly on equipment box lugs making sure that all conductor strands are confined within lug. Use forked-tongue lugs where equipment box lugs have not been provided. , 4. Splices in 600-volt wire which are not pre-insulated shall be insulated with three layers of tape each half lapped except, that splices in below grade pull boxes or in any box subject to flooding shall be made watertight using an epoxy resin splicing kit. 5. Splices to motor leads in motor terminal boxes shall be wrapped with mastic material to form a mold and then shall be taped with a minimum of two layers of varnished cambric tape overtaped with a minimum of two layers of high temperature tape. 6. Control devices, such as solenoid operated valves, that are normally supplied with conductor pigtails, shall be terminated as described for control conductors. C. Continuity Test: All control and instrumentation cables shall be tested for continuity, polarity, undesirable ground, and origination. Such tests shall be • performed prior to placing all cables in service. . 3.04 PULL AND JUNCTION BOXES A. Pull and junction boxes shall be sized in accordance with the requirements of the National Electrical Code. B. Outlet boxes shall be used as junction boxes wherever possible. Where separate pullboxes are required, they shall have screw covers. C. Pull boxes shall be installed when conduit run contains more than 3 90- degree bends and runs exceed 200 feet . 3.05 CABLE AND EQUIPMENT IDENTIFICATION A. General: The completed electrical installation shall be provided with adequate identification to facilitate proper control of circuits and equipment and to reduce maintenance effort. B. Cable: The CONTRACTOR shall assign to each control and instrumentation wire and cable a unique identification number. Said numbers shall be assigned to all conductors having common terminals and shall be shown on all shop drawings. Identification numbers shall appear within 3 inches of...., -..- .,-. , .- ... • o City of Carlsbad El Camino Real Water System Projects 06/06 (DBE) . 16000-General Electrical Requirements-15 of,18 conductor terminals. "Control" shall be defined as any conductor used for alarm, annunciator, or signal purposes: 1. All 120/240-volt system feeder cables and branch circuit conductors shall be color coded as follows: Line A-black, Line B-red, and Neutral-white. Color coding tape shall be used where colored insulation is not available. Branch circuit switch shall be yellow. Insulated ground wire shall be green, and neutral shall be gray. Color coding and phasing shall be consistent throughout the site, bus bars at panelboard shall be connected Line A-B, top to bottom, or left to right, facing connecting lugs. 2. General purpose ac control cables shall be pink. General purpose dc control cables shall be blue. 3. All spare cables shall be terminated on terminal screws and shall be identified with a unique number as well as with destination. 4. Terminal strips shall be identified by imprinted, varnished, marker strips attached under the terminal strip. C. Equipment: Equipment and devices shall be identified as follows: 1. Nameplates shall be provided for all panelboards, panels, starters, switches, and pushbutton stations. In addition to the name plates shown, control devices shall be equipped with standard collar-type legend plates. 2. Control devices within enclosures shall be identified as shown. Identification shall be similar to the paragraph above. -- 3. Toggle switches which control loads out of sight of switch, and all multi- switch locations of more than 2 switches, shall have suitable inscribed finish plates. 4. Empty conduits shall be tagged at both ends to indicate the destination at the far end. Where it is not possible to tag the conduit, destination shall be identified by marking an adjacent surface. 5. The CONTRACTOR shall provide typewritten circuit directories for panelboards; circuit directory shall accurately reflect the outlets connected to each circuit. 6. The CONTRACTOR shall install identification tape directly above buried unprotected raceway; install tape 8 inches below grade and parallel with raceway to be protected. Identification tape is required for all buried City of Carlsbad El Camino Real Water System Projects k06/06 (DBE) 16000-General Electrical Requirements-16 of 18 raceway not under buildings or equipment pads except identification tape is not required for protection of street lighting raceway. 3.06 TESTING AND INSPECTION A. Provide personnel and equipment, make required tests, and secure required - approvals from the Owner and governmental agencies having jurisdiction. .s -'.-.-'' B. Make written notice to the Owner adequately in advance of each of the following stages of construction: . 1. In the underground condition prior to placing concrete floor slab, when all associated electrical work is in place. 2. When all rough-in is .complete but not covered. 3. At completion of the work of this section. C. When material and/or workmanship is found to not comply with the specified requirements, within three days after receipt of notice of such non- compliance, remove the non-complying items from the jobsite and replace them with items complying with the specified requirements, all at no additional ••-.:•' cost to the owner. D. In the Owner's presence: 1. Test all parts of the electrical system and prove that all such items provided under this section function electrically in the required manner. 2. Immediately submit to the Owner a report of maximum and minimum voltages.- . 3. Also measure voltages between phases and phases to neutral and report these voltages to the Owner. 3.07 PROJECT COMPLETION A. Upon completion of the work of this section, thoroughly clean all exposed portions of the electrical installation, removing all traces of soil, labels, grease, oil, and other foreign material. Use only the type of cleaner recommended by the manufacturer of the item being cleaned. B. Thoroughly indoctrinate the Owner's operation and maintenance personnel in the contents of the operations and maintenance manual required to be submitted under these specifications. City of Carlsbad " . El Cam ino Real Water System Projects 06/06(DBE) 16000 - General ElectricalRequirements-17 of 18 C. On the first day the facility is in operation, for at least eight hours, at a time directed by the Owner, provide a qualified foreman and crew to perform such electrical work as may be required by the Owner. END OF SECTION City of Carlsbad El Cam ino Real Water System Projects 06/06 (DBE), 16000-General Electrical Requirements-18 of 18 SECTION 16640 CATHODIC PROTECTION BY SACRIFICIAL ANODES PART 1-GENERAL Submittals shall be in accordance wjth Section 2-5.3.3 of the latest edition of the SSPWC. 1.1 SCOPE Furnish all labor, materials, tools and incidentals to install the sacrificial anode cathodic protection system for the 30-inch CML&Tape coated steel recycled water pipeline. Cathodic protection installation, inspection, and testing are required for a complete and workable system. 1.2 DEFINITIONS A. CONTRACTOR. The qualified construction firm selected by the Owner to have prime responsibility for the completion of work. B. OWNER. The Owner, as referred to in these specifications, is the City of Carlsbad. C. ENGINEER. The Engineer is the Owner's representative who is assigned to be the direct contact between the Owner and the Contractor. D. CORROSION ENGINEER. Retained by the Contractor, who is trained and experienced in cathodic protection installations and design and who is either a Registered Corrosion Engineer or a NACE Certified Cathodic Protection Specialist. 1.3 SPECIFICATIONS AND STANDARDS A. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM): C94-86 Ready-Mixed Concrete D-2220 Polyvinyl chloride Insulation for Wire and Cable 0-1248 Polyethylene Plastics Molding and Extrusion Materials B3 Soft or Annealed Copper Wire B8 Concentric-Lay Stranded Copper Conductors B. Federal Specifications (FS) Military Specification (Mil. Spec): MIL-C-18480B Coating Compound, Bituminous, Solvent, Coal Tar Base C. Underwriter's Laboratories, Inc. (UL) Publications: 83-80 Thermoplastic-Insulated Wires 486-76 Wire Connectors and Soldering Lugs for Use with Copper Conductors , >D. National Association of Corrosion Engineers (NACE): RP0169-96 Recommended Practice, Control of External Corrosion on Underground or Submerged Metallic Piping Systems E. National Association of Corrosion Engineers (NACE): ^^ RP0286 Electrical Isolation of Cathodically Protected Pipelines C J JUNE 2004 1of10 SECTION 16640 . :. Cathodic Protection by Sacrificial Anodes 1.4 SUBMITTALS V_ ' '.-•''"' The following information shall be submitted for approval of the ENGINEER in accordance with Section 1300 of these specifications. A. Catalog Cuts: . 1. High potential magnesium anodes 2. At-grade concrete test box with cast iron lid / 3. Shunts 4. Wire and cable . 5. Exothermic weld kits . 6. Weld caps 7. Weld coating 8. Plastic warning tape 9. Insulating flange kits 10. Wax tape coating system B. As-Built Drawings. , The CONTRACTOR shall maintain As-Built drawings showing exact locations of anodes, test stations, insulators, and wire trenching runs. Location changes from ' the design shall be clearly marked in red on a blue line copy of the design drawings. The As-Built drawings shall be submitted to the ENGINEER at the end of the project, the project is not considered complete until As-Built drawings are submitted. C. Test Results. ; 1. Insulator tests . 2. Continuity tests 3. Anode testing and cathodic protection performance 2.0 211 MATERIALS GENERAL Materials and equipment shall be new and the standard product of manufacturers regularly engaged in the manufacturing of such products. All materials and equipment shall bear evidence of safe operation approval from a nationally recognized testing laboratory. , 2.2 HIGH POTENTIAL MAGNESIUM ANODES A. Capacity. High potential magnesium anodes shall have a theoretical energy content of 1000 ampere-hours per pound and have a minimum useful output of 500 ampere-hours per pound. JUNE 2004 2 of 10 SECTION 16640 Cathodic Protection by Sacrificial Anodes B. Chemical Composition (High Potential Magnesium). Aluminum 0.01 percent (max) Manganese 0.5 to 1.3 percent Zinc 0.002 percent (max) Copper 0.02 percent (max) Nickel 0.001 percent (max) Iron 0.03 percent (max) Silicon 0.002 percent (max) Other 0.05 percent each (max) Magnesium balance C. Open Circuit Potential. The open circuit potential of all anodes, buried in the soil, shall be between 1.55 and 1.75 volts dc versus a copper-copper sulfate reference electrode. D. Ingot Size And Weight. Anodes shall be 48-pound pre-packaged, high potential ingots with a trapezoidal cross section. Ingot length shall be 32 inches long. The total packaged weight shall be 1.05 Ibs. E. Anode Construction. Anodes shall be cast magnesium with a galvanized steel core rod recessed on one end to provide access to the rod for connection of the lead wire. Silver braze the lead wire to the rod and make the connection mechanically secure. Insulate the connection to a 600-volt rating by filling-the recess with epoxy and covering any,exposed bare steel core or wire with heat shrinkable tubing. - The insulating tubing shall extend over the lead wire insulation by not less than ....,", 1/2 inch..;.'.." F. J Anode Pre-Packaged Backfill Material. The anodes shall be completely encased and centered within a permeable cloth bag in a special low resistivity backfill mix with the following composition: Gypsum 75% Powdered bentpnite 20% j . Anhydrous sodium sulfate 5% G. Backfill grains shall be such that 100 percent is capable of passing through a screen of 100 mesh. Backfill shall be firmly packed around the anode such that the ingot is approximately in the center of the backfill. The resistivity of the backfill shall be no greater than 50 ohm-cm when tested wet in a soil box. Total prepackaged weight shall be approximately 105 pounds. 2.3 AT-GRADE TEST STATIONS A. Test Box. At-grade test boxes shall be round, pre-cast concrete with a cast iron lid. The dimensions shall be 14-1/4 inches O.D. by 9 inches I.D. by 12 inches high, similar to Christy G5 Utility Box with a cast iron supporting ring and lid. The lid shall be cast with the legend "Test Station". - B. Identification Tags. All test leads shall be identified with an A very label (model 5361), self-adhesive covered with pplyolefin clear heat shrink tubing (3mfp301). The label shall include: name of facility - size - pipe material; type of insulation; station number. C. Concrete Pad. Test boxes mounted in unpaved areas shall be mounted in a reinforced 24-inch square by 4-inch thick concrete pad constructed of ASTM C94 ready-mix concrete. Rebar shall be No. 4 steel. JUNE 2004 3 of 10 SECTION 16640 ; • . : , Cathodic Protection by Sacrificial Anodes 2.4 WIRE AND CABLE All wires shall be stranded copper with HMWPE orTHWN insulation suitable for direct burial in corrosive soil and water, conforming to UL 83 and ASTM standards B3 or B8. HMWPE insulation shall conform to ASTM D1248 type 1, class c, grade 5. THWN insulation shall conform to ASTMD-2220. A. Test Leads. No. 8 AWG HMWPE. B. Anode Lead Wire. Anode lead wires shall be No. 12 AWG THWN. .C. Mechanical Joint Bond Wire. No. 2 AWG HMWPE. D. All wire and copper connectors shall conform to UL 486-76. . E. Wire Splicing. NO wire splicing is permitted. 2.5 EXOTHERMIC WELD KIT Wire-to-metal connections shall be made by the exothermic "cadweld" welding process. Weld alloy shall be for steel :pipe. It is the CONTRACTOR'S responsibility to determine the manufacturer's recommended weld charge size for metallic surfaces. A. Weld Caps. Royston Roybond Primer 747 and Royston Handy Cap 2 or equal. B. Weld Coating. Cold-applied fast-drying mastic consisting of bituminous resin and solvents per Mil. Spec. MN-C-18480B such as Koppers bitumastic 50 or 505, Tnemec 40-h-413, tape-coat TC mastic or 3M Scotch Clad 244. The minimum . , coating thickness shall be 25 mils (0.025 inch). .-,."- 2.6 INSULATING FLANGE KITS A. Gaskets: ANSI B-16.21, Type E, NEMA G10 glass with a rectangular o-ring seal for operation between 20-deg. F and 150-deg. F. Gaskets shall be suitable for the temperature and pressure rating of the piping system in which they are installed. B. Insulating Sleeves: 1/32-inch thick tube, full length. G10 glass material per NEMA LI-1 for operation between 20-deg. F and 150-deg. F. For installation at threaded valve flanges, half-length sleeves shall be used. C. Insulating Washers: 1/8-inch thick, full length, G10 glass per NEMA LI-1 for operation between 20-deg. F and 150-deg. F. D. Steel Washers: 1/8-inch cadmium plated steel placed between the nut and insulating washer. , , E. Coating: All buried insulating flanges shall be wax taped coated per AWWA C217. See section for "External Coating for Buried Surfaces" below. JUNE 2004 4 of 10 SECTION 16640 , Cathodic Protection by Sacrificial Anodes 2.7 EXTERNAL COATING FOR BURIED SURFACES A. All buried insulating flange kits, AND buried pipe sections and fitting surfaces that C~ j are not epoxy or polyurethane coated shall be wrapped with a three-layer petrolatum ^—^ wax tape coating system per AWWA C217. B. Primer: All surfaces shall be prime coated with a blend of petrolatum, plasticizer, inert fillers, and corrosion inhibitors having a paste-like consistency. • • - . . "*-w , C. Wax Tape: Covering material shall be a synthetic felt tape, saturated with a blend of petrolatum, plasticizers, and corrosion inhibitors that is fprmable over irregular surfaces. D. Plastic Outer Wrap: The primed and wax taped surface shall.be covered with a plastic outer wrap consisting of three layers of,50-guage (10-mil) polyvinylidene chloride or PVC, high cling membrane wound together. 2.8 PLASTIC WARNING TAPE A. Plastic warning tape for all cable trenches shall be a minimum of 4 mils thick and 6 inches wide, inert plastic film designed for prolonged use underground, and printed - with "Caution: Cathodic Protection Cable Below". 3.0 CATHODIC PROTECTION INSTALLATION ; 3.1 GENERAL A. Standard. Cathodic protection installation .shall conform to NACE RP0169^96 "Recommended Practice, Control of External Corrosion on Underground or , ' Submerged Metallic Piping Systems. . B. CONTRACTOR Qualifications. All work shall be performed bv qualified, experienced - personnel working under continuous, competent supervision. Qualified CONTRACTORS must demonstrate at least five years of experience with cathodic protection installations. C. Test Results. The CONTRACTOR shall submit a CORROSION ENGINEER'S report : including all test data, conclusions, repairs, and cathodic protection system performance. D. Notification For Testing. The CONTRACTOR shall notify the ENGINEER at least five days in advance of the anodes and test station installations. The ENGINEER or ..,-•.<«. the OWNER'S representative shall, at their discretion, witness the installation of anodes and cathodic protection facilities. .Testing shall be as described in this specification section. 3.2 MAGNESIUM ANODES A. Inspection. All lead wires shall be inspected to ensure that the lead wire is securely connected to the anode core and that no damage has occurred to the lead wire. Lead wire failures shall require replacement of the complete anode and lead wire. B. Pre-Packaged Anode Inspection. Each anode shall be inspected to ensure that the backfill material completely surrounds the anode and that the cloth bag containing the anode and backfill material is intact. If the prepackaged anodes are supplied in a waterproof container or covering, that container or covering shall be removed before installation. The CONTRACTOR shall notify the ENGINEER at least five (5) days in advance of installing the anodes. JUNE 2004 5 of 10 • ,T - SECTION 16640 ,* ., • Cathodic Protection by Sacrificial Anodes C. Location. Anodes are to" be installed in augured holes as shown in the drawings. Anode positions can be adjusted slightly to avoid interference with existing structures. Alternate anode positions must be approved by the ENGINEER. D. Handling. Care shall be taken to ensure that the anode is never lifted, supported, transported, or handled by the lead wire. All anodes shall be lowered into the hole using a sling or a rope. E. Anode Hole Size and Depth. Anodes shall be placed vertically at the bottom of a 12 feet deep augured hole, 12 inches in diameter (minimum). F. Soaking Requirements. Pre-Packaaed Anodes. Once the prepackaged anodes are in the hole, 15 gallons of water shall be poured into the hole so that the anodes are completely covered with water. Allow the anodes to soak for a minimum of 30 minutes before any soil backfill is added. - . ' • / • • - G. Soil Backfill. After the pre-packaged anodes are soaked, the hole is backfilled with stone-free, native soil. No voids shall exist around the anode bags and the anode : lead wire shall not be damaged. The backfill shall be tamped and compacted in 18Hnch lifts taking care not to damage the anode lead wire. 3.3 AT-GRADE TEST STATIONS A. , Location. At-grade corrosion monitoring test boxes shall be located at the edge and directly behind the curb. All test box locations shall be approved by the ENGINEER. B. Test Box Bottom. Test boxes shall be set in native soil. C; Test Lead Attachment. Test leads shall be attached to the pipe using the exothermic weld process. An 18-inch length of slack wire shall be coiled at each weld at the pipe and inside each test box. D. Concrete Pad. A 24-inch square by 4-inch thick reinforced concrete pad is required around each at-grade test station. Test boxes and concrete pad shall be flush with the top of the curb. 3.4 WIRE AND CABLE A. Test Lead Trench. Horizontal test or anode lead runs shall be placed in a 36-inch trench. , B. Wire Handling. Wire leads shall not be stretched or kinked. Care shall be taken . when installing wire and backfilling. If wire insulation is damaged during installation, it shall .be rejected and replaced completely at the CONTRACTOR'S expense. All rejected wire shall be removed from the job site at the close of each workday. C. Plastic Warning Tape. Plastic warning tape shall be installed in all wire trenches and 12 inches below finished grade. D. Splicing. Wire splices are not permitted. JUNE 2004 6 of 10 SECTION 16640 ...:,.'• Cathodic Protection by Sacrificial Anodes 3.5 WIRE-TO-PIPE CONNECTIONS A. All connections of copper wires to the pipe shall be made by the exothermic weld ( j method. ^—^ B. Weld Charge Size. It is the CONTRACTOR'S responsibility to ensure that the manufacturer's recommended weld charge size is used. C. Preparation Of Wire. Do not deform cable. Remove only enough insulation from the cable to allow for the exothermic weld. D. Preparation Of Metal. Remove all coating, dirt, grime and grease from the metal structure by wire brushing. Clean the structure to a bright, shiny surface free of all serious pits and flaws by using a file. The surface area of the structure must be absolutely dry. . E. Wire Position. The wire is to be held at a 30-degree angle to the surface when welding. Only one wire shall be attached with each weld. F. Testing of All Completed Welds. After the weld has cooled, the weld shall be tested by striking the weld with a 2-lb hammer while pulling firmly on the wire. All unsound welds shall be cleaned, re-welded, and re-tested. All weld slag shall be removed. G. Coating Of Welds. The area to be coated shall be clean and completely dry. Apply a primer specifically intended for use with an elastomers weld cap. Apply the weld cap and a bituminous mastic coating material to all exposed areas around the cap in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations. The coating shall overlap the structure coating by a minimum of 3 inches. H. Mortar Repair. Coating voids shall be filled with cement grout. 3.6 BOND WIRES ,_. A. Mechanical Joint Bond Wires. Two (2) No. 2 HMWPE bond wires are required across each non-insulating, in-line valve; a third No. 6 HMWPE bond wire is required from the valve to one outside flange as shown in the drawings. The bond wires shall be attached using the exothermic weld process. Bond wires shall have some slack wire at each weld to allow for creep when backfilling. 3.7 INSULATING FLANGE KITS A. General: Insulating flange kits shall be pre-assembled and installed as recommended by the manufacturer, and per NACE RPO 286. Moisture, soil, and other foreign matter must be fully removed and prevented from contacting any portion of mating surfaces. If foreign matter contacts any portion of these surfaces, then the entire flange shall be disassembled, cleaned, and dried before reassembly. B. Installation: Align and install insulating joints according to the manufacturer's recommendations to avoid damaging insulating materials. The manufacturer's bolt tightening sequence and torque specifications shall be followed. C. Paint Pigments: No electrically conductive pigments or paints shall be used either , . internally or externally on the bolts, washers, or flanges. D. Inspection: All buried insulating flanges shall be inspected, tested, and approved by the ENGINEER as described in Part 4 of this specification and prior to the application of wax tape coating. C**\ •0 JUNE 2004 7 of 10 SECTION 16640 Cathodic Protection by Sacrificial Anodes 3.8 EXTERNAL COATING A, All buried insulating flanges shall be covered with a 3-layer wax tape coating system perAWWAC217. Additionally, all in-line valves, flanges, couplings, and adapters that are not coated with a bonded dielectric coating shall be wax tape coated per AWWAC217. B. Primer: Surfaces must be cleaned of all dirt, grime, and dust by using a wire brush and clean cloth. The surface shall be dry. Apply the primer by hand or brush. A thin coating of primer shall be applied to all surfaces and worked into all crevices. The primer shall be applied generously around bolts, nuts, and threads, and shall . fully cover all exposed areas. The primer should overlap the pipe coating by a minimum of 3-inches. C; Petrolatum Saturated Tape: The wax tape can be applied immediately after the primer. Short lengths of tape shall be cut and carefully molded around each individual bolt, nut, and stud end. For long bolts (such as in couplings), short lengths of tape shall be cut and circumferentially wrapped around each individual bolt. After the bolts are covered, the tape shall be circumferentially wrapped around the flange with sufficient tension to provide continuous adhesion without stretching the tape. The tape shall be formed, by hand, into all voids and spaces. There shall be no voids or gaps under the tape. The tape shall be applied with a 1 -inch minimum overlap. D. Outer Covering: A plastic outer cover shall be applied over the petrolatum-saturated tape. The plastic shall be a minimum of 50-guage (10-mils) and shall have two layers applied. ' , 4.0 TESTING AND INSPECTION The CONTRACTOR'S CORROSION ENGINEER shall submit his proposed test procedures to the .ENGINEER at least five (5) days in advance of the time that the cathodic protection system testing is scheduled. The ENGINEER shall witness all testing at his discretion. All test data shall be submitted to the ENGINEER within seven (7) days of the completion of the testing. All testing shall be done under the supervision of a qualified CORROSION ENGINEER who is retained by the CONTRACTOR. All deficiencies found to be due to faulty materials or workmanship shall be repaired or replaced by the CONTRACTOR and at his expense. The City of Carlsbad shall be notified at least three (3) days in advance to witness the performance testing. 4.1 TEST LEADS It is the CONTRACTOR'S responsibility to test all test leads x, A. Test Method. All completed wire connection welds shall be tested by striking the weld with a 2-lb hammer while pulling firmly on the wire. Welds failing this test shall have the surface re-prepared, have the wire re-welded to the pipe and re-tested. : Wire welds shall be spot tested by the Engineer. After backfilling the pipe, all test lead pairs shall be tested using a standard ohmmeter. B. Acceptance. The resistance between each pair of test leads shall not exceed 150% • of the total wire resistance as determined from published wire data. JUNE 2004 '._-'. 8 of 10 SECTION 16640 , • . . Cathodic Protection by Sacrificial Anodes 4.2 Anode Lead Wire. The CONTRACTOR is responsible for inspecting anode lead wires. Lead wires shall be spot inspected by the ENGINEER. A. Test Method. A visual inspection and by running his hand along the full length of the lead while installing. , , B. Acceptance. All leads shall be free of cuts nicks or abrasions in the wire insulation. Damaged leads shall be rejected. . 4.3 TEST LEAD TRENCHING The ENGINEER, at his or her discretion, shall inspect wire trenches and backfill material and methods. A. Test Method. The depth, trench bottom, padding, and backfill material shall be visually inspected prior to backfilling. B. Acceptance. Conformance with specifications. . 4.4 PIPELINE CONTINUITY THROUGH IN-LINE VALVES The CONTRACTOR'S CORROSION ENGINEER shall measure the linear resistance of sections of pipe in which in-line valves or other mechanical joints have been installed. All testing shall be done by the CORROSION ENGINEER in the presence of the ENGINEER. A. Test Method. Resistance shall be measured by the linear resistance method. A direct current shall be impressed from one end of the test section to the other (typically test station to test station). A voltage drop is measured for several different current levels. The measured resistance (R) is calculated using the equation R=dV/l, where dV is the voltage drop between the test span and I is the current. The resistance shall be measured for at least four (4) different current levels. B. Acceptance. Acceptance is a comparison between the measured resistance (from the field test data) and the theoretical resistance. The theoretical resistance . : must consider the pipe (length and wall thickness) and the resistance of the. bond wires. The measured resistance shall not exceed the theoretical resistance by more , than 130%. The CONTRACTOR'S CORROSION ENGINEER shall submit, within seven (7) days of the completion of the testing and in a report format, .to > the ENGINEER all calculations of the theoretical resistance and measured pipe resistance for each section tested. 4.5 INSULATING FLANGE KITS A. Responsibility: Insulating flanges shall be inspected and tested by the CONTRACTOR'S CORROSION ENGINEER and in the presence of the ENGINEER, prior to backfilling. Testing of the buried insulating flange kit prior to backfill will result in non-acceptance of the insulator. -' B. Test Method: The assembled flange shall be tested using a Gas Electronics Model 601 Insulation Checker specifically design for testing insulating flanges. The testing shall be done by a qualified CORROSION ENGINEER accepted by the ENGINEER and shall be done in accordance with NACE RPO 286. JUNE 2004 9 of 10 SECTION 16640 Cathodic Protection by Sacrificial Anodes C. Acceptance: The installation of the insulating flange kit shall be considered complete when the testing device indicates no shorts or partial shorts are present. The CONTRACTOR shall provide assistance in finding any and all shorts or shorted bolts. All disassembly and reassembly necessary for acceptance shall be done at the CONTRACTOR'S expense. 4.6 CATHODIC PROTECTION PERFORMANCE The cathodic protection system shall be activated and tested by the CONTRACTOR'S CORROSION ENGINEER in the presence of the ENGINEER. A. Test Method. The installed cathodic protection system testing shall include: native . pipe-to-soil potentials, protected pipe-to-soilpotentials, open-circuit anode potentials, and anode current output measurements. B. Acceptance. Shall be based on achieving the -850 mV criterion as outlined in NACE RPO169-96. All data shall be submitted, in a typed 8-1/2 X 11 inch report to the City's ENGINEER and the City's CORROSION ENGINEER for approval. C. Compliance With Specifications. Deficiencies or omissions in materials or workmanship found by these tests shall be rectified at the CONTRACTOR'S expense. Deficiencies shall include but are not limited to: broken leads, improper or unclean trenches, lack of 18-inchor slack wire in test boxes; improperly mounted test boxes; improper installation and testing of insulators; and other deficiencies associated with the workmanship, installation, and non-functioning equipment. END OF SECTION JUNE 2004 10 of 10 SECTION 16640 .'..'• Cathodic Protection by Sacrificial Anodes SECTION 17000 INSTRUMENTATION AND TELEMETRY PART 1 - GENERAL , 1.01 THE REQUIREMENTS A. TASK: This section provides the specification for the instrumentation and telemetry interface to be supplied. B. The Contractor shall retain a qualified System Integrator for providing, installing, and testing of the instrumentation and telemetry system. The District's pre-qualified system integrator is: Neal Electric 13250 Kirkham Way Poway, CA 92064 '"'••;••• (858)513-2525 V C. The District will provide all programming for the RTU, radio and central facilities. The District will provide and install the radio mast, radio antenna and antenna cable. **•*. 1.02 SUBMITTALS A. Shop Drawings: Submit shop drawings (diagrams) for review in complete bound sets indexed by Specification number, with exterior tabs marked by subject. Submit manufacturer s catalog cuts for each item for which shop drawings are not required. Manufacturer s catalog cuts, specifications or data sheets shall be clearly marked to delineate the options or styles to be furnished. Show dimensions, physical configurations, methods of connecting instruments together, mounting details and wiring schematics. Drawings shall be complete with device tag numbers, wire numbers and terminal board numbers. Submit fabrication details, nameplate legends and control panel wiring and piping schematic drawings. Include materials lists and/or bills of material. 1. Loop diagrams: Submit Instrument Loop Diagrams per ISA S5.4, to provide necessary detail for connection of analog instrument and control system components including those components specified in other sections of these Specifications. Provide with the Instrument Loop Diagrams all instrument model numbers, ranges, set points, sizes process fluids, section reference numbers, and all other information listed as desirable and optional items of information per ISA S5.4. —^ City of Carlsbad El Camino Real Water System Projects 06/06 (DBE) 17000 - Instrumentation and Telemetry Page 1 of 8 2. Interconnection diagrams: Submit point-to-point type interconnection diagrams conforming to ANSI Y14.15a. Include each conduit run, with wire fill noted for each run. Include electric panel and circuit numbers for all sources of 120 VAC power. Show conduit and wiring interconnections between each control panel, instrument, telemetry unit, motor control center, motor combination starter, valve actuator, and other field-mounted devices. Include all equipment and appurtenances provided in this contract regardless of the Division in which it is specified. 3. Elementary diagrams: Submit an elementary diagram (also known as a schematic diagram) for control, protection, and monitoring circuits. Elementary diagrams are not required for lighting, communications and those systems clearly defined as part of Electrical Division 16000. Show all interconnections between power sources, apparatus, and device elements of a particular system or equipment, and all interlocks with other systems in a manner which fully indicates circuit function and operation. Refer to the Drawing for functional and operational requirements. B. Specification Forms: Submit completed Specification Forms per ISA S20, including those instrumentation and control components directly related to . process control, but specified in other Divisions of these Specifications. Include on each form the assigned tag numbers, manufacturer s part . numbers, and device data. More than one tag numbered item may be included on a sheet. . '' C. As-Built Drawings: Submit a revised set of shop drawings that incorporates all change orders and modifications made during performance of the work. In , addition to updated loop diagrams, interconnect diagrams and elementary diagrams, submit equipment and device wiring diagrams and other drawings .as necessary to depict the as-built condition of equipment. Include all installed field and panel conduit and piping/tubing runs and routing, tray systems, supports, mounting details, interconnection diagrams with cable, wire , tube and termination numbers. Coordinate all drawings with the conductor identification requirements in Division 16000. Submit a copy of CAD produced drawings, version 14, on magnetic media in AutoCAD. DWG . format. D. Operation and Maintenance Manuals: Furnish Operation and Maintenance Manuals, including Instruction Manuals and Part Lists, for equipment provided under Division 17 as required by Division 1. Obtain/data from manufacturers, and format and bind as specified. Obtain distribution method instructions from the Owner or his representative.. 1. Schedule: Deliver at least two (2) copies of manuals in 3-ring binders (8-Vz by 11-inch format) not later than the equipment shipment date. City of Carlsbad , : El Camino Real Water System Projects 06/06 (DBE) 17000-Instrumentation and Telemetry Page 2 of 8 2. Contents: Include in manuals not less than the following information, as applicable, for each instrument, equipment, subsystem and/or control loop: a. General, introduction and overall description, purpose, functions, simplified theory of operations, etc. b. Specifications (including equipment specification data sheet as described above under Shop Drawings), sufficiently detailed for reordering exact duplicates of the original items. c. Installation instructions, procedures, sequence tolerances, and precautions. d. Operational procedures. e. Shutdown procedures. f. Maintenance, calibration, and repair instructions. g. Parts list and spare parts recommendations. h. Calibration curves, rating tables, and any other data showing the relationship of the variable inputs and the calibrated output of all measuring devices and controlled equipment. 3. Format: Use drawing and pictorials to illustrate the text to the extent necessary to insure a clear, concise presentation. If manuals have been written to cover a family of similar instruments or equipment, strike out inapplicable information in a neat fashion or emphasize applicable portion by heavily weighted arrows, circles or boxes; whichever provides the clearest and neatest presentation. Group manuals by system control panels, including field instrumentation connected or associated with the panel. Where identical instruments are used in more than one control loop or subsystem, include only one instruction manual, per panel grouping; - however, an index by tag number for all instruments shall identify its location in that manual. Provide control loop and/or subsystem operational descriptions to identify the function of each instrument and its relation to the other instruments in the loop. < 4; Binding: Bind each manual in a cover which indicates the panel or process area to which it applies, manufacturer s name, local address and telephone number, and year of purchase. Punch and bind manuals in standard three ring binders and include system name and subcontractor s name on binding. E. Accessory and Maintenance Materials: Submit data for the following items: 1. Special tools and accessories: Special tools, instruments, and accessories for maintaining instruments and equipment requiring periodic repair and adjustments as specified elsewhere herein. Also, furnish special lifting and handling devices for equipment requiring such devices. City of Carlsbad El Camino Real Water System Projects 06/06 (DBE) 17000-Instrumentation and Telemetry Page 3 of 8 2. Maintenance materials and spare parts: Submit a list of manufacturer recommended spare parts for each item specified. Refer to other sections of these Specifications. F. Test Reports: Submit the following test reports as described herein: 1. Instrument Calibration Data Sheets. 1.03 PRODUCT DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Box, crate, or otherwise enclose and protect instruments and equipment during shipment, handling, and storage. Keep all equipment dry and covered from exposure to weather, moisture, corrosive liquids and gases or any element, which could degrade the equipment. Protect painted surfaces against impact, abrasion, discoloration, and other damage. Notify the Engineer in writing in the event that any equipment or material is damaged. Obtain prior favorable review by the Engineer before making repairs to damaged products. 1.04 TELEMETRY POINTS DIGITAL INPUTS ANALOG INPUTS Intrusion Valve #1 Position Vault Flood Valve #2 Position Power Fail Upstream Pressure Downstream Pressure 1.05 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE A. Electrical work specified hereunder shall conform to the requirements of this section and the applicable requirements of section entitled "Electrical General Requirements". (See Section 16000). 1.06 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. CALIBRATION: The Contractor shall furnish the services of a trained technician to perform a complete system calibration. This shall provide that those components having adjustable features are set for the specific V conditions and applications, and that the components and system are within the specified limits of accuracy. Defective elements which cannot achieve proper calibration or accuracy, either individually or within the system or subsystem, shall be replaced. A complete record of the calibration checks and adjustments shall be made and delivered to the engineer upon completion of the system calibration. City of Carlsbad : . El Camino Real Water System Projects 06/06 (DBE) 17000-Instrumentation and Telemetry Page 4 of 8 B. TESTING: Systems shall be exercised through operational tests in the presence of the engineer in order to demonstrate achievement for the specified performance. Attention is directed to the specification section entitled "PART 3 - EXECUTION" for additional requirements relating to testing; . , .., C. TRAINING: The system supplier shall provide a minimum of two days training on the operation and maintenance of all items provided as part of this section. The training may be performed concurrently with system testing and start-up if approved by the District. 1.07 ACCEPTANCE TEST A. GENERAL: After startup has been completed, the control system will be given an acceptance test. The complete system must run continuously for 7 consecutive days. During this period, all system functions shall be exercised, and any system interruption and accompanying component, subsystem, or program failure shall be logged for cause of failure, as well as time of occurrence and duration of each failure. The contractor shall provide a competently trained technician or programmer at the owner's site during all normal working days from the start of the acceptance test until final acceptance of the system. O- sysiem, swiiunes, irueriuuKS, anu leiemeuy i/w. raiiure ui ouiuiciuiui supplied (non RTU) part of the system during the 7 day program testing shall be considered as indicating that the system does not meet the requirements of the specifications and corrective action must be taken. Any failure will require a restart of a full seven day acceptance test. Only those components, subsystems, and systems covered in this specification and supplied under this Section of this contract shall be considered for this acceptance test. Problems and failures of other systems shall not be considered part of this test. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 TELEMETRY A. Provide telemetry hardware as indicated below. Source: Opto22 , , ,: Contact: Rene Gamero 43044 Business park Avenue Temecula, CA 92590 ' _^ (800)321-6786 Cj City of Carlsbad El Camino Real Water System Projects 06/06 (DBE) , ., 17000-Instrumentation and Telemetry Page 5 of 8 Qpto 22 (1)-SNAP Brain #63000 (1) - SNAP Brain rack # B8M (1)-24 volt power supply # SNAP PS24 (1) - 5 volt power supply # SNAP PS5 (3) - Analog modules # SNAPAIMA-I ^ , ' (2) - AG Input modules # SNAP IAC5 . B, RTU Enclosure: Rittal #AE1376600 (24"Wx30"Hx14"D) with panel. C. Radio Modems: 900 MhzFreewave Radio #FRG-115RC Rugged. 2.02 CONDUITS AND BUSHINGS A. All conduits terminating at the enclosure shall enter cabinet precise and straight. Each conduit shall be terminated with a nut and an insulating bushing. All throughout job, bushings shall be high impact thermosetting phenolic, 150C, OzGedney type A. 2.03 PRESSURE TRANSMITTERS A. Pressure transmitters shall be Vega Bar 14 Range 10,0 BAR (0-145 PSI) and . Range 25,0 BAR (0-362 PSI), 4-20 ma output, available from JPR Systems (714)985-0192. 2.04 VALVE POSITION TRANSMITTERS A. 4-20 ma valve positions transmitter are Allied Electronics #T30UINAQ with .. #MQDCI-506 cable. The mounting bracket will be supplied by the District. PART 3-EXECUTION 3.01 INSPECTION A. Inspect each instrument and piece of equipment for damage, defects, completeness and correct operation before installing. Inspect previously installed related work and verify that it is ready for installation of instruments and equipment. 3.02 PREPARATION A. Ensure that installation areas are clean and that concrete or masonry , operation are completed prior to installing instruments and equipment. Maintain the areas in a broom-clean condition during installation operations. City of Carlsbad . El Camino Real Water System Projects 06/06 (DBE), r 17000-Instrumentation and Telemetry Page 6 of 8 3.03 INSTRUMENT CALIBRATION A. Provide the services of factory trained instrumentation technicians, tools and equipment to field calibrate each instrument to its specified accuracy in accordance with the manufacturers specifications and instructions for Calibration. Each instrument shall be calibrated at 0 percent, 50 percent and 100 percent of span using test instruments to simulate inputs and read outputs that are rated to an accuracy of at least 5 times greater than the specified accuracy of the instrument being calibrated. Such test instruments shall have accuracies traceable to the National Bureau of Standards, as applicable. Provide a written report to the District on each instrument certifying that it has been calibrated to its published specified accuracy. This report shall include a listing of the published specified accuracy, permissible tolerance at each point of calibration, calibration reading as finally adjusted within tolerances, defects noted, correction action required and correction made. This requirement does apply to all Analog Inputs to the system even though others furnish the devices. B. Provide certified calibration stamps on instruments with calibration date and next required calibration date. : 3.04 SYSTEM VALIDATION A. Provide the services of factory trained and field experienced control system engineer(s) to validate each system is operational and performing its intended function. During system validation, make provisional settings on level, alarms, etc. B. Cause malfunctions to sound alarms or switch to standby to check system operation. Check all systems thoroughly for correct operation. Test equipment for this function shall be specified under "Instrument Calibration". C. Immediately correct all defects and malfunctions disclosed by tests. Use new parts and materials as required and approved and retest. Provide a report certifying completion of system validation. This report shall indicate that the system meets the complete intent of these specifications. 3.05 FINAL OPERATIONAL TESTING AND ACCEPTANCE A. Upon completion of system validation, test all systems under process conditions. The intent of this test is to demonstrate and verify the operational interrelationship of the system. This testing shall include, but not be limited to, taking process variables to their limits (simulated or process) at the field device to verify all wiring, alarms, failure interlocks, and operational interlocks between systems and/or mechanical equipment. City of Carlsbad ' .'," El Camino Real Water System Projects 06/06 (DBE) i-•...-.-. 17000-Instrumentation and Telemetry Page 7 of 8 B. Immediately correct defects and malfunctions with approved methods and materials in each case and repeat the testing. Upon completion of final operational testing, submit certified report indicating that the installation meets all the functional requirements specified herein. Upon agreement that the system is operational and acceptable, the engineer shall countersign this report and it shall constitute final acceptance of the system. C. Testing shall be observed by the Owner or his representative. Notify the Owner in writing a minimum of 72 hours prior to the proposed date for commencing the test. Upon completion of this test the Contractor shall begin or have begun system startup. 3.06 INSTRUCTION OF DISTRICT PERSONNEL A. Provide the services of a factory trained and field experienced instrumentation engineer to conduct group training of designated personnel in the operation of each instrument system. This training shall be for the time period of at least 1 day and shall be performed during the operational testing period. Include instruction covering basic system theory, operating principals and adjustments, routine maintenance and repair, and "hands on" operation. The text for this training shall be the operation and maintenance manuals furnished under these specifications. Supplemented text prepared outlining actual operation of the system in practical application. 3.07 MOUNTINGS ' • ' ' ' : < ' . • A. Mount field instruments on pipe mounts or other similar means in accordance with suppliers recommendation. B. Equipment specified for field mounting shall be suitable for direct pipe mounting or surface mounting, surface-mounted indicators and equipment with calibration adjustments or requiring periodic inspection shall be mounted not lower than 3 feet 6 inches nor higher than 6 feet above walkways, platforms, catwalks, and the like, unless shown or specified. C. All devices shall be accessible to District for servicing, operating, reading, etc. END OF SECTION City of Carlsbad . El Camino Real Water System Projects 06/06 (DBE) 17000-Instrumentation and Telemetry Page 8 of 8